You're looking at an unstable version of this specification. Unstable specifications may change at any time without notice.
Client-Server API
The client-server API allows clients to send messages, control rooms and synchronise conversation history. It is designed to support both lightweight clients which store no state and lazy-load data from the server as required - as well as heavyweight clients which maintain a full local persistent copy of server state.
API Standards
The mandatory baseline for client-server communication in Matrix is exchanging JSON objects over HTTP APIs. More efficient transports may be specified in future as optional extensions.
HTTPS is recommended for communication. The use of plain HTTP is not recommended outside test environments.
Clients are authenticated using opaque access_token
strings (see Client
Authentication for details).
All POST
and PUT
endpoints, with the exception of those listed below,
require the client to supply a request body containing a (potentially empty)
JSON object. Clients should supply a Content-Type
header of
application/json
for all requests with JSON bodies, but this is not required.
The exceptions are:
POST /_matrix/media/v3/upload
andPUT /_matrix/media/v3/upload/{serverName}/{mediaId}
, both of which take the uploaded media as the request body.POST /_matrix/client/v3/logout
andPOST /_matrix/client/v3/logout/all
, which take an empty request body.
Similarly, all endpoints require the server to return a JSON object,
with the exception of 200 responses to the media download endpoints in the
Content Repository module.
Servers must include a Content-Type
header of application/json
for all JSON responses.
All JSON data, in requests or responses, must be encoded using UTF-8.
See also Conventions for Matrix APIs in the Appendices for conventions which all Matrix APIs are expected to follow, and Web Browser Clients below for additional requirements for server responses.
Standard error response
Any errors which occur at the Matrix API level MUST return a “standard error response”. This is a JSON object which looks like:
{
"errcode": "<error code>",
"error": "<error message>"
}
The error
string will be a human-readable error message, usually a
sentence explaining what went wrong.
The errcode
string will be a unique string which can be used to handle an
error message e.g. M_FORBIDDEN
. Error codes should have their namespace
first in ALL CAPS, followed by a single _
. For example, if there was a custom
namespace com.mydomain.here
, and a FORBIDDEN
code, the error code should
look like COM.MYDOMAIN.HERE_FORBIDDEN
. Error codes defined by this
specification should start with M_
.
Some errcode
s define additional keys which should be present in the error
response object, but the keys error
and errcode
MUST always be present.
Errors are generally best expressed by their error code rather than the
HTTP status code returned. When encountering the error code M_UNKNOWN
,
clients should prefer the HTTP status code as a more reliable reference
for what the issue was. For example, if the client receives an error
code of M_NOT_FOUND
but the request gave a 400 Bad Request status
code, the client should treat the error as if the resource was not
found. However, if the client were to receive an error code of
M_UNKNOWN
with a 400 Bad Request, the client should assume that the
request being made was invalid.
Common error codes
These error codes can be returned by any API endpoint:
M_FORBIDDEN
Forbidden access, e.g. joining a room without permission, failed login.
M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
The access or refresh token specified was not recognised.
An additional response parameter, soft_logout
, might be present on the
response for 401 HTTP status codes. See the soft logout
section for more information.
M_MISSING_TOKEN
No access token was specified for the request.
M_USER_LOCKED
The account has been locked and cannot be used at this time.
M_USER_SUSPENDED
The account has been suspended and can only be used for
limited actions at this time.
M_BAD_JSON
Request contained valid JSON, but it was malformed in some way, e.g.
missing required keys, invalid values for keys.
M_NOT_JSON
Request did not contain valid JSON.
M_NOT_FOUND
No resource was found for this request.
M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
Too many requests have been sent in a short period of time. Wait a while
then try again. See Rate limiting.
M_UNRECOGNIZED
The server did not understand the request. This is expected to be returned with
a 404 HTTP status code if the endpoint is not implemented or a 405 HTTP status
code if the endpoint is implemented, but the incorrect HTTP method is used.
M_UNKNOWN
An unknown error has occurred.
Other error codes
The following error codes are specific to certain endpoints.
M_UNAUTHORIZED
The request was not correctly authorized. Usually due to login failures.
M_USER_DEACTIVATED
The user ID associated with the request has been deactivated. Typically
for endpoints that prove authentication, such as /login
.
M_USER_IN_USE
Encountered when trying to register a user ID which has been taken.
M_INVALID_USERNAME
Encountered when trying to register a user ID which is not valid.
M_ROOM_IN_USE
Sent when the room alias given to the createRoom
API is already in
use.
M_INVALID_ROOM_STATE
Sent when the initial state given to the createRoom
API is invalid.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
Sent when a threepid given to an API cannot be used because the same
threepid is already in use.
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
Sent when a threepid given to an API cannot be used because no record
matching the threepid was found.
M_THREEPID_AUTH_FAILED
Authentication could not be performed on the third-party identifier.
M_THREEPID_DENIED
The server does not permit this third-party identifier. This may happen
if the server only permits, for example, email addresses from a
particular domain.
M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
The client’s request used a third-party server, e.g. identity server,
that this server does not trust.
M_UNSUPPORTED_ROOM_VERSION
The client’s request to create a room used a room version that the
server does not support.
M_INCOMPATIBLE_ROOM_VERSION
The client attempted to join a room that has a version the server does
not support. Inspect the room_version
property of the error response
for the room’s version.
M_BAD_STATE
The state change requested cannot be performed, such as attempting to
unban a user who is not banned.
M_GUEST_ACCESS_FORBIDDEN
The room or resource does not permit guests to access it.
M_CAPTCHA_NEEDED
A Captcha is required to complete the request.
M_CAPTCHA_INVALID
The Captcha provided did not match what was expected.
M_MISSING_PARAM
A required parameter was missing from the request.
M_INVALID_PARAM
A parameter that was specified has the wrong value. For example, the
server expected an integer and instead received a string.
M_TOO_LARGE
The request or entity was too large.
M_EXCLUSIVE
The resource being requested is reserved by an application service, or
the application service making the request has not created the resource.
M_RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
The request cannot be completed because the homeserver has reached a
resource limit imposed on it. For example, a homeserver held in a shared
hosting environment may reach a resource limit if it starts using too
much memory or disk space. The error MUST have an admin_contact
field
to provide the user receiving the error a place to reach out to.
Typically, this error will appear on routes which attempt to modify
state (e.g.: sending messages, account data, etc) and not routes which
only read state (e.g.: /sync
,
/user/{userId}/account_data/{type}
, etc).
M_CANNOT_LEAVE_SERVER_NOTICE_ROOM
The user is unable to reject an invite to join the server notices room.
See the Server Notices module for more information.
M_THREEPID_MEDIUM_NOT_SUPPORTED
The homeserver does not support adding a third party identifier of the given medium.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
The third party identifier specified by the client is not acceptable because it is
already in use in some way.
Rate limiting
Homeservers SHOULD implement rate limiting to reduce the risk of being overloaded. If a request is refused due to rate limiting, it should return a standard error response of the form:
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "string",
"retry_after_ms": integer (optional, deprecated)
}
Homeservers SHOULD include a Retry-After
header for any response with a 429 status code.
The retry_after_ms
property MAY be included to tell the client how long
they have to wait in milliseconds before they can try again. This property is
deprecated, in favour of the Retry-After
header.
[Changed in v1.10
]: retry_after_ms
property deprecated in favour of Retry-After
header.
Transaction identifiers
The client-server API typically uses HTTP PUT
to submit requests with
a client-generated transaction identifier in the HTTP path.
The purpose of the transaction ID is to allow the homeserver to distinguish a new request from a retransmission of a previous request so that it can make the request idempotent.
The transaction ID should only be used for this purpose.
After the request has finished, clients should change the {txnId}
value for
the next request. How this is achieved, is left as an implementation detail.
It is recommended that clients use either version 4 UUIDs or a concatenation
of the current timestamp and a monotonically increasing integer.
The homeserver should identify a request as a retransmission if the transaction ID is the same as a previous request, and the path of the HTTP request is the same.
Where a retransmission has been identified, the homeserver should return
the same HTTP response code and content as the original request.
For example, PUT /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}
would return a 200 OK
with the event_id
of the original request in
the response body.
The scope of a transaction ID is for a single device,
and a single HTTP endpoint. In other words: a single device could use the same
transaction ID for a request to PUT /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}
and PUT /_matrix/client/v3/sendToDevice/{eventType}/{txnId}
,
and the two requests would be considered distinct because the two are
considered separate endpoints. Similarly, if a client logs out and back in
between two requests using the same transaction ID, the requests are distinct
because the act of logging in and out creates a new device (unless an existing
device_id
is passed to POST /_matrix/client/v3/login
). On the other hand, if a
client re-uses a transaction ID for the same endpoint after
refreshing an access token, it will be assumed to
be a duplicate request and ignored. See also
Relationship between access tokens and devices.
Some API endpoints may allow or require the use of POST
requests
without a transaction ID. Where this is optional, the use of a PUT
request is strongly recommended.
Prior to v1.7
, transaction IDs were scoped to “client sessions” rather than
devices.
Web Browser Clients
It is realistic to expect that some clients will be written to be run within a web browser or similar environment. In these cases, the homeserver should respond to pre-flight requests and supply Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on all requests.
Servers MUST expect that clients will approach them with OPTIONS
requests, allowing clients to discover the CORS headers. All endpoints
in this specification support the OPTIONS
method, however the server
MUST NOT perform any logic defined for the endpoints when approached
with an OPTIONS
request.
When a client approaches the server with a request, the server should respond with the CORS headers for that route. The recommended CORS headers to be returned by servers on all requests are:
Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *
Access-Control-Allow-Methods: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, OPTIONS
Access-Control-Allow-Headers: X-Requested-With, Content-Type, Authorization
[Added in v1.13
] The recommended value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods
header only covers the existing endpoints in the specification. Servers which
support additional endpoints or methods should add those methods as well.
This section will be updated whenever a new method is supported by an endpoint.
Examples of possible future-use methods include PATCH
and HEAD
.
Server Discovery
In order to allow users to connect to a Matrix server without needing to explicitly specify the homeserver’s URL or other parameters, clients SHOULD use an auto-discovery mechanism to determine the server’s URL based on a user’s Matrix ID. Auto-discovery should only be done at login time.
In this section, the following terms are used with specific meanings:
PROMPT
Retrieve the specific piece of information from the user in a way which
fits within the existing client user experience, if the client is
inclined to do so. Failure can take place instead if no good user
experience for this is possible at this point.
IGNORE
Stop the current auto-discovery mechanism. If no more auto-discovery
mechanisms are available, then the client may use other methods of
determining the required parameters, such as prompting the user, or
using default values.
FAIL_PROMPT
Inform the user that auto-discovery failed due to invalid/empty data and
PROMPT
for the parameter.
FAIL_ERROR
Inform the user that auto-discovery did not return any usable URLs. Do
not continue further with the current login process. At this point,
valid data was obtained, but no server is available to serve the client.
No further guess should be attempted and the user should make a
conscientious decision what to do next.
Well-known URI
Servers hosting the .well-known
JSON file SHOULD offer CORS headers,
as per the CORS section in this specification.
The .well-known
method uses a JSON file at a predetermined location to
specify parameter values. The flow for this method is as follows:
- Extract the server name from the user’s Matrix ID by splitting the Matrix ID at the first colon.
- Extract the hostname from the server name as described by the grammar.
- Make a GET request to
https://hostname/.well-known/matrix/client
.- If the returned status code is 404, then
IGNORE
. - If the returned status code is not 200, or the response body is
empty, then
FAIL_PROMPT
. - Parse the response body as a JSON object
- If the content cannot be parsed, then
FAIL_PROMPT
.
- If the content cannot be parsed, then
- Extract the
base_url
value from them.homeserver
property. This value is to be used as the base URL of the homeserver.- If this value is not provided, then
FAIL_PROMPT
.
- If this value is not provided, then
- Validate the homeserver base URL:
- Parse it as a URL. If it is not a URL, then
FAIL_ERROR
. - Clients SHOULD validate that the URL points to a valid
homeserver before accepting it by connecting to the
/_matrix/client/versions
endpoint, ensuring that it does not return an error, and parsing and validating that the data conforms with the expected response format. If any step in the validation fails, thenFAIL_ERROR
. Validation is done as a simple check against configuration errors, in order to ensure that the discovered address points to a valid homeserver. - It is important to note that the
base_url
value might include a trailing/
. Consumers should be prepared to handle both cases.
- Parse it as a URL. If it is not a URL, then
- If the
m.identity_server
property is present, extract thebase_url
value for use as the base URL of the identity server. Validation for this URL is done as in the step above, but using/_matrix/identity/v2
as the endpoint to connect to. If them.identity_server
property is present, but does not have abase_url
value, thenFAIL_PROMPT
.
- If the returned status code is 404, then
GET
/.well-known/matrix/client
Gets discovery information about the domain. The file may include
additional keys, which MUST follow the Java package naming convention,
e.g. com.example.myapp.property
. This ensures property names are
suitably namespaced for each application and reduces the risk of
clashes.
Note that this endpoint is not necessarily handled by the homeserver, but by another webserver, to be used for discovering the homeserver URL.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Server discovery information. |
404 |
No server discovery information available. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.homeserver |
Homeserver Information |
Required: Used by clients to discover homeserver information. |
m.identity_server |
Identity Server Information |
Used by clients to discover identity server information. |
<Other properties> |
|
Application-dependent keys using Java package naming convention. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
URI |
Required: The base URL for the homeserver for client-server connections. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
URI |
Required: The base URL for the identity server for client-server connections. |
{
"m.homeserver": {
"base_url": "https://matrix.example.com"
},
"m.identity_server": {
"base_url": "https://identity.example.com"
},
"org.example.custom.property": {
"app_url": "https://custom.app.example.org"
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/versions
Changed in v1.10
: This endpoint can behave differently when authentication is provided.
Gets the versions of the specification supported by the server.
Values will take the form vX.Y
or rX.Y.Z
in historical cases. See
the Specification Versioning for more
information.
The server may additionally advertise experimental features it supports
through unstable_features
. These features should be namespaced and
may optionally include version information within their name if desired.
Features listed here are not for optionally toggling parts of the Matrix
specification and should only be used to advertise support for a feature
which has not yet landed in the spec. For example, a feature currently
undergoing the proposal process may appear here and eventually be taken
off this list once the feature lands in the spec and the server deems it
reasonable to do so. Servers can choose to enable some features only for
some users, so clients should include authentication in the request to
get all the features available for the logged-in user. If no
authentication is provided, the server should only return the features
available to all users. Servers may wish to keep advertising features
here after they’ve been released into the spec to give clients a chance
to upgrade appropriately. Additionally, clients should avoid using
unstable features in their stable releases.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Optional |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The versions supported by the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
unstable_features |
{string: boolean} |
Experimental features the server supports. Features not listed here, or the lack of this property all together, indicate that a feature is not supported. |
versions |
[string] |
Required: The supported versions. |
{
"unstable_features": {
"org.example.my_feature": true
},
"versions": [
"r0.0.1",
"v1.1"
]
}
GET
/.well-known/matrix/support
Added in v1.10
Gets server admin contact and support page of the domain.
Like the well-known discovery URI,
this should be accessed with the hostname of the homeserver by making a
GET request to https://hostname/.well-known/matrix/support
.
Note that this endpoint is not necessarily handled by the homeserver. It may be served by another webserver, used for discovering support information for the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Server support information. |
404 |
No server support information available. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contacts |
[Contact] |
Ways to contact the server administrator. At least one of |
support_page |
URI |
The URL of a page to give users help specific to the homeserver, like extra login/registration steps. At least one of |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
email_address |
Email Address |
An email address to reach the administrator. At least one of |
matrix_id |
User ID |
A Matrix User ID representing the administrator. It could be an account registered on a different homeserver so the administrator can be contacted when the homeserver is down. At least one of |
role |
string |
Required: An informal description of what the contact methods are used for.
Unspecified roles are permitted through the use of Namespaced Identifiers. One of: |
{
"contacts": [
{
"email_address": "[email protected]",
"matrix_id": "@admin:example.org",
"role": "m.role.admin"
},
{
"email_address": "[email protected]",
"role": "m.role.security"
}
],
"support_page": "https://example.org/support.html"
}
Client Authentication
Most API endpoints require the user to identify themselves by presenting previously obtained credentials in the form of an access token. An access token is typically obtained via the Login or Registration processes. Access tokens can expire; a new access token can be generated by using a refresh token.
This specification does not mandate a particular format for the access token. Clients should treat it as an opaque byte sequence. Servers are free to choose an appropriate format. Server implementors may like to investigate macaroons.
Using access tokens
Access tokens may be provided via a request header, using the Authentication
Bearer scheme: Authorization: Bearer TheTokenHere
.
Clients may alternatively provide the access token via a query string parameter:
access_token=TheTokenHere
. This method is deprecated to prevent the access
token being leaked in access/HTTP logs and SHOULD NOT be used by clients.
Homeservers MUST support both methods.
[Changed in v1.11
]
Sending the access token as a query string parameter is now deprecated.
When credentials are required but missing or invalid, the HTTP call will
return with a status of 401 and the error code, M_MISSING_TOKEN
or
M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
respectively. Note that an error code of M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
could mean one of four things:
- the access token was never valid.
- the access token has been logged out.
- the access token has been soft logged out.
- [Added in
v1.3
] the access token needs to be refreshed.
When a client receives an error code of M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
, it should:
- attempt to refresh the token, if it has a refresh token;
- if
soft_logout
is set totrue
, it can offer to re-log in the user, retaining any of the client’s persisted information; - otherwise, consider the user as having been logged out.
Relationship between access tokens and devices
Client devices are closely related to access tokens and refresh tokens. Matrix servers should record which device each access token and refresh token are assigned to, so that subsequent requests can be handled correctly. When a refresh token is used to generate a new access token and refresh token, the new access and refresh tokens are now bound to the device associated with the initial refresh token.
By default, the Login and Registration
processes auto-generate a new device_id
. A client is also free to
generate its own device_id
or, provided the user remains the same,
reuse a device: in either case the client should pass the device_id
in
the request body. If the client sets the device_id
, the server will
invalidate any access and refresh tokens previously assigned to that device.
Refreshing access tokens
[Added in v1.3
]
Access tokens can expire after a certain amount of time. Any HTTP calls that
use an expired access token will return with an error code M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
,
preferably with soft_logout: true
. When a client receives this error and it
has a refresh token, it should attempt to refresh the access token by calling
/refresh
. Clients can also refresh their
access token at any time, even if it has not yet expired. If the token refresh
succeeds, the client should use the new token for future requests, and can
re-try previously-failed requests with the new token. When an access token is
refreshed, a new refresh token may be returned; if a new refresh token is
given, the old refresh token will be invalidated, and the new refresh token
should be used when the access token needs to be refreshed.
The old refresh token remains valid until the new access token or refresh token is used, at which point the old refresh token is revoked. This ensures that if a client fails to receive or persist the new tokens, it will be able to repeat the refresh operation.
If the token refresh fails and the error response included a soft_logout: true
property, then the client can treat it as a soft logout
and attempt to obtain a new access token by re-logging in. If the error
response does not include a soft_logout: true
property, the client should
consider the user as being logged out.
Handling of clients that do not support refresh tokens is up to the homeserver;
clients indicate their support for refresh tokens by including a
refresh_token: true
property in the request body of the
/login
and
/register
endpoints. For example, homeservers
may allow the use of non-expiring access tokens, or may expire access tokens
anyways and rely on soft logout behaviour on clients that don’t support
refreshing.
Soft logout
A client can be in a “soft logout” state if the server requires
re-authentication before continuing, but does not want to invalidate the
client’s session. The server indicates that the client is in a soft logout
state by including a soft_logout: true
parameter in an M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
error response; the soft_logout
parameter defaults to false
. If the
soft_logout
parameter is omitted or is false
, this means the server has
destroyed the session and the client should not reuse it. That is, any
persisted state held by the client, such as encryption keys and device
information, must not be reused and must be discarded. If soft_logout
is
true
the client can reuse any persisted state.
[Changed in v1.3
] A client that receives such a response can try to
refresh its access token, if it has a refresh
token available. If it does not have a refresh token available, or refreshing
fails with soft_logout: true
, the client can acquire a new access token by
specifying the device ID it is already using to the login API.
[Changed in v1.12
] A client that receives such a response together
with an M_USER_LOCKED
error code, cannot obtain a new access token until
the account has been unlocked.
User-Interactive Authentication API
Overview
Some API endpoints require authentication that interacts with the user. The homeserver may provide many different ways of authenticating, such as user/password auth, login via a single-sign-on server (SSO), etc. This specification does not define how homeservers should authorise their users but instead defines the standard interface which implementations should follow so that ANY client can log in to ANY homeserver.
The process takes the form of one or more ‘stages’. At each stage the client submits a set of data for a given authentication type and awaits a response from the server, which will either be a final success or a request to perform an additional stage. This exchange continues until the final success.
For each endpoint, a server offers one or more ‘flows’ that the client can use to authenticate itself. Each flow comprises a series of stages, as described above. The client is free to choose which flow it follows, however the flow’s stages must be completed in order. Failing to follow the flows in order must result in an HTTP 401 response, as defined below. When all stages in a flow are complete, authentication is complete and the API call succeeds.
User-interactive API in the REST API
In the REST API described in this specification, authentication works by
the client and server exchanging JSON dictionaries. The server indicates
what authentication data it requires via the body of an HTTP 401
response, and the client submits that authentication data via the auth
request parameter.
A client should first make a request with no auth
parameter.
The homeserver returns an HTTP 401 response, with a JSON body, as follows:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
In addition to the flows
, this object contains some extra information:
-
params
: This section contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each authentication type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. -
session
: This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the homeserver, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call.
The client then chooses a flow and attempts to complete the first stage.
It does this by resubmitting the same request with the addition of an
auth
key in the object that it submits. This dictionary contains a
type
key whose value is the name of the authentication type that the
client is attempting to complete. It must also contain a session
key
with the value of the session key given by the homeserver, if one was
given. It also contains other keys dependent on the auth type being
attempted. For example, if the client is attempting to complete auth
type example.type.foo
, it might submit something like this:
POST /_matrix/client/v3/endpoint HTTP/1.1
Content-Type: application/json
{
"a_request_parameter": "something",
"another_request_parameter": "something else",
"auth": {
"type": "example.type.foo",
"session": "xxxxxx",
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret"
}
}
If the homeserver deems the authentication attempt to be successful but
still requires more stages to be completed, it returns HTTP status 401
along with the same object as when no authentication was attempted, with
the addition of the completed
key which is an array of auth types the
client has completed successfully:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"completed": [ "example.type.foo" ],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
Individual stages may require more than one request to complete, in which case the response will be as if the request was unauthenticated with the addition of any other keys as defined by the auth type.
If the homeserver decides that an attempt on a stage was unsuccessful,
but the client may make a second attempt, it returns the same HTTP
status 401 response as above, with the addition of the standard
errcode
and error
fields describing the error. For example:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Invalid password",
"completed": [ "example.type.foo" ],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
If the request fails for a reason other than authentication, the server returns an error message in the standard format. For example:
HTTP/1.1 400 Bad request
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_EXAMPLE_ERROR",
"error": "Something was wrong"
}
If the client has completed all stages of a flow, the homeserver performs the API call and returns the result as normal. Completed stages cannot be retried by clients, therefore servers must return either a 401 response with the completed stages, or the result of the API call if all stages were completed when a client retries a stage.
Some authentication types may be completed by means other than through the Matrix client, for example, an email confirmation may be completed when the user clicks on the link in the email. In this case, the client retries the request with an auth dict containing only the session key. The response to this will be the same as if the client were attempting to complete an auth state normally, i.e. the request will either complete or request auth, with the presence or absence of that auth type in the ‘completed’ array indicating whether that stage is complete.
A request to an endpoint that uses User-Interactive Authentication never
succeeds without auth. Homeservers may allow requests that don’t require
auth by offering a stage with only the m.login.dummy
auth type, but they
must still give a 401 response to requests with no auth data.
Example
At a high level, the requests made for an API call completing an auth flow with three stages will resemble the following diagram:
_______________________
| Stage 0 |
| No auth |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| | <-- Returns "session" key which is used throughout.
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 1 |
| type: "<auth type1>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| |
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 2 |
| type: "<auth type2>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_2_________| |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_3_________| |
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 3 |
| type: "<auth type3>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| | <-- Returns API response
|_______________________|
Authentication types
This specification defines the following auth types:
m.login.password
m.login.recaptcha
m.login.sso
m.login.email.identity
m.login.msisdn
m.login.dummy
m.login.registration_token
Password-based
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.password |
The client submits an identifier and secret password, both sent in plain-text. |
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
...
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
where the identifier
property is a user identifier object, as
described in Identifier types.
For example, to authenticate using the user’s Matrix ID, clients would submit:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Alternatively reply using a 3PID bound to the user’s account on the
homeserver using the /account/3pid
API rather than giving the user
explicitly as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.thirdparty",
"medium": "<The medium of the third-party identifier.>",
"address": "<The third-party address of the user>"
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
In the case that the homeserver does not know about the supplied 3PID, the homeserver must respond with 403 Forbidden.
Google ReCaptcha
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.recaptcha |
The user completes a Google ReCaptcha 2.0 challenge. |
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.recaptcha",
"response": "<captcha response>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Single Sign-On
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.sso |
Authentication is supported by authorising with an external single sign-on provider. |
A client wanting to complete authentication using SSO should use the Fallback mechanism. See SSO during User-Interactive Authentication for more information.
Email-based (identity / homeserver)
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.email.identity |
Authentication is supported by authorising an email address with an identity server, or homeserver if supported. |
Prior to submitting this, the client should authenticate with an identity server (or homeserver). After authenticating, the session information should be submitted to the homeserver.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.email.identity",
"threepid_creds": {
"sid": "<identity server session id>",
"client_secret": "<identity server client secret>",
"id_server": "<url of identity server authed with, e.g. 'matrix.org:8090'>",
"id_access_token": "<access token previously registered with the identity server>"
},
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Note that id_server
(and therefore id_access_token
) is optional if
the /requestToken
request did not include them.
Phone number/MSISDN-based (identity / homeserver)
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.msisdn |
Authentication is supported by authorising a phone number with an identity server, or homeserver if supported. |
Prior to submitting this, the client should authenticate with an identity server (or homeserver). After authenticating, the session information should be submitted to the homeserver.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.msisdn",
"threepid_creds": {
"sid": "<identity server session id>",
"client_secret": "<identity server client secret>",
"id_server": "<url of identity server authed with, e.g. 'matrix.org:8090'>",
"id_access_token": "<access token previously registered with the identity server>"
},
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Note that id_server
(and therefore id_access_token
) is optional if
the /requestToken
request did not include them.
Dummy Auth
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.dummy |
Dummy authentication always succeeds and requires no extra parameters. |
The purpose of dummy authentication is to allow servers to not require any form of
User-Interactive Authentication to perform a request. It can also be
used to differentiate flows where otherwise one flow would be a subset
of another flow. e.g. if a server offers flows m.login.recaptcha
and
m.login.recaptcha, m.login.email.identity
and the client completes the
recaptcha stage first, the auth would succeed with the former flow, even
if the client was intending to then complete the email auth stage. A
server can instead send flows m.login.recaptcha, m.login.dummy
and
m.login.recaptcha, m.login.email.identity
to fix the ambiguity.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict with just the type and session, if provided:
{
"type": "m.login.dummy",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Token-authenticated registration
[Added in v1.2
]
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.registration_token |
Registers an account with a pre-shared token for authentication |
The m.login.registration_token
authentication type is only valid on the
/register
endpoint.
This authentication type provides homeservers the ability to allow registrations to a limited set of people instead of either offering completely open registrations or completely closed registration (where the homeserver administrators create and distribute accounts).
The token required for this authentication type is shared out of band from Matrix and is an opaque string using the Opaque Identifier Grammar, with maximum length of 64 characters. The server can keep any number of tokens for any length of time/validity. Such cases might be a token limited to 100 uses or for the next 2 hours - after the tokens expire, they can no longer be used to create accounts.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict with just the type, token, and session:
{
"type": "m.login.registration_token",
"token": "fBVFdqVE",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
To determine if a token is valid before attempting to use it, the client can
use the /validity
API defined below. The API doesn’t guarantee that a token
will be valid when used, but does avoid cases where the user finds out late
in the registration process that their token has expired.
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/register/m.login.registration_token/validity
Added in v1.2
Queries the server to determine if a given registration token is still valid at the time of request. This is a point-in-time check where the token might still expire by the time it is used.
Servers should be sure to rate limit this endpoint to avoid brute force attacks.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
token |
string |
Required: The token to check validity of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The check has a result. |
403 |
The homeserver does not permit registration and thus all tokens are considered invalid. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
valid |
boolean |
Required: True if the token is still valid, false otherwise. This should additionally be false if the token is not a recognised token by the server. |
{
"valid": true
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Registration is not enabled on this homeserver."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Terms of service at registration
[Added in v1.11
]
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.login.terms |
Authentication requires the user to accept a set of policy documents. |
The m.login.terms
authentication type is only valid on the
/register
endpoint.
This authentication type is used when the homeserver requires new users to accept a given set of policy documents, such as a terms of service and a privacy policy. There may be many different types of documents, all of which are versioned and presented in (potentially) multiple languages.
When the server requires the user to accept some terms, it does so by returning
a 401 response to the /register
request, where the response body includes
m.login.terms
in the flows
list, and the m.login.terms
property in the
params
object has the structure shown below.
If a client encounters an invalid parameter, registration should stop with an error presented to the user.
The client should present the user with a checkbox to accept each policy,
including a link to the provided URL. Once the user has done so, the client
submits an auth
dict with just the type
and session
, as follows, to
indicate that all of the policies have been accepted:
{
"type": "m.login.terms",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
The server is expected to track which document versions it presented to the user during registration, if applicable.
Example
-
A client might submit a registration request as follows:
POST /_matrix/client/v3/register
{ "username": "cheeky_monkey", "password": "ilovebananas" }
-
The server requires the user to accept some terms of service before registration, so returns the following response:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized Content-Type: application/json
{ "flows": [ { "stages": [ "m.login.terms" ] } ], "params": { "m.login.terms": { "policies": { "terms_of_service": { "version": "1.2", "en": { "name": "Terms of Service", "url": "https://example.org/somewhere/terms-1.2-en.html" }, "fr": { "name": "Conditions d'utilisation", "url": "https://example.org/somewhere/terms-1.2-fr.html" } } } } }, "session": "kasgjaelkgj" }
-
The client presents the list of documents to the user, inviting them to accept the polices.
-
The client repeats the registration request, confirming that the user has accepted the documents:
POST /_matrix/client/v3/register
{ "username": "cheeky_monkey", "password": "ilovebananas", "auth": { "type": "m.login.terms", "session": "kasgjaelkgj" } }
-
All authentication steps have now completed, so the request is successful:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK Content-Type: application/json
{ "access_token": "abc123", "device_id": "GHTYAJCE", "user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org" }
m.login.terms params
m.login.terms params
Schema for m.login.terms
entry in the params
object in a User-Interactive Authentication response.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
policies |
{string: Policy Definition} |
Required: A map from “Policy ID” to the current definition of this policy document. The Policy ID is a unique identifier for a given policy document, using the Opaque Identifier Grammar. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The version of this policy document. This is provided as a convenience for the client, and uses the Opaque Identifier Grammar. |
<Other properties> | Policy Translation |
Map from language codes to details of the document in that language.
Language codes SHOULD be formatted as per Section 2.2 of RFC
5646,
though some implementations may use an underscore instead of dash
(for example, |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name |
string |
Required: The name of this document, in the appropriate language. An arbitrary string with no specified maximum length. |
url |
URI |
Required: A link to the text of this document, in the appropriate
language. MUST be a valid URI with scheme |
Examples
{
"policies": {
"privacy_policy": {
"en": {
"name": "Privacy Policy",
"url": "https://example.org/somewhere/privacy-1.2-en.html"
},
"fr": {
"name": "Politique de confidentialité",
"url": "https://example.org/somewhere/privacy-1.2-fr.html"
},
"version": "1.2"
},
"terms_of_service": {
"en": {
"name": "Terms of Service",
"url": "https://example.org/somewhere/terms-1.2-en.html"
},
"fr": {
"name": "Conditions d'utilisation",
"url": "https://example.org/somewhere/terms-1.2-fr.html"
},
"version": "1.2"
}
}
}
Fallback
Clients cannot be expected to be able to know how to process every single login type. If a client does not know how to handle a given login type, it can direct the user to a web browser with the URL of a fallback page which will allow the user to complete that login step out-of-band in their web browser. The URL it should open is:
/_matrix/client/v3/auth/<auth type>/fallback/web?session=<session ID>
Where auth type
is the type name of the stage it is attempting and
session ID
is the ID of the session given by the homeserver.
This MUST return an HTML page which can perform this authentication stage. This page must use the following JavaScript when the authentication has been completed:
if (window.onAuthDone) {
window.onAuthDone();
} else if (window.opener && window.opener.postMessage) {
window.opener.postMessage("authDone", "*");
}
This allows the client to either arrange for the global function
onAuthDone
to be defined in an embedded browser, or to use the HTML5
cross-document
messaging API, to
receive a notification that the authentication stage has been completed.
Once a client receives the notification that the authentication stage has been completed, it should resubmit the request with an auth dict with just the session ID:
{
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Example
A client webapp might use the following JavaScript to open a popup window which will handle unknown login types:
/**
* Arguments:
* homeserverUrl: the base url of the homeserver (e.g. "https://matrix.org")
*
* apiEndpoint: the API endpoint being used (e.g.
* "/_matrix/client/v3/account/password")
*
* loginType: the loginType being attempted (e.g. "m.login.recaptcha")
*
* sessionID: the session ID given by the homeserver in earlier requests
*
* onComplete: a callback which will be called with the results of the request
*/
function unknownLoginType(homeserverUrl, apiEndpoint, loginType, sessionID, onComplete) {
var popupWindow;
var eventListener = function(ev) {
// check it's the right message from the right place.
if (ev.data !== "authDone" || ev.origin !== homeserverUrl) {
return;
}
// close the popup
popupWindow.close();
window.removeEventListener("message", eventListener);
// repeat the request
var requestBody = {
auth: {
session: sessionID,
},
};
request({
method:'POST', url:apiEndpoint, json:requestBody,
}, onComplete);
};
window.addEventListener("message", eventListener);
var url = homeserverUrl +
"/_matrix/client/v3/auth/" +
encodeURIComponent(loginType) +
"/fallback/web?session=" +
encodeURIComponent(sessionID);
popupWindow = window.open(url);
}
Identifier types
Some authentication mechanisms use a user identifier object to identify
a user. The user identifier object has a type
field to indicate the
type of identifier being used, and depending on the type, has other
fields giving the information required to identify the user as described
below.
This specification defines the following identifier types:
m.id.user
m.id.thirdparty
m.id.phone
Matrix User ID
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.id.user |
The user is identified by their Matrix ID. |
A client can identify a user using their Matrix ID. This can either be the fully qualified Matrix user ID, or just the localpart of the user ID.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
}
Third-party ID
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.id.thirdparty |
The user is identified by a third-party identifier in canonicalised form. |
A client can identify a user using a 3PID associated with the user’s
account on the homeserver, where the 3PID was previously associated
using the /account/3pid
API. See the 3PID
Types Appendix for a list of Third-party
ID media.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.thirdparty",
"medium": "<The medium of the third-party identifier>",
"address": "<The canonicalised third-party address of the user>"
}
Phone number
Type | Description |
---|---|
m.id.phone |
The user is identified by a phone number. |
A client can identify a user using a phone number associated with the
user’s account, where the phone number was previously associated using
the /account/3pid
API. The phone number can be passed in as entered
by the user; the homeserver will be responsible for canonicalising it.
If the client wishes to canonicalise the phone number, then it can use
the m.id.thirdparty
identifier type with a medium
of msisdn
instead.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.phone",
"country": "<The country that the phone number is from>",
"phone": "<The phone number>"
}
The country
is the two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country
code that the number in phone
should be parsed as if it were dialled
from.
Login
A client can obtain access tokens using the /login
API.
Note that this endpoint does not currently use the User-Interactive Authentication API.
For a simple username/password login, clients should submit a /login
request as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
},
"password": "<password>"
}
Alternatively, a client can use a 3PID bound to the user’s account on
the homeserver using the /account/3pid
API rather than giving the
user
explicitly, as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"medium": "<The medium of the third-party identifier>",
"address": "<The canonicalised third-party address of the user>"
},
"password": "<password>"
}
In the case that the homeserver does not know about the supplied 3PID,
the homeserver must respond with 403 Forbidden
.
To log in using a login token, clients should submit a /login
request
as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.token",
"token": "<login token>"
}
The token
must encode the user ID, since there is no other identifying
data in the request. In the case that the token is not valid, the homeserver must
respond with 403 Forbidden
and an error code of M_FORBIDDEN
.
If the homeserver advertises m.login.sso
as a viable flow, and the
client supports it, the client should redirect the user to the
/redirect
endpoint for client login via SSO. After authentication
is complete, the client will need to submit a /login
request matching
m.login.token
.
[Added in v1.7
] Already-authenticated clients can additionally generate
a token for their user ID if supported by the homeserver using
POST /login/get_token
.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/login
Gets the homeserver’s supported login types to authenticate users. Clients
should pick one of these and supply it as the type
when logging in.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The login types the homeserver supports |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
flows |
[LoginFlow] |
The homeserver’s supported login types |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
get_login_token |
boolean |
If Added in |
type |
string |
Required: The login type. This is supplied as the |
{
"flows": [
{
"type": "m.login.password"
},
{
"get_login_token": true,
"type": "m.login.token"
}
]
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/login
Authenticates the user, and issues an access token they can use to authorize themself in subsequent requests.
If the client does not supply a device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.
The returned access token must be associated with the device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Third-party identifier for the user. Deprecated in favour of |
device_id |
string |
ID of the client device. If this does not correspond to a known client device, a new device will be created. The given device ID must not be the same as a cross-signing key ID. The server will auto-generate a device_id if this is not specified. |
identifier |
User identifier |
Identification information for a user |
initial_device_display_name |
string |
A display name to assign to the newly-created device. Ignored
if |
medium |
string |
When logging in using a third-party identifier, the medium of the identifier. Must be ’email’. Deprecated in favour of |
password |
string |
Required when |
refresh_token |
boolean |
If true, the client supports refresh tokens. Added in |
token |
string |
Required when |
type |
string |
Required: The login type being used. This must be a type returned in one of the flows of the
response of the |
user |
string |
The fully qualified user ID or just local part of the user ID, to log in. Deprecated in favour of |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The type of identification. See Identifier types for supported values and additional property descriptions. |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the identification type. |
Request body example
{
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "cheeky_monkey"
},
"initial_device_display_name": "Jungle Phone",
"password": "ilovebananas",
"type": "m.login.password"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been authenticated. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. For example, the login type may not be recognised. |
403 |
The login attempt failed. This can include one of the following error codes:
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
Required: An access token for the account. This access token can then be used to authorize other requests. |
device_id |
string |
Required: ID of the logged-in device. Will be the same as the corresponding parameter in the request, if one was specified. |
expires_in_ms |
integer |
The lifetime of the access token, in milliseconds. Once the access token has expired a new access token can be obtained by using the provided refresh token. If no refresh token is provided, the client will need to re-log in to obtain a new access token. If not given, the client can assume that the access token will not expire. Added in |
home_server |
Server Name |
The server_name of the homeserver on which the account has been registered. Deprecated. Clients should extract the server_name from
|
refresh_token |
string |
A refresh token for the account. This token can be used to
obtain a new access token when it expires by calling the
Added in |
user_id |
User ID |
Required: The fully-qualified Matrix ID for the account. |
well_known |
Discovery Information |
Optional client configuration provided by the server. If present, clients SHOULD use the provided object to reconfigure themselves, optionally validating the URLs within. This object takes the same form as the one returned from .well-known autodiscovery. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.homeserver |
Homeserver Information |
Required: Used by clients to discover homeserver information. |
m.identity_server |
Identity Server Information |
Used by clients to discover identity server information. |
<Other properties> |
|
Application-dependent keys using Java package naming convention. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
URI |
Required: The base URL for the homeserver for client-server connections. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
URI |
Required: The base URL for the identity server for client-server connections. |
{
"access_token": "abc123",
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"expires_in_ms": 60000,
"refresh_token": "def456",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org",
"well_known": {
"m.homeserver": {
"base_url": "https://example.org"
},
"m.identity_server": {
"base_url": "https://id.example.org"
}
}
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Bad login type."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v1/login/get_token
Added in v1.7
Optional endpoint - the server is not required to implement this endpoint if it does not intend to use or support this functionality.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
An already-authenticated client can call this endpoint to generate a single-use, time-limited,
token for an unauthenticated client to log in with, becoming logged in as the same user which
called this endpoint. The unauthenticated client uses the generated token in a m.login.token
login flow with the homeserver.
Clients, both authenticated and unauthenticated, might wish to hide user interface which exposes
this feature if the server is not offering it. Authenticated clients can check for support on
a per-user basis with the m.get_login_token
capability,
while unauthenticated clients can detect server support by looking for an m.login.token
login
flow with get_login_token: true
on GET /login
.
In v1.7 of the specification, transmission of the generated token to an unauthenticated client is left as an implementation detail. Future MSCs such as MSC3906 might standardise a way to transmit the token between clients.
The generated token MUST only be valid for a single login, enforced by the server. Clients which intend to log in multiple devices must generate a token for each.
With other User-Interactive Authentication (UIA)-supporting endpoints, servers sometimes do not re-prompt for verification if the session recently passed UIA. For this endpoint, servers MUST always re-prompt the user for verification to ensure explicit consent is gained for each additional client.
Servers are encouraged to apply stricter than normal rate limiting to this endpoint, such as maximum of 1 request per minute.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The login token an unauthenticated client can use to log in as the requesting user. |
400 |
The request was malformed, or the user does not have an ability to generate tokens for their devices, as implied by the User-Interactive Authentication API. Clients should verify whether the user has an ability to call this endpoint with the
|
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
expires_in_ms |
integer |
Required: The time remaining in milliseconds until the homeserver will no longer accept the token. |
login_token |
string |
Required: The login token for the |
{
"expires_in_ms": 120000,
"login_token": "<opaque string>"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/refresh
Added in v1.3
Refresh an access token. Clients should use the returned access token when making subsequent API calls, and store the returned refresh token (if given) in order to refresh the new access token when necessary.
After an access token has been refreshed, a server can choose to invalidate the old access token immediately, or can choose not to, for example if the access token would expire soon anyways. Clients should not make any assumptions about the old access token still being valid, and should use the newly provided access token instead.
The old refresh token remains valid until the new access token or refresh token is used, at which point the old refresh token is revoked.
Note that this endpoint does not require authentication via an access token. Authentication is provided via the refresh token.
Application Service identity assertion is disabled for this endpoint.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
refresh_token |
string |
Required: The refresh token |
Request body example
{
"refresh_token": "some_token"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A new access token and refresh token were generated. |
401 |
The provided token was unknown, or has already been used. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
Required: The new access token to use. |
expires_in_ms |
integer |
The lifetime of the access token, in milliseconds. If not given, the client can assume that the access token will not expire. |
refresh_token |
string |
The new refresh token to use when the access token needs to be refreshed again. If not given, the old refresh token can be re-used. |
{
"access_token": "a_new_token",
"expires_in_ms": 60000,
"refresh_token": "another_new_token"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN",
"error": "Soft logged out",
"soft_logout": true
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/logout
Invalidates an existing access token, so that it can no longer be used for authorization. The device associated with the access token is also deleted. Device keys for the device are deleted alongside the device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The access token used in the request was successfully invalidated. |
200 response
{}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/logout/all
Invalidates all access tokens for a user, so that they can no longer be used for authorization. This includes the access token that made this request. All devices for the user are also deleted. Device keys for the device are deleted alongside the device.
This endpoint does not use the User-Interactive Authentication API because User-Interactive Authentication is designed to protect against attacks where the someone gets hold of a single access token then takes over the account. This endpoint invalidates all access tokens for the user, including the token used in the request, and therefore the attacker is unable to take over the account in this way.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user’s access tokens were successfully invalidated. |
200 response
{}
Appservice Login
[Added in v1.2
]
An appservice can log in by providing a valid appservice token and a user within the appservice’s namespace.
Appservices do not need to log in as individual users in all cases, as they can perform Identity Assertion using the appservice token. However, if the appservice needs a scoped token for a single user then they can use this API instead.
This request must be authenticated by the appservice as_token
(see Client Authentication on how to provide the token).
To use this login type, clients should submit a /login
request as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.application_service",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
}
}
If the access token is not valid, does not correspond to an appservice
or the user has not previously been registered then the homeserver will
respond with an errcode of M_FORBIDDEN
.
If the access token does correspond to an appservice, but the user id does
not lie within its namespace then the homeserver will respond with an
errcode of M_EXCLUSIVE
.
Login Fallback
If a client does not recognize any or all login flows it can use the fallback login API:
GET /_matrix/static/client/login/
This returns an HTML and JavaScript page which can perform the entire
login process. The page will attempt to call the JavaScript function
window.matrixLogin.onLogin(response)
when login has been successfully
completed. The argument, response
, is the JSON response body of
POST /_matrix/client/v3/login
parsed
into a JavaScript object.
[Added in v1.1
] Non-credential parameters valid for the /login
endpoint can be provided as query string parameters here. These are to be
forwarded to the login endpoint during the login process. For example:
GET /_matrix/static/client/login/?device_id=GHTYAJCE
Account registration and management
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/deactivate
Deactivate the user’s account, removing all ability for the user to login again.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
An access token should be submitted to this endpoint if the client has an active session.
The homeserver may change the flows available depending on whether a valid access token is provided.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Optional |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
erase |
boolean |
Whether the user would like their content to be erased as much as possible from the server. Erasure means that any users (or servers) which join the room after the erasure request are served redacted copies of the events sent by this account. Users which had visibility on those events prior to the erasure are still able to see unredacted copies. No redactions are sent and the erasure request is not shared over federation, so other servers might still serve unredacted copies. The server should additionally erase any non-event data associated with the user, such as account data and contact 3PIDs. Defaults to Added in |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind all of the user’s 3PIDs from.
If not provided, the homeserver MUST use the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"id_server": "example.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account has been deactivated. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
string |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the homeserver was able to unbind
the user’s 3PIDs from the identity server(s). One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/password
Changes the password for an account on this homeserver.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API to ensure the user changing the password is actually the owner of the account.
An access token should be submitted to this endpoint if the client has an active session.
The homeserver may change the flows available depending on whether a valid access token is provided. The homeserver SHOULD NOT revoke the access token provided in the request. Whether other access tokens for the user are revoked depends on the request parameters.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Optional |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
logout_devices |
boolean |
Whether the user’s other access tokens, and their associated devices, should be revoked if the request succeeds. Defaults to true. When |
new_password |
string |
Required: The new password for the account. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"logout_devices": true,
"new_password": "ihatebananas"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The password has been changed. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/password/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is
associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should be
used to request validation tokens when authenticating for the
/account/password
endpoint.
This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of the
/register/email/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given email address could be found. The server may instead send an
email to the given address prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.
The homeserver should validate the email itself, either by sending a validation email itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "[email protected]",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email was sent to the given address. |
400 |
The referenced third-party identifier is not recognised by the
homeserver, or the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third-party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Email not found"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/password/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is
associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should be
used to request validation tokens when authenticating for the
/account/password
endpoint.
This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of the
/register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given phone number could be found. The server may instead send the SMS
to the given phone number prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.
The homeserver should validate the phone number itself, either by sending a validation message itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message was sent to the given phone number. |
400 |
The referenced third-party identifier is not recognised by the
homeserver, or the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third-party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Phone number not found"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/register
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API, except in the cases where a guest account is being registered.
Register for an account on this homeserver.
There are two kinds of user account:
-
user
accounts. These accounts may use the full API described in this specification. -
guest
accounts. These accounts may have limited permissions and may not be supported by all servers.
If registration is successful, this endpoint will issue an access token the client can use to authorize itself in subsequent requests.
If the client does not supply a device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.
The server SHOULD register an account with a User ID based on the
username
provided, if any. Note that the grammar of Matrix User ID
localparts is restricted, so the server MUST either map the provided
username
onto a user_id
in a logical manner, or reject any
username
which does not comply to the grammar with
M_INVALID_USERNAME
.
Matrix clients MUST NOT assume that localpart of the registered
user_id
matches the provided username
.
The returned access token must be associated with the device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.
When registering a guest account, all parameters in the request body
with the exception of initial_device_display_name
MUST BE ignored
by the server. The server MUST pick a device_id
for the account
regardless of input.
Any user ID returned by this API must conform to the grammar given in the Matrix specification.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
The kind of account to register. Defaults to One of: |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the
user-interactive authentication API. Note that this
information is not used to define how the registered user
should be authenticated, but is instead used to
authenticate the |
device_id |
string |
ID of the client device. If this does not correspond to a known client device, a new device will be created. The server will auto-generate a device_id if this is not specified. |
inhibit_login |
boolean |
If true, an |
initial_device_display_name |
string |
A display name to assign to the newly-created device. Ignored
if |
password |
string |
The desired password for the account. |
refresh_token |
boolean |
If true, the client supports refresh tokens. Added in |
username |
string |
The basis for the localpart of the desired Matrix ID. If omitted, the homeserver MUST generate a Matrix ID local part. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"initial_device_display_name": "Jungle Phone",
"password": "ilovebananas",
"username": "cheeky_monkey"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account has been registered. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
These errors may be returned at any stage of the registration process, including after authentication if the requested user ID was registered whilst the client was performing authentication. Homeservers MUST perform the relevant checks and return these codes before performing User-Interactive Authentication, although they may also return them after authentication is completed if, for example, the requested user ID was registered whilst the client was performing authentication. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
403 |
The homeserver does not permit registering the account. This response
can be used to identify that a particular kind of account is not
allowed, or that registration is generally not supported by the homeserver. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
An access token for the account.
This access token can then be used to authorize other requests.
Required if the |
device_id |
string |
ID of the registered device. Will be the same as the
corresponding parameter in the request, if one was specified.
Required if the |
expires_in_ms |
integer |
The lifetime of the access token, in milliseconds. Once the access token has expired a new access token can be obtained by using the provided refresh token. If no refresh token is provided, the client will need to re-log in to obtain a new access token. If not given, the client can assume that the access token will not expire. Omitted if the Added in |
home_server |
string |
The server_name of the homeserver on which the account has been registered. Deprecated. Clients should extract the server_name from
|
refresh_token |
string |
A refresh token for the account. This token can be used to
obtain a new access token when it expires by calling the
Omitted if the Added in |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully-qualified Matrix user ID (MXID) that has been registered. Any user ID returned by this API must conform to the grammar given in the Matrix specification. |
{
"access_token": "abc123",
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_USER_IN_USE",
"error": "Desired user ID is already taken."
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Registration is disabled"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/register/available
Checks to see if a username is available, and valid, for the server.
The server should check to ensure that, at the time of the request, the username requested is available for use. This includes verifying that an application service has not claimed the username and that the username fits the server’s desired requirements (for example, a server could dictate that it does not permit usernames with underscores).
Matrix clients may wish to use this API prior to attempting registration, however the clients must also be aware that using this API does not normally reserve the username. This can mean that the username becomes unavailable between checking its availability and attempting to register it.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
username |
string |
Required: The username to check the availability of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The username is available |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid or the username is not available. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
available |
boolean |
A flag to indicate that the username is available. This should always
be |
{
"available": true
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_USER_IN_USE",
"error": "Desired user ID is already taken."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/register/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is not already associated with an account on this homeserver. The homeserver should validate the email itself, either by sending a validation email itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "[email protected]",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email has been sent to the specified address. Note that this may be an email containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not permit the address to be bound. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "The specified address is already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/register/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is not already associated with an account on this homeserver. The homeserver should validate the phone number itself, either by sending a validation message itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message has been sent to the specified phone number. Note that this may be an SMS message containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not permit the address to be bound. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "The specified address is already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
Notes on password management
Clients SHOULD enforce that the password provided is suitably complex.
The password SHOULD include a lower-case letter, an upper-case letter, a
number and a symbol and be at a minimum 8 characters in length. Servers
MAY reject weak passwords with an error code M_WEAK_PASSWORD
.
Account locking
[Added in v1.12
]
Server administrators may apply locks to prevent users from usefully using their accounts, for instance, due to safety or security concerns. In contrast to account deactivation, locking is a non-destructive action that can be reversed. This specification describes the behaviour of clients and servers when an account is locked. It deliberately leaves the methods for locking and unlocking accounts as a server implementation detail.
When an account is locked, servers MUST return a 401 Unauthorized
error
response with an M_USER_LOCKED
error code and soft_logout
set to true
on all but the following Client-Server APIs:
Servers MAY additionally include details of why the lock was applied in
the error
field.
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_USER_LOCKED",
"error": "This account has been locked",
"soft_logout": true
}
Servers SHOULD NOT invalidate access tokens on locked accounts unless the client requests a logout (using the above endpoints). This ensures that users can retain their sessions without having to log back in if the account becomes unlocked.
Upon receiving an M_USER_LOCKED
error, clients SHOULD retain session
information including encryption state and inform the user that their account
has been locked. While the lock is applied, clients SHOULD hide the normal UI
from the user, preventing general use of their account. Clients SHOULD, however,
continue to make rate-limited requests to /sync
and other APIs to detect when the lock has been lifted.
To enable users to appeal to a lock clients MAY use server contact discovery.
Account suspension
[Added in v1.13
]
Server administrators MAY suspend a user’s account to prevent further activity from that account. The effect is similar to locking, though without risk of the client losing state from a logout. Suspensions are reversible, like locks and unlike deactivations.
The actions a user can perform while suspended is deliberately left as an implementation detail. Servers SHOULD permit the user to perform at least the following, however:
- Log in and create additional sessions (which are also suspended).
- See and receive messages, particularly through
/sync
and/messages
. - Verify other devices and write associated cross-signing data.
- Populate their key backup.
- Leave rooms and reject invites.
- Redact their own events.
- Log out or delete any device of theirs, including the current session.
- Deactivate their account, potentially with a time delay to discourage making a new account right away.
- Change or add admin contacts, but not remove. Servers are recommended to only permit this if they keep a changelog on contact information to prevent misuse.
General purpose endpoints like /send/{eventType}
MAY return the error described below depending on the path parameters. For example,
a user may be allowed to send m.room.redaction
events but not m.room.message
events through /send
.
Where a room is used to maintain communication between server administration teams and the suspended user, servers are recommended to allow the user to send events to that room specifically. Server administrators which do not want the user to continue receiving messages may be interested in account locking instead.
Otherwise, the recommended set of explicitly forbidden actions is:
- Joining or knocking on rooms.
- Accepting or sending invites.
- Sending messages to rooms.
- Changing profile data (display name and avatar, primarily).
- Redacting other users’ events, when permission is possible in a room.
When a client attempts to perform an action while suspended, the server MUST
respond with a 403 Forbidden
error response with M_USER_SUSPENDED
as the
error code, as shown below:
HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_USER_SUSPENDED",
"error": "You cannot perform this action while suspended."
}
APIs for initiating suspension or unsuspension are not included in this version of the specification, and left as an implementation detail.
Adding Account Administrative Contact Information
A homeserver may keep some contact information for administrative use. This is independent of any information kept by any identity servers, though can be proxied (bound) to the identity server in many cases.
This section deals with two terms: “add” and “bind”. Where “add” (or “remove”) is used, it is speaking about an identifier that was not bound to an identity server. As a result, “bind” (or “unbind”) references an identifier that is found in an identity server. Note that an identifier can be added and bound at the same time, depending on context.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid
Gets a list of the third-party identifiers that the homeserver has associated with the user’s account.
This is not the same as the list of third-party identifiers bound to the user’s Matrix ID in identity servers.
Identifiers in this list may be used by the homeserver as, for example, identifiers that it will accept to reset the user’s account password.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The lookup was successful. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
threepids |
[Third-party identifier] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
added_at |
integer |
Required: The timestamp, in milliseconds, when the homeserver associated the third-party identifier with the user. |
address |
string |
Required: The third-party identifier address. |
medium |
string |
Required: The medium of the third-party identifier. One of: |
validated_at |
integer |
Required: The timestamp, in milliseconds, when the identifier was validated by the identity server. |
{
"threepids": [
{
"added_at": 1535336848756,
"address": "[email protected]",
"medium": "email",
"validated_at": 1535176800000
}
]
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid
Adds contact information to the user’s account.
This endpoint is deprecated in favour of the more specific /3pid/add
and /3pid/bind
endpoints.
Note:
Previously this endpoint supported a bind
parameter. This parameter
has been removed, making this endpoint behave as though it was false
.
This results in this endpoint being an equivalent to /3pid/bind
rather
than dual-purpose.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
three_pid_creds |
ThreePidCredentials |
Required: The third-party credentials to associate with the account. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the identity server. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The identity server to use. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the identity server. |
Request body example
{
"three_pid_creds": {
"client_secret": "d0nt-T3ll",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "matrix.org",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
403 |
The credentials could not be verified with the identity server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must
submit the validation token to, with identical parameters
to the Identity Service API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that
verification will happen without the client’s involvement
provided the homeserver advertises this specification version
in the |
{
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_AUTH_FAILED",
"error": "The third-party credentials could not be verified by the identity server."
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/add
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Adds contact information to the user’s account. Homeservers should use 3PIDs added through this endpoint for password resets instead of relying on the identity server.
Homeservers should prevent the caller from adding a 3PID to their account if it has already been added to another user’s account on the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the homeserver. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the homeserver. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"client_secret": "d0nt-T3ll",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/bind
Binds a 3PID to the user’s account through the specified identity server.
Homeservers should not prevent this request from succeeding if another user has bound the 3PID. Homeservers should simply proxy any errors received by the identity server to the caller.
Homeservers should track successful binds so they can be unbound later.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the identity server. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The identity server to use. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the identity server. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "d0nt-T3ll",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "example.org",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/delete
Removes a third-party identifier from the user’s account. This might not cause an unbind of the identifier from the identity server.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The third-party address being removed. |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind from. If not provided, the homeserver
MUST use the |
medium |
string |
Required: The medium of the third-party identifier being removed. One of: |
Request body example
{
"address": "[email protected]",
"id_server": "example.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The homeserver has disassociated the third-party identifier from the user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
string |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the homeserver was able to unbind
the 3PID from the identity server. One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should
be used to request validation tokens when adding an email address to an
account. This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of
the /register/email/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate
the email itself, either by sending a validation email itself or by using
a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "[email protected]",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email was sent to the given address. Note that this may be an email containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
The third-party identifier is already in use on the homeserver, or the request was invalid. Error codes that can be returned are:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third-party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "Third-party identifier already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should
be used to request validation tokens when adding a phone number to an
account. This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of
the /register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate
the phone number itself, either by sending a validation message itself or by using
a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
|
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message was sent to the given phone number. |
400 |
The third-party identifier is already in use on the homeserver, or the request was invalid. Error codes that can be returned are:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third-party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters |
submit_url |
URI |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "Third-party identifier already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third-party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/account/3pid/unbind
Removes a user’s third-party identifier from the provided identity server without removing it from the homeserver.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The third-party address being removed. |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind from. If not provided, the homeserver
MUST use the |
medium |
string |
Required: The medium of the third-party identifier being removed. One of: |
Request body example
{
"address": "[email protected]",
"id_server": "example.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The identity server has disassociated the third-party identifier from the user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
string |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the identity server was able to unbind
the 3PID. One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
Current account information
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/account/whoami
Gets information about the owner of a given access token.
Note that, as with the rest of the Client-Server API,
Application Services may masquerade as users within their
namespace by giving a user_id
query parameter. In this
situation, the server should verify that the given user_id
is registered by the appservice, and return it in the response
body.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The token belongs to a known user. |
401 |
The token is not recognised |
403 |
The appservice cannot masquerade as the user or has not registered them. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_id |
string |
Device ID associated with the access token. If no device is associated with the access token (such as in the case of application services) then this field can be omitted. Otherwise this is required. Added in |
is_guest |
boolean |
When Added in |
user_id |
string |
Required: The user ID that owns the access token. |
{
"device_id": "ABC1234",
"user_id": "@joe:example.org"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN",
"error": "Unrecognised access token."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Application service has not registered this user."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Notes on identity servers
Identity servers in Matrix store bindings (relationships) between a user’s third-party identifier, typically email or phone number, and their user ID. Once a user has chosen an identity server, that identity server should be used by all clients.
Clients can see which identity server the user has chosen through the
m.identity_server
account data event, as described below. Clients
SHOULD refrain from making requests to any identity server until the
presence of m.identity_server
is confirmed as (not) present. If
present, the client SHOULD check for the presence of the base_url
property in the event’s content. If the base_url
is present, the
client SHOULD use the identity server in that property as the identity
server for the user. If the base_url
is missing, or the account data
event is not present, the client SHOULD use whichever default value it
normally would for an identity server, if applicable. Clients SHOULD NOT
update the account data with the default identity server when the user
is missing an identity server in their account data.
Clients SHOULD listen for changes to the m.identity_server
account
data event and update the identity server they are contacting as a
result.
If the client offers a way to set the identity server to use, it MUST
update the value of m.identity_server
accordingly. A base_url
of
null
MUST be treated as though the user does not want to use an
identity server, disabling all related functionality as a result.
Clients SHOULD refrain from populating the account data as a migration
step for users who are lacking the account data, unless the user sets
the identity server within the client to a value. For example, a user
which has no m.identity_server
account data event should not end up
with the client’s default identity server in their account data, unless
the user first visits their account settings to set the identity server.
m.identity_server
m.identity_server
Persists the user’s preferred identity server, or preference to not use an identity server at all, in the user’s account data.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
The URL of the identity server the user prefers to use, or |
Examples
{
"content": {
"base_url": "https://example.org"
},
"type": "m.identity_server"
}
Capabilities negotiation
A homeserver may not support certain operations and clients must be able to query for what the homeserver can and can’t offer. For example, a homeserver may not support users changing their password as it is configured to perform authentication against an external system.
The capabilities advertised through this system are intended to
advertise functionality which is optional in the API, or which depend in
some way on the state of the user or server. This system should not be
used to advertise unstable or experimental features - this is better
done by the /versions
endpoint.
Some examples of what a reasonable capability could be are:
- Whether the server supports user presence.
- Whether the server supports optional features, such as the user or room directories.
- The rate limits or file type restrictions imposed on clients by the server.
Some examples of what should not be a capability are:
- Whether the server supports a feature in the
unstable
specification. - Media size limits - these are handled by the
/config
API. - Optional encodings or alternative transports for communicating with the server.
Capabilities prefixed with m.
are reserved for definition in the
Matrix specification while other values may be used by servers using the
Java package naming convention. The capabilities supported by the Matrix
specification are defined later in this section.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/capabilities
Gets information about the server’s supported feature set and other relevant capabilities.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The capabilities of the server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
capabilities |
Capabilities |
Required: The custom capabilities the server supports, using the Java package naming convention. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.3pid_changes |
BooleanCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can change 3PID associations on their account. |
m.change_password |
BooleanCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can change their password. |
m.get_login_token |
BooleanCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can generate tokens to log further clients into their account. |
m.room_versions |
RoomVersionsCapability |
The room versions the server supports. |
m.set_avatar_url |
BooleanCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can change their avatar. |
m.set_displayname |
BooleanCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can change their display name. |
<Other properties> |
|
Application-dependent keys using the Common Namespaced Identifier Grammar. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: True if the user can perform the action, false otherwise. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
available |
{string: string} |
Required: A detailed description of the room versions the server supports. |
default |
string |
Required: The default room version the server is using for new rooms. |
{
"capabilities": {
"com.example.custom.ratelimit": {
"max_requests_per_hour": 600
},
"m.change_password": {
"enabled": false
},
"m.room_versions": {
"available": {
"1": "stable",
"2": "stable",
"3": "unstable",
"test-version": "unstable"
},
"default": "1"
}
}
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
m.change_password
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, which indicates whether or
not the user can use the /account/password
API to change their
password. If not present, the client should assume that password changes
are possible via the API. When present, clients SHOULD respect the
capability’s enabled
flag and indicate to the user if they are unable
to change their password.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.change_password": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
m.room_versions
capability
This capability describes the default and available room versions a server supports, and at what level of stability. Clients should make use of this capability to determine if users need to be encouraged to upgrade their rooms.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.room_versions": {
"default": "1",
"available": {
"1": "stable",
"2": "stable",
"3": "unstable",
"custom-version": "unstable"
}
}
}
}
This capability mirrors the same restrictions of room
versions to describe which versions are
stable and unstable. Clients should assume that the default
version is
stable
. Any version not explicitly labelled as stable
in the
available
versions is to be treated as unstable
. For example, a
version listed as future-stable
should be treated as unstable
.
The default
version is the version the server is using to create new
rooms. Clients should encourage users with sufficient permissions in a
room to upgrade their room to the default
version when the room is
using an unstable
version.
When this capability is not listed, clients should use "1"
as the
default and only stable available
room version.
m.set_displayname
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, to denote whether the user
is able to change their own display name via profile endpoints. Cases for
disabling might include users mapped from external identity/directory
services, such as LDAP.
Note that this is well paired with the m.set_avatar_url
capability.
When not listed, clients should assume the user is able to change their display name.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.set_displayname": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
m.set_avatar_url
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, to denote whether the user
is able to change their own avatar via profile endpoints. Cases for
disabling might include users mapped from external identity/directory
services, such as LDAP.
Note that this is well paired with the m.set_displayname
capability.
When not listed, clients should assume the user is able to change their avatar.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.set_avatar_url": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
m.3pid_changes
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, to denote whether the user
is able to add, remove, or change 3PID associations on their account. Note
that this only affects a user’s ability to use the
Admin Contact Information
API, not endpoints exposed by an Identity Service. Cases for disabling
might include users mapped from external identity/directory services,
such as LDAP.
When not listed, clients should assume the user is able to modify their 3PID associations.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.3pid_changes": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
m.get_login_token
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, to denote whether the user
is able to use POST /login/get_token
to generate single-use, time-limited tokens to log unauthenticated clients
into their account.
When not listed, clients SHOULD assume the user is unable to generate tokens.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.get_login_token": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
Filtering
Filters can be created on the server and can be passed as a parameter to APIs which return events. These filters alter the data returned from those APIs. Not all APIs accept filters.
Lazy-loading room members
Membership events often take significant resources for clients to track. In an effort to reduce the number of resources used, clients can enable “lazy-loading” for room members. By doing this, servers will attempt to only send membership events which are relevant to the client.
It is important to understand that lazy-loading is not intended to be a perfect optimisation, and that it may not be practical for the server to calculate precisely which membership events are relevant to the client. As a result, it is valid for the server to send redundant membership events to the client to ease implementation, although such redundancy should be minimised where possible to conserve bandwidth.
In terms of filters, lazy-loading is enabled by enabling
lazy_load_members
on a
RoomEventFilter
.
When enabled, lazy-loading aware endpoints (see
below) will only include membership events for the sender
of events
being included in the response. For example, if a client makes a /sync
request with lazy-loading enabled, the server will only return
membership events for the sender
of events in the timeline, not all
members of a room.
When processing a sequence of events (e.g. by looping on
/sync
or paginating
/messages
), it is common for blocks
of events in the sequence to share a similar set of senders. Rather than
responses in the sequence sending duplicate membership events for these senders
to the client, the server MAY assume that clients will remember membership
events they have already been sent, and choose to skip sending membership
events for members whose membership has not changed. These are called
‘redundant membership events’. Clients may request that redundant membership
events are always included in responses by setting include_redundant_members
to true in the filter.
The expected pattern for using lazy-loading is currently:
- Client performs an initial /sync with lazy-loading enabled, and receives only the membership events which relate to the senders of the events it receives.
- Clients which support display-name tab-completion or other
operations which require rapid access to all members in a room
should call /members for the currently selected room, with an
?at
parameter set to the /sync response’s from token. The member list for the room is then maintained by the state in subsequent incremental /sync responses. - Clients which do not support tab-completion may instead pull in
profiles for arbitrary users (e.g. read receipts, typing
notifications) on demand by querying the room state or
/profile
.
The current endpoints which support lazy-loading room members are:
API endpoints
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/filter
Uploads a new filter definition to the homeserver. Returns a filter ID that may be used in future requests to restrict which events are returned to the client.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user uploading the filter. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user id. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
EventFilter |
The user account data that isn’t associated with rooms to include. |
event_fields |
[string] |
List of event fields to include. If this list is absent then all fields are included. The entries are dot-separated paths for each property to include. So [‘content.body’] will include the ‘body’ field of the ‘content’ object. A server may include more fields than were requested. |
event_format |
string |
The format to use for events. ‘client’ will return the events in a format suitable for clients. ‘federation’ will return the raw event as received over federation. The default is ‘client’. One of: |
presence |
EventFilter |
The presence updates to include. |
room |
RoomFilter |
Filters to be applied to room data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return, must be an integer greater than 0. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
RoomEventFilter |
The per user account data to include for rooms. |
ephemeral |
RoomEventFilter |
The ephemeral events to include for rooms. These are the events that appear in the |
include_leave |
boolean |
Include rooms that the user has left in the sync, default false |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. This filter is applied before the filters in |
state |
RoomEventFilter |
The state events to include for rooms. |
timeline |
RoomEventFilter |
The message and state update events to include for rooms. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return, must be an integer greater than 0. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A |
unread_thread_notifications |
boolean |
If Added in |
Request body example
{
"event_fields": [
"type",
"content",
"sender"
],
"event_format": "client",
"presence": {
"not_senders": [
"@alice:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.presence"
]
},
"room": {
"ephemeral": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.receipt",
"m.typing"
]
},
"state": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.*"
]
},
"timeline": {
"limit": 10,
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.message"
]
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The filter was created. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the filter that was created. Cannot start
with a |
{
"filter_id": "66696p746572"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/filter/{filterId}
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filterId |
string |
Required: The filter ID to download. |
userId |
string |
Required: The user ID to download a filter for. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The filter definition. |
404 |
Unknown filter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
EventFilter |
The user account data that isn’t associated with rooms to include. |
event_fields |
[string] |
List of event fields to include. If this list is absent then all fields are included. The entries are dot-separated paths for each property to include. So [‘content.body’] will include the ‘body’ field of the ‘content’ object. A server may include more fields than were requested. |
event_format |
string |
The format to use for events. ‘client’ will return the events in a format suitable for clients. ‘federation’ will return the raw event as received over federation. The default is ‘client’. One of: |
presence |
EventFilter |
The presence updates to include. |
room |
RoomFilter |
Filters to be applied to room data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return, must be an integer greater than 0. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
RoomEventFilter |
The per user account data to include for rooms. |
ephemeral |
RoomEventFilter |
The ephemeral events to include for rooms. These are the events that appear in the |
include_leave |
boolean |
Include rooms that the user has left in the sync, default false |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. This filter is applied before the filters in |
state |
RoomEventFilter |
The state events to include for rooms. |
timeline |
RoomEventFilter |
The message and state update events to include for rooms. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return, must be an integer greater than 0. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A |
unread_thread_notifications |
boolean |
If Added in |
{
"event_fields": [
"type",
"content",
"sender"
],
"event_format": "client",
"presence": {
"not_senders": [
"@alice:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.presence"
]
},
"room": {
"ephemeral": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.receipt",
"m.typing"
]
},
"state": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.*"
]
},
"timeline": {
"limit": 10,
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.message"
]
}
}
}
Events
The model of conversation history exposed by the client-server API can be considered as a list of events. The server ’linearises’ the eventually-consistent event graph of events into an ’event stream’ at any given point in time:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]
Types of room events
Room events are split into two categories:
-
State events: These are events which update the metadata state of the room (e.g. room topic, room membership etc). State is keyed by a tuple of event
type
and astate_key
. State in the room with the same key-tuple will be overwritten. -
Message events: These are events which describe transient “once-off” activity in a room: typically communication such as sending an instant message or setting up a VoIP call.
This specification outlines several events, all with the event type
prefix m.
. (See Room Events for the m. event
specification.) However, applications may wish to add their own type of
event, and this can be achieved using the REST API detailed in the
following sections. If new events are added, the event type
key SHOULD
follow the Java package naming convention, e.g.
com.example.myapp.event
. This ensures event types are suitably
namespaced for each application and reduces the risk of clashes.
Events are not limited to the types defined in this specification. New
or custom event types can be created on a whim using the Java package
naming convention. For example, a com.example.game.score
event can be
sent by clients and other clients would receive it through Matrix,
assuming the client has access to the com.example
namespace.
Room event format
The “federation” format of a room event, which is used internally by homeservers and between homeservers via the Server-Server API, depends on the “room version” in use by the room. See, for example, the definitions in room version 1 and room version 3.
However, it is unusual that a Matrix client would encounter this event format. Instead, homeservers are responsible for converting events into the format shown below so that they can be easily parsed by clients.
Event bodies are considered untrusted data. This means that any application using Matrix must validate that the event body is of the expected shape/schema before using the contents verbatim.
It is not safe to assume that an event body will have all the expected fields of the expected types.
See MSC2801 for more detail on why this assumption is unsafe.
ClientEvent
ClientEvent
The format used for events when they are returned from a homeserver to a client via the Client-Server API, or sent to an Application Service via the Application Services API.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
Examples
{
"content": {
"membership": "join"
},
"event_id": "$26RqwJMLw-yds1GAH_QxjHRC1Da9oasK0e5VLnck_45",
"origin_server_ts": 1632489532305,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@user:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1567437,
"membership": "join",
"redacted_because": {
"content": {
"reason": "spam"
},
"event_id": "$Nhl3rsgHMjk-DjMJANawr9HHAhLg4GcoTYrSiYYGqEE",
"origin_server_ts": 1632491098485,
"redacts": "$26RqwJMLw-yds1GAH_QxjHRC1Da9oasK0e5VLnck_45",
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@moderator:example.org",
"type": "m.room.redaction",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1257,
"membership": "leave"
}
}
}
}
Stripped state
Stripped state is a simplified view of the state of a room intended to help a potential joiner identify the room. It consists of a limited set of state events that are themselves simplified to reduce the amount of data required.
Stripped state events can only have the sender
, type
, state_key
and
content
properties present.
Stripped state typically appears in invites, knocks, and in other places where a
user could join the room under the conditions available (such as a
restricted
room).
Clients should only use stripped state events when they don’t have access to the proper state of the room. Once the state of the room is available, all stripped state should be discarded. In cases where the client has an archived state of the room (such as after being kicked) and the client is receiving stripped state for the room, such as from an invite or knock, then the stripped state should take precedence until fresh state can be acquired from a join.
Stripped state should contain some or all of the following state events, which should be represented as stripped state events when possible:
m.room.create
m.room.name
m.room.avatar
m.room.topic
m.room.join_rules
m.room.canonical_alias
m.room.encryption
Clients should inspect the list of stripped state events and not assume any particular event is present. The server might include events not described here as well.
The name, avatar, topic, and aliases are presented as aesthetic information about the room, allowing users to make decisions about whether or not they want to join the room.
The join rules are given to help the client determine why it is able to potentially join. For example, annotating the room decoration with iconography consistent with the respective join rule for the room.
The create event can help identify what kind of room is being joined, as it may be a Space or other kind of room. The client might choose to render the invite in a different area of the application as a result.
Similar to join rules, the encryption information is given to help clients decorate the room with appropriate iconography or messaging.
Although stripped state is usually generated and provided by the server, it is still possible to be incorrect on the receiving end. The stripped state events are not signed and could theoretically be modified, or outdated due to updates not being sent.
Stripped state event
Stripped state event
A stripped down state event, with only the type
, state_key
,
sender
, and content
keys.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The |
sender |
string |
Required: The |
state_key |
string |
Required: The |
type |
string |
Required: The |
Size limits
The complete event MUST NOT be larger than 65536 bytes, when formatted with the federation event format, including any signatures, and encoded as Canonical JSON.
There are additional restrictions on sizes per key:
sender
MUST NOT exceed the size limit for user IDs.room_id
MUST NOT exceed the size limit for room IDs.state_key
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.type
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.event_id
MUST NOT exceed the size limit for event IDs.
Some event types have additional size restrictions which are specified in the description of the event. Additional keys have no limit other than that implied by the total 64 KiB limit on events.
Room Events
This section is a work in progress.
This specification outlines several standard event types, all of which
are prefixed with m.
m.room.canonical_alias
m.room.canonical_alias
This event is used to inform the room about which alias should be considered the canonical one, and which other aliases point to the room. This could be for display purposes or as suggestion to users which alias to use to advertise and access the room.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
The canonical alias for the room. If not present, null, or empty the room should be considered to have no canonical alias. |
alt_aliases |
[string] |
Alternative aliases the room advertises. This list can have aliases
despite the |
Examples
{
"content": {
"alias": "#somewhere:localhost",
"alt_aliases": [
"#somewhere:example.org",
"#myroom:example.com"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.canonical_alias",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.create
m.room.create
This is the first event in a room and cannot be changed. It acts as the root of all other events.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
creator |
string |
The |
m.federate |
boolean |
Whether users on other servers can join this room. Defaults to |
predecessor |
Previous Room |
A reference to the room this room replaces, if the previous room was upgraded. |
room_version |
string |
The version of the room. Defaults to |
type |
string |
Optional room type to denote a room’s intended function outside of traditional conversation. Unspecified room types are possible using Namespaced Identifiers. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The event ID of the last known event in the old room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the old room. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "11"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.join_rules
m.room.join_rules
A room may have one of the following designations:
public
- anyone can join the room without any prior action.invite
- a user must first receive an invite from someone already in the room in order to join.knock
- a user can request an invite to the room. They can be allowed (invited) or denied (kicked/banned) access. Otherwise, users need to be invited in. Only available in rooms which support knocking.restricted
- anyone able to satisfy at least one of the allow conditions is able to join the room without prior action. Otherwise, an invite is required. Only available in rooms which support the join rule.knock_restricted
- a user can request an invite using the same functions offered by theknock
join rule, or can attempt to join having satisfied an allow condition per therestricted
join rule. Only available in rooms which support the join rule.private
- reserved without implementation. No significant meaning.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow |
[AllowCondition] |
For Added in |
join_rule |
string |
Required: The type of rules used for users wishing to join this room. One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required if |
type |
string |
Required: The type of condition:
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
{
"content": {
"allow": [
{
"room_id": "!other:example.org",
"type": "m.room_membership"
},
{
"room_id": "!elsewhere:example.org",
"type": "m.room_membership"
}
],
"join_rule": "restricted"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.member
m.room.member
Adjusts the membership state for a user in a room. It is preferable to use the membership APIs (/rooms/<room id>/invite
etc) when performing membership actions rather than adjusting the state directly as there are a restricted set of valid transformations. For example, user A cannot force user B to join a room, and trying to force this state change directly will fail.
The following membership states are specified:
invite
- The user has been invited to join a room, but has not yet joined it. They may not participate in the room until they join.join
- The user has joined the room (possibly after accepting an invite), and may participate in it.leave
- The user was once joined to the room, but has since left (possibly by choice, or possibly by being kicked).ban
- The user has been banned from the room, and is no longer allowed to join it until they are un-banned from the room (by having their membership state set to a value other thanban
).knock
- The user has knocked on the room, requesting permission to participate. They may not participate in the room until they join.
The third_party_invite
property will be set if this invite is an invite
event and is the successor of an m.room.third_party_invite
event, and absent otherwise.
This event may also include an invite_room_state
key inside the event’s unsigned
data.
If present, this contains an array of stripped state events
to assist the receiver in identifying the room.
The user for which a membership applies is represented by the state_key
. Under some conditions,
the sender
and state_key
may not match - this may be interpreted as the sender
affecting
the membership state of the state_key
user.
The membership
for a given user can change over time. The table below represents the various changes
over time and how clients and servers must interpret those changes. Previous membership can be retrieved
from the prev_content
object on an event. If not present, the user’s previous membership must be assumed
as leave
.
to invite |
to join |
to leave |
to ban |
to knock |
|
---|---|---|---|---|---|
from invite |
No change. | User joined the room. | If the state_key is the same as the sender , the user rejected the invite. Otherwise, the state_key user had their invite revoked. |
User was banned. | User is re-knocking. |
from join |
Must never happen. | displayname or avatar_url changed. |
If the state_key is the same as the sender , the user left. Otherwise, the state_key user was kicked. |
User was kicked and banned. | Must never happen. |
from leave |
New invitation sent. | User joined. | No change. | User was banned. | User is knocking. |
from ban |
Must never happen. | Must never happen. | User was unbanned. | No change. | Must never happen. |
from knock |
Knock accepted. | Must never happen. | If the state_key is the same as the sender , the user retracted the knock. Otherwise, the state_key user had their knock denied. |
User was banned. | No change. |
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The user_id this membership event relates to. In all cases except for when membership is
join , the user ID sending the event does not need to match the user ID in the state_key ,
unlike other events. Regular authorisation rules still apply. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The avatar URL for this user, if any. |
displayname |
string|null |
The display name for this user, if any. |
is_direct |
boolean |
Flag indicating if the room containing this event was created with the intention of being a direct chat. See Direct Messaging. |
join_authorised_via_users_server |
string |
Usually found on Client and server implementations should be aware of the signing implications of including this
field in further events: in particular, the event must be signed by the server which
owns the user ID in the field. When copying the membership event’s Added in |
membership |
string |
Required: The membership state of the user. One of: |
reason |
string |
Optional user-supplied text for why their membership has changed. For kicks and bans, this is typically the reason for the kick or ban. For other membership changes, this is a way for the user to communicate their intent without having to send a message to the room, such as in a case where Bob rejects an invite from Alice about an upcoming concert, but can’t make it that day. Clients are not recommended to show this reason to users when receiving an invite due to the potential for spam and abuse. Hiding the reason behind a button or other component is recommended. Added in |
third_party_invite |
Invite |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A name which can be displayed to represent the user instead of their third-party identifier |
signed |
signed |
Required: A block of content which has been signed, which servers can use to verify the event. Clients should ignore this. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The invited matrix user ID. Must be equal to the user_id property of the event. |
signatures |
{string: {string: string}} |
Required: A single signature from the verifying server, in the format specified by the Signing Events section of the server-server API. |
token |
string |
Required: The token property of the containing third_party_invite object. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "invite",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"invite_room_state": [
{
"content": {
"name": "Example Room"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "invite"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules"
}
]
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"join_authorised_via_users_server": "@bob:other.example.org",
"membership": "join"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "knock",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"knock_room_state": [
{
"content": {
"name": "Example Room"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "knock"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules"
}
]
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "invite",
"third_party_invite": {
"display_name": "alice",
"signed": {
"mxid": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"magic.forest": {
"ed25519:3": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg"
}
},
"token": "abc123"
}
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.power_levels
m.room.power_levels
This event specifies the minimum level a user must have in order to perform a certain action. It also specifies the levels of each user in the room.
If a user_id
is in the users
list, then that user_id
has the
associated power level. Otherwise they have the default level
users_default
. If users_default
is not supplied, it is assumed to be
0. If the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event, the room’s creator has
a power level of 100, and all other users have a power level of 0.
The level required to send a certain event is governed by events
,
state_default
and events_default
. If an event type is specified in
events
, then the user must have at least the level specified in order to
send that event. If the event type is not supplied, it defaults to
events_default
for Message Events and state_default
for State
Events.
If there is no state_default
in the m.room.power_levels
event, or
there is no m.room.power_levels
event, the state_default
is 50.
If there is no events_default
in the m.room.power_levels
event,
or there is no m.room.power_levels
event, the events_default
is 0.
The power level required to invite a user to the room, kick a user from the
room, ban a user from the room, or redact an event sent by another user, is
defined by invite
, kick
, ban
, and redact
, respectively. The levels
for kick
, ban
and redact
default to 50 if they are not specified in the
m.room.power_levels
event, or if the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event. invite
defaults to 0 in either case.
Note:
The allowed range for power level values is [-(2**53)+1, (2**53)-1]
,
as required by the Canonical JSON specification.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ban |
integer |
The level required to ban a user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
events |
{string: integer} |
The level required to send specific event types. This is a mapping from event type to power level required. |
events_default |
integer |
The default level required to send message events. Can be
overridden by the |
invite |
integer |
The level required to invite a user. Defaults to 0 if unspecified. |
kick |
integer |
The level required to kick a user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
notifications |
Notifications |
The power level requirements for specific notification types.
This is a mapping from |
redact |
integer |
The level required to redact an event sent by another user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
state_default |
integer |
The default level required to send state events. Can be overridden
by the |
users |
{User ID: integer} |
The power levels for specific users. This is a mapping from |
users_default |
integer |
The power level for users in the room whose Note: When there is no |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room |
integer |
The level required to trigger an |
<Other properties> | integer |
Examples
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Historical events
Some events within the m.
namespace might appear in rooms, however
they serve no significant meaning in this version of the specification.
They are:
m.room.aliases
Previous versions of the specification have more information on these events.
Syncing
To read events, the intended flow of operation is for clients to first
call the /sync
API without a since
parameter. This returns the
most recent message events for each room, as well as the state of the
room at the start of the returned timeline. The response also includes a
next_batch
field, which should be used as the value of the since
parameter in the next call to /sync
. Finally, the response includes,
for each room, a prev_batch
field, which can be passed as a start
parameter to the /rooms/<room_id>/messages
API to retrieve earlier
messages.
For example, a /sync
request might return a range of four events
E2
, E3
, E4
and E5
within a given room, omitting two prior events
E0
and E1
. This can be visualised as follows:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]
^ ^
| |
prev_batch: '1-2-3' next_batch: 'a-b-c'
Clients then receive new events by “long-polling” the homeserver via the
/sync
API, passing the value of the next_batch
field from the
response to the previous call as the since
parameter. The client
should also pass a timeout
parameter. The server will then hold open
the HTTP connection for a short period of time waiting for new events,
returning early if an event occurs. Only the /sync
API (and the
deprecated /events
API) support long-polling in this way.
Continuing the example above, an incremental sync might report
a single new event E6
. The response can be visualised as:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]->[E6]
^ ^
| |
| next_batch: 'x-y-z'
prev_batch: 'a-b-c'
Normally, all new events which are visible to the client will appear in
the response to the /sync
API. However, if a large number of events
arrive between calls to /sync
, a “limited” timeline is returned,
containing only the most recent message events. A state “delta” is also
returned, summarising any state changes in the omitted part of the
timeline. The client may therefore end up with “gaps” in its knowledge
of the message timeline. The client can fill these gaps using the
/rooms/<room_id>/messages
API.
Continuing our example, suppose we make a third /sync
request asking for
events since the last sync, by passing the next_batch
token x-y-z
as
the since
parameter. The server knows about four new events, E7
, E8
,
E9
and E10
, but decides this is too many to report at once. Instead,
the server sends a limited
response containing E8
, E9
and E10
but
omitting E7
. This forms a gap, which we can see in the visualisation:
| gap |
| <-> |
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]->[E6]->[E7]->[E8]->[E9]->[E10]
^ ^ ^
| | |
since: 'x-y-z' | |
prev_batch: 'd-e-f' next_batch: 'u-v-w'
The limited response includes a state delta which describes how the state
of the room changes over the gap. This delta explains how to build the state
prior to returned timeline (i.e. at E7
) from the state the client knows
(i.e. at E6
). To close the gap, the client should make a request to
/rooms/<room_id>/messages
with the query parameters from=x-y-z
and to=d-e-f
.
Events are ordered in this API according to the arrival time of the event on the homeserver. This can conflict with other APIs which order events based on their partial ordering in the event graph. This can result in duplicate events being received (once per distinct API called). Clients SHOULD de-duplicate events based on the event ID when this happens.
The /sync
API returns a state
list which is separate from the
timeline
. This state
list allows clients to keep their model of the
room state in sync with that on the server. In the case of an initial
(since
-less) sync, the state
list represents the complete state of
the room at the start of the returned timeline (so in the case of a
recently-created room whose state fits entirely in the timeline
, the
state
list will be empty).
In the case of an incremental sync, the state
list gives a delta
between the state of the room at the since
parameter and that at the
start of the returned timeline
. (It will therefore be empty unless the
timeline was limited
.)
In both cases, it should be noted that the events returned in the
state
list did not necessarily take place just before the returned
timeline
, so clients should not display them to the user in the
timeline.
An early design of this specification made the state
list represent
the room state at the end of the returned timeline, instead of the
start. This was unsatisfactory because it led to duplication of events
between the state
list and the timeline
, but more importantly, it
made it difficult for clients to show the timeline correctly.
In particular, consider a returned timeline [M0, S1, M2], where M0 and
M2 are both messages sent by the same user, and S1 is a state event
where that user changes their displayname. If the state
list
represents the room state at the end of the timeline, the client must
take a copy of the state dictionary, and rewind S1, in order to
correctly calculate the display name for M0.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/sync
Synchronise the client’s state with the latest state on the server. Clients use this API when they first log in to get an initial snapshot of the state on the server, and then continue to call this API to get incremental deltas to the state, and to receive new messages.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading. See Filtering
for more information. Lazy-loading members is only supported on the state
part of a
RoomFilter
for this endpoint. When lazy-loading is enabled, servers MUST include the
syncing user’s own membership event when they join a room, or when the
full state of rooms is requested, to aid discovering the user’s avatar &
displayname.
Further, like other members, the user’s own membership event is eligible
for being considered redundant by the server. When a sync is limited
,
the server MUST return membership events for events in the gap
(between since
and the start of the returned timeline), regardless
as to whether or not they are redundant. This ensures that joins/leaves
and profile changes which occur during the gap are not lost.
Note that the default behaviour of state
is to include all membership
events, alongside other state, when lazy-loading is not enabled.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
string |
The ID of a filter created using the filter API or a filter JSON
object encoded as a string. The server will detect whether it is
an ID or a JSON object by whether the first character is a See Filtering for more information. |
full_state |
boolean |
Controls whether to include the full state for all rooms the user is a member of. If this is set to If By default, this is |
set_presence |
string |
Controls whether the client is automatically marked as online by polling this API. If this parameter is omitted then the client is automatically marked as online when it uses this API. Otherwise if the parameter is set to “offline” then the client is not marked as being online when it uses this API. When set to “unavailable”, the client is marked as being idle. One of: |
since |
string |
A point in time to continue a sync from. This should be the
|
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time to wait, in milliseconds, before returning this request. If no events (or other data) become available before this time elapses, the server will return a response with empty fields. By default, this is |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The initial snapshot or delta for the client to use to update their state. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The global private data created by this user. |
device_lists |
DeviceLists |
Information on end-to-end device updates, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
device_one_time_keys_count |
{string: integer} |
Information on end-to-end encryption keys, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
next_batch |
string |
Required: The batch token to supply in the |
presence |
Presence |
The updates to the presence status of other users. |
rooms |
Rooms |
Updates to rooms. |
to_device |
ToDevice |
Information on the send-to-device messages for the client device, as defined in Send-to-Device messaging. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
invite |
{Room ID: Invited Room} |
The rooms that the user has been invited to, mapped as room ID to room information. |
join |
{Room ID: Joined Room} |
The rooms that the user has joined, mapped as room ID to room information. |
knock |
{Room ID: Knocked Room} |
The rooms that the user has knocked upon, mapped as room ID to room information. |
leave |
{Room ID: Left Room} |
The rooms that the user has left or been banned from, mapped as room ID to room information. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
invite_state |
InviteState |
The stripped state of a room that the user has been invited to. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[StrippedStateEvent] |
The stripped state events that form the invite state. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The |
sender |
string |
Required: The |
state_key |
string |
Required: The |
type |
string |
Required: The |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
ephemeral |
Ephemeral |
The new ephemeral events in the room (events that aren’t recorded in the timeline or state of the room). In this version of the spec, these are typing notification and read receipt events. |
state |
State |
Updates to the state, between the time indicated by
the N.B. state updates for |
summary |
RoomSummary |
Information about the room which clients may need to correctly render it to users. |
timeline |
Timeline |
The timeline of messages and state changes in the room. |
unread_notifications |
Unread Notification Counts |
Counts of unread notifications for this room. See the Receiving notifications section for more information on how these are calculated. If Changed in |
unread_thread_notifications |
{Event ID: ThreadNotificationCounts} |
If If a thread does not have any notifications it can be omitted from this object. If no threads have notification counts, this whole object can be omitted. Added in |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[ClientEventWithoutRoomID] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEventWithoutRoomID |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.heroes |
[string] |
The users which can be used to generate a room name
if the room does not have one. Required if the room’s
This should be the first 5 members of the room, ordered by stream ordering, which are joined or invited. The list must never include the client’s own user ID. When no joined or invited members are available, this should consist of the banned and left users. More than 5 members may be provided, however less than 5 should only be provided when there are less than 5 members to represent. When lazy-loading room members is enabled, the membership
events for the heroes MUST be included in the |
m.invited_member_count |
integer |
The number of users with |
m.joined_member_count |
integer |
The number of users with |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[ClientEventWithoutRoomID] |
Required: List of events. |
limited |
boolean |
True if the number of events returned was limited by the |
prev_batch |
string |
A token that can be supplied to the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
highlight_count |
integer |
The number of unread notifications for this room with the highlight flag set. |
notification_count |
integer |
The total number of unread notifications for this room. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
highlight_count |
integer |
The number of unread notifications for this thread with the highlight flag set. |
notification_count |
integer |
The total number of unread notifications for this thread. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
knock_state |
KnockState |
The stripped state of a room that the user has knocked upon. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[StrippedStateEvent] |
The stripped state events that form the knock state. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
state |
State |
The state updates for the room up to the start of the timeline. |
timeline |
Timeline |
The timeline of messages and state changes in the room up to the point when the user left. |
{
"account_data": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.config"
}
]
},
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"presence": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost/wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
]
},
"rooms": {
"invite": {
"!696r7674:example.com": {
"invite_state": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"name": "My Room Name"
},
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"membership": "invite"
},
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"state_key": "@bob:example.com",
"type": "m.room.member"
}
]
}
}
},
"join": {
"!726s6s6q:example.com": {
"account_data": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"u.work": {
"order": 0.9
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
},
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.room.config"
}
]
},
"ephemeral": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"user_ids": [
"@alice:matrix.org",
"@bob:example.com"
]
},
"type": "m.typing"
},
{
"content": {
"$1435641916114394fHBLK:matrix.org": {
"m.read": {
"@erikj:jki.re": {
"ts": 1436451550453
}
},
"m.read.private": {
"@self:example.org": {
"ts": 1661384801651
}
}
}
},
"type": "m.receipt"
}
]
},
"state": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
]
},
"summary": {
"m.heroes": [
"@alice:example.com",
"@bob:example.com"
],
"m.invited_member_count": 0,
"m.joined_member_count": 2
},
"timeline": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"limited": true,
"prev_batch": "t34-23535_0_0"
},
"unread_notifications": {
"highlight_count": 1,
"notification_count": 5
},
"unread_thread_notifications": {
"$threadroot": {
"highlight_count": 3,
"notification_count": 6
}
}
}
},
"knock": {
"!223asd456:example.com": {
"knock_state": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"name": "My Room Name"
},
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"membership": "knock"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.com",
"state_key": "@bob:example.com",
"type": "m.room.member"
}
]
}
}
},
"leave": {}
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/events
This will listen for new events and return them to the caller. This will
block until an event is received, or until the timeout
is reached.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients
should instead call the /sync
endpoint with a since
parameter. See
the migration guide.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
The token to stream from. This token is either from a previous request to this API or from the initial sync API. |
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for an event. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events received, which may be none. |
400 |
Bad pagination from parameter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
An array of events. |
end |
string |
A token which correlates to the end of |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the start of |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"end": "s3457_9_0",
"start": "s3456_9_0"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/events/{eventId}
Get a single event based on event_id
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients should instead call the /rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId} API or the /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId API.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The full event. |
404 |
The event was not found or you do not have permission to read this event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/initialSync
This returns the full state for this user, with an optional limit on the number of messages per room to return.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients
should instead call the /sync
endpoint with no since
parameter. See
the migration guide.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
archived |
boolean |
Whether to include rooms that the user has left. If |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of messages to return for each room. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user’s current state. |
404 |
There is no avatar URL for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The global private data created by this user. |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the end of the timelines returned. This
token should be used with the |
presence |
[Event] |
Required: A list of presence events. |
rooms |
[RoomInfo] |
Required: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
invite |
InviteEvent |
The invite event if |
membership |
string |
Required: The user’s membership state in this room. One of: |
messages |
PaginationChunk |
The pagination chunk for this room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this room. |
state |
[ClientEvent] |
If the user is a member of the room this will be the current state of the room as a list of events. If the user has left the room this will be the state of the room when they left it. |
visibility |
string |
Whether this room is visible to the One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: If the user is a member of the room this will be a
list of the most recent messages for this room. If
the user has left the room this will be the
messages that preceded them leaving. This array
will consist of at most |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the end of |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the start of If no earlier events are available, this property may be omitted from the response. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.config"
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"presence": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost/wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
],
"rooms": [
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"work": {
"order": 1
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
},
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.room.config"
}
],
"membership": "join",
"messages": {
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"start": "t44-3453_9_0"
},
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "11"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"visibility": "private"
}
]
}
Getting events for a room
There are several APIs provided to GET
events for a room:
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
Get a single event based on roomId/eventId
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to get. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room the event is in. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The full event. |
404 |
The event was not found or you do not have permission to read this event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:matrix.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Event not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/joined_members
This API returns a map of MXIDs to member info objects for members of the room. The current user must be in the room for it to work, unless it is an Application Service in which case any of the AS’s users must be in the room. This API is primarily for Application Services and should be faster to respond than /members
as it can be implemented more efficiently on the server.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the members of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A map of MXID to room member objects. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
joined |
{User ID: RoomMember} |
A map from user ID to a RoomMember object. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The avatar of the user this object is representing, as an |
display_name |
string |
The display name of the user this object is representing. |
{
"joined": {
"@bar:example.com": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://riot.ovh/printErCATzZijQsSDWorRaK",
"display_name": "Bar"
}
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/members
Get the list of members for this room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the member events for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
at |
string |
The point in time (pagination token) to return members for in the room.
This token can be obtained from a |
membership |
string |
The kind of membership to filter for. Defaults to no filtering if
unspecified. When specified alongside One of: |
not_membership |
string |
The kind of membership to exclude from the results. Defaults to no filtering if unspecified. One of: |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of members of the room. If you are joined to the room then this will be the current members of the room. If you have left the room then this will be the members of the room when you left. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
]
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/state
Get the state events for the current state of a room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to look up the state for. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The current state of the room |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Array of ClientEvent
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
[
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "11"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
]
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
Looks up the contents of a state event in a room. If the user is joined to the room then the state is taken from the current state of the room. If the user has left the room then the state is taken from the state of the room when they left.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of state to look up. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to look up the state in. |
stateKey |
string |
Required: The key of the state to look up. Defaults to an empty string. When an empty string, the trailing slash on this endpoint is optional. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content of the state event. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
404 |
The room has no state with the given type or key. |
200 response
{
"name": "Example room name"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/messages
This API returns a list of message and state events for a room. It uses pagination query parameters to paginate history in the room.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading of room member events. See Lazy-loading room members for more information.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get events from. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
string |
Required: The direction to return events from. If this is set to One of: |
filter |
string |
A JSON RoomEventFilter to filter returned events with. |
from |
string |
The token to start returning events from. This token can be obtained
from a This endpoint can also accept a value returned as a If it is not provided, the homeserver shall return a list of messages
from the first or last (per the value of the Changed in |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. Default: 10. |
to |
string |
The token to stop returning events at. This token can be obtained from
a |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of messages with a new token to request more. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: A list of room events. The order depends on the Note that an empty |
end |
string |
A token corresponding to the end of If no further events are available (either because we have reached the start of the timeline, or because the user does not have permission to see any more events), this property is omitted from the response. |
start |
string |
Required: A token corresponding to the start of |
state |
[ClientEvent] |
A list of state events relevant to showing the Unless |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"name": "The room name"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"end": "t47409-4357353_219380_26003_2265",
"start": "t47429-4392820_219380_26003_2265"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/timestamp_to_event
Added in v1.6
Get the ID of the event closest to the given timestamp, in the
direction specified by the dir
parameter.
If the server does not have all of the room history and does not have an event suitably close to the requested timestamp, it can use the corresponding federation endpoint to ask other servers for a suitable event.
After calling this endpoint, clients can call
/rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
to obtain a pagination token to retrieve the events around the returned event.
The event returned by this endpoint could be an event that the client cannot render, and so may need to paginate in order to locate an event that it can display, which may end up being outside of the client’s suitable range. Clients can employ different strategies to display something reasonable to the user. For example, the client could try paginating in one direction for a while, while looking at the timestamps of the events that it is paginating through, and if it exceeds a certain difference from the target timestamp, it can try paginating in the opposite direction. The client could also simply paginate in one direction and inform the user that the closest event found in that direction is outside of the expected range.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to search |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
string |
Required: The direction in which to search. One of: |
ts |
integer |
Required: The timestamp to search from, as given in milliseconds since the Unix epoch. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An event was found matching the search parameters. |
404 |
No event was found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the event found |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: The event’s timestamp, in milliseconds since the Unix epoch.
This makes it easy to do a quick comparison to see if the
|
{
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unable to find event from 1432684800000 in forward direction"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/initialSync
Get a copy of the current state and the most recent messages in a room.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. There is no
direct replacement; the relevant information is returned by the
/sync
API. See the
migration guide.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the data. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The current state of the room |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
membership |
string |
The user’s membership state in this room. One of: |
messages |
PaginationChunk |
The pagination chunk for this room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this room. |
state |
[ClientEvent] |
If the user is a member of the room this will be the current state of the room as a list of events. If the user has left the room this will be the state of the room when they left it. |
visibility |
string |
Whether this room is visible to the One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: If the user is a member of the room this will be a
list of the most recent messages for this room. If
the user has left the room this will be the
messages that preceded them leaving. This array
will consist of at most |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the end of |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the start of If no earlier events are available, this property may be omitted from the response. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"work": {
"order": "1"
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
}
],
"membership": "join",
"messages": {
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"start": "t44-3453_9_0"
},
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "11"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"visibility": "private"
}
Sending events to a room
[Added in v1.3
]
Servers might need to post-process some events if they
relate to another event. The event’s
relationship type (rel_type
) determines any restrictions which might apply,
such as the user only being able to send one event of a given type in relation
to another.
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
State events can be sent using this endpoint. These events will be
overwritten if <room id>
, <event type>
and <state key>
all
match.
Requests to this endpoint cannot use transaction IDs
like other PUT
paths because they cannot be differentiated from the
state_key
. Furthermore, POST
is unsupported on state paths.
The body of the request should be the content object of the event; the
fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. See
Room Events for the m.
event specification.
If the event type being sent is m.room.canonical_alias
servers
SHOULD ensure that any new aliases being listed in the event are valid
per their grammar/syntax and that they point to the room ID where the
state event is to be sent. Servers do not validate aliases which are
being removed or are already present in the state event.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to set the state in |
stateKey |
string |
Required: The state_key for the state to send. Defaults to the empty string. When an empty string, the trailing slash on this endpoint is optional. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the sent event. |
400 |
The sender’s request is malformed. Some example error codes include:
|
403 |
The sender doesn’t have permission to send the event into the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwRidLecu:example.com"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_BAD_ALIAS",
"error": "The alias '#hello:example.org' does not point to this room."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have permission to send the event."
}
Examples
Valid requests look like:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.example.event
{ "key" : "without a state key" }
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/foo
{ "key" : "with 'foo' as the state key" }
In contrast, these requests are invalid:
POST /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.example.event/
{ "key" : "cannot use POST here" }
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/foo/11
{ "key" : "txnIds are not supported" }
Care should be taken to avoid setting the wrong state key
:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/11
{ "key" : "with '11' as the state key, but was probably intended to be a txnId" }
The state_key
is often used to store state about individual users, by
using the user ID as the state_key
value. For example:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.favorite.animal.event/%40my_user%3Aexample.org
{ "animal" : "cat", "reason": "fluffy" }
In some cases, there may be no need for a state_key
, so it can be
omitted:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.room.bgd.color
{ "color": "red", "hex": "#ff0000" }
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}
This endpoint is used to send a message event to a room. Message events allow access to historical events and pagination, making them suited for “once-off” activity in a room.
The body of the request should be the content object of the event; the fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. See Room Events for the m. event specification.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to send the event to. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate an ID unique across requests with the same access token; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"body": "hello",
"msgtype": "m.text"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the sent event. |
400 |
The request is invalid. A standard error response will be returned. As well as the normal common error codes, other reasons for rejection include:
|
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwRidLecu:example.com"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
Redactions
Since events are extensible it is possible for malicious users and/or
servers to add keys that are, for example offensive or illegal. Since
some events cannot be simply deleted, e.g. membership events, we instead
‘redact’ events. This involves removing all keys from an event that are
not required by the protocol. This stripped down event is thereafter
returned anytime a client or remote server requests it. Redacting an
event cannot be undone, allowing server owners to delete the offending
content from the databases. Servers should include a copy of the
m.room.redaction
event under unsigned
as redacted_because
when serving the redacted event to clients.
The exact algorithm to apply against an event is defined in the room version specification, as are the criteria homeservers should use when deciding whether to accept a redaction event from a remote homeserver.
When a client receives an m.room.redaction
event, it should change
the affected event in the same way a server does.
Redacted events can still affect the state of the room. When redacted,
state events behave as though their properties were simply not
specified, except those protected by the redaction algorithm. For
example, a redacted join
event will still result in the user being
considered joined. Similarly, a redacted topic does not necessarily
cause the topic to revert to what it was prior to the event - it causes
the topic to be removed from the room.
Events
m.room.redaction
m.room.redaction
This event is created by the server to describe which event has been redacted, by whom, and optionally why. The event that has been redacted is specified in the redacts
event level key. Redacting an event means that all keys not required by the protocol are stripped off, allowing messages to be hidden or allowing admins to remove offensive or illegal content.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason for the redaction, if any. |
redacts |
string |
The event ID that was redacted. Required for, and present starting in, room version 11. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"reason": "Spamming",
"redacts": "$fukweghifu23:localhost"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.redaction",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/redact/{eventId}/{txnId}
Strips all information out of an event which isn’t critical to the integrity of the server-side representation of the room.
This cannot be undone.
Any user with a power level greater than or equal to the m.room.redaction
event power level may send redaction events in the room. If the user’s power
level greater is also greater than or equal to the redact
power level
of the room, the user may redact events sent by other users.
Server administrators may redact events sent by users on their server.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The ID of the event to redact |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room from which to redact the event. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate a unique ID; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason for the event being redacted. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Indecent material"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the redaction event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwQidLecu:example.com"
}
Forming relationships between events
[Changed in v1.3
]
In some cases it is desirable to logically associate one event’s contents with another event’s contents — for example, when replying to a message, editing an event, or simply looking to add context for an event’s purpose.
Events are related to each other in a parent/child structure, where any event can become a parent by simply having a child event point at it. Parent events do not define their children, instead relying on the children to describe their parent.
The relationship between a child and its parent event is described in the child
event’s content
as m.relates_to
(defined below). A child event can point at
any other event, including another child event, to build the relationship so long
as both events are in the same room, however additional restrictions might be imposed
by the type of the relationship (the rel_type
).
Child events can point at other child events, forming a chain of events. These chains can naturally take the shape of a tree if two independent children point at a single parent event, for example.
To allow the server to aggregate and find child events for a parent, the m.relates_to
key of an event MUST be included in the cleartext portion of the event. It cannot be
exclusively recorded in the encrypted payload as the server cannot decrypt the event
for processing.
If an encrypted event contains an m.relates_to
in its payload, it should be
ignored and instead favour the cleartext m.relates_to
copy (including when there
is no cleartext copy). This is to ensure the client’s behaviour matches the server’s
capability to handle relationships.
Relationships which don’t match the schema, or which break the rules of a relationship, are simply ignored. An example might be the parent and child being in different rooms, or the relationship missing properties required by the schema below. Clients handling such invalid relationships should show the events independently of each other, optionally with an error message.
m.relates_to
is defined as follows:
m.relates_to
m.relates_to
Describes the relationship of an event to its parent. This is contained
within the event’s content
alongside other fields for the relevant event type.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The event ID of the event that this event relates to. |
rel_type |
string |
Required: The namespaced relationship type. Values must use the Common Namespaced Identifier Grammar. The relationship type determines how clients should perceive the event, and in what
context. Some relationship types are processed server-side for “bundling”, though not
all relationships require such behaviour. For example, an |
Examples
{
"m.relates_to": {
"event_id": "$an_event",
"rel_type": "org.example.relationship"
}
}
Relationship types
This specification describes the following relationship types:
- Rich replies (Note: does not use
rel_type
). - Event replacements.
- Event annotations.
- Threads.
- References
Aggregations of child events
[Added in v1.3
]
Some child events can be “aggregated” by the server, depending on their
rel_type
. This can allow a set of child events to be summarised to the client without
the client needing the child events themselves.
An example of this might be that a rel_type
requires an extra key
field which, when
appropriately specified, would mean that the client receives a total count for the number
of times that key
was used by child events.
The actual aggregation format depends on the rel_type
.
When an event is served to the client through the APIs listed below, a
m.relations
property is included under unsigned
if the event has child
events which can be aggregated and point at it. The m.relations
property is
an object keyed by rel_type
and value being the type-specific aggregated
format for that rel_type
. This m.relations
property is known as a “bundled
aggregation”.
For example (unimportant fields not included):
{
"event_id": "$my_event",
"unsigned": {
"m.relations": {
"org.example.possible_annotations": [
{
"key": "👍",
"origin_server_ts": 1562763768320,
"count": 3
},
{
"key": "👎",
"origin_server_ts": 1562763768320,
"count": 1
}
],
"org.example.possible_thread": {
"current_server_participated": true,
"count": 7,
"latest_event": {
"event_id": "$another_event",
"content": {
"body": "Hello world"
}
}
}
}
}
}
Note how the org.example.possible_annotations
aggregation is an array, while in the
org.example.possible_thread
aggregation where the server is summarising the state of
the relationship in a single object. Both are valid ways to aggregate: the format of an
aggregation depends on the rel_type
.
State events do not currently receive bundled aggregations. This is not necessarily a deliberate design decision, and MSCs which aim to fix this are welcome.
The endpoints where the server should include bundled aggregations are:
GET /rooms/{roomId}/messages
GET /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
GET /rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
GET /rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}
GET /rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}/{relType}
GET /rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}/{relType}/{eventType}
GET /sync
when the relevant section has alimited
value oftrue
.POST /search
for any matching events underroom_events
.- [Added in
v1.4
]GET /rooms/{roomId}/threads
The server is not required to return bundled aggregations on deprecated endpoints
such as /initialSync
.
While this functionality allows the client to see what was known to the server at the
time of handling, the client should continue to aggregate locally if it is aware of
the relationship type’s behaviour. For example, a client might internally increment a count
in a parent event’s aggregation data if it saw a new child event which referenced that parent.
The aggregation provided by the server only includes child events which were known at the
time the client would receive the aggregation. For example, in a single /sync
response
with the parent and multiple child events the child events would have already been
included on the parent’s m.relations
field. Events received in future syncs would
need to be aggregated manually by the client.
Events from ignored users do not appear in the aggregation from the server, however clients might still have events from ignored users cached. Like with normal events, clients will need to de-aggregate child events sent by ignored users to avoid them being considered in counts. Servers must additionally ensure they do not consider child events from ignored users when preparing an aggregation for the client.
When a parent event is redacted, the child events which pointed to that parent remain, however when a child event is redacted then the relationship is broken. Therefore, the server needs to de-aggregate or disassociate the event once the relationship is lost. Clients with local aggregation or which handle redactions locally should do the same.
It is suggested that clients perform local echo on aggregations — for instance, aggregating a new child event into a parent event optimistically until the server returns a failure or the client gives up on sending the event, at which point the event should be de-aggregated and an error or similar shown. The client should be cautious to not aggregate an event twice if it has already optimistically aggregated the event. Clients are encouraged to take this a step further to additionally track child events which target unsent/pending events, likely using the transaction ID as a temporary event ID until a proper event ID is known.
Due to history visibility restrictions, child events might not be visible to the user if they are in a section of history the user cannot see. This means any aggregations which would normally include those events will be lacking them and the client will not be able to locally aggregate the events either — relating events of importance (such as votes) should take into consideration history visibility.
Additionally, if the server is missing portions of the room history then it may not be able to accurately aggregate the events.
Relationships API
[Added in v1.3
]
To retrieve the child events for a parent from the server, the client can call the following endpoint.
This endpoint is particularly useful if the client has lost context on the aggregation for a parent event and needs to rebuild/verify it.
When using the recurse
parameter, note that there is no way for a client to
control how far the server recurses. If the client decides that the server’s
recursion level is insufficient, it could, for example, perform the recursion
itself, or disable whatever feature requires more recursion.
Filters specified via event_type
or rel_type
will be applied to all events
returned, whether direct or indirect relations. Events that would match the filter,
but whose only relation to the original given event is through a non-matching
intermediate event, will not be included. This means that supplying a rel_type
parameter of m.thread
is not appropriate for fetching all events in a thread since
relations to the threaded events would be filtered out. For this purpose, clients should
omit the rel_type
parameter and perform any necessary filtering on the client side.
Because replies do not use rel_type
, they will not be accessible via this API.
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}
Retrieve all of the child events for a given parent event.
Note that when paginating the from
token should be “after” the to
token in
terms of topological ordering, because it is only possible to paginate “backwards”
through events, starting at from
.
For example, passing a from
token from page 2 of the results, and a to
token
from page 1, would return the empty set. The caller can use a from
token from
page 1 and a to
token from page 2 to paginate over the same range, however.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The ID of the parent event whose child events are to be returned. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room containing the parent event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
string |
Optional (default One of: Added in |
from |
string |
The pagination token to start returning results from. If not supplied, results start at the most recent topological event known to the server. Can be a |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of results to return in a single Similarly, the server should apply a default value when not supplied. |
recurse |
boolean |
Whether to additionally include events which only relate indirectly to the given event, i.e. events related to the given event via two or more direct relationships. If set to If set to The default value is Added in |
to |
string |
The pagination token to stop returning results at. If not supplied, results
continue up to Like |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The paginated child events which point to the parent. If no events are
pointing to the parent or the pagination yields no results, an empty chunk
is returned. |
404 |
The parent event was not found or the user does not have permission to read this event (it might be contained in history that is not accessible to the user). |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: The child events of the requested event, ordered topologically most-recent first. |
next_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means this is the start of the result set, i.e. this is the first batch/page. |
recursion_depth |
integer |
If the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"event_id": "$asfDuShaf7Gafaw",
"rel_type": "org.example.my_relation"
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:matrix.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"next_batch": "page2_token",
"prev_batch": "page1_token"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Event not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}/{relType}
Retrieve all of the child events for a given parent event which relate to the parent
using the given relType
.
Note that when paginating the from
token should be “after” the to
token in
terms of topological ordering, because it is only possible to paginate “backwards”
through events, starting at from
.
For example, passing a from
token from page 2 of the results, and a to
token
from page 1, would return the empty set. The caller can use a from
token from
page 1 and a to
token from page 2 to paginate over the same range, however.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The ID of the parent event whose child events are to be returned. |
relType |
string |
Required: The relationship type to search for. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room containing the parent event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
string |
Optional (default One of: Added in |
from |
string |
The pagination token to start returning results from. If not supplied, results start at the most recent topological event known to the server. Can be a |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of results to return in a single Similarly, the server should apply a default value when not supplied. |
recurse |
boolean |
Whether to additionally include events which only relate indirectly to the given event, i.e. events related to the given event via two or more direct relationships. If set to If set to The default value is Added in |
to |
string |
The pagination token to stop returning results at. If not supplied, results
continue up to Like |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The paginated child events which point to the parent. If no events are
pointing to the parent or the pagination yields no results, an empty chunk
is returned. |
404 |
The parent event was not found or the user does not have permission to read this event (it might be contained in history that is not accessible to the user). |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: The child events of the requested event, ordered topologically
most-recent first. The events returned will match the |
next_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means this is the start of the result set, i.e. this is the first batch/page. |
recursion_depth |
integer |
If the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"event_id": "$asfDuShaf7Gafaw",
"rel_type": "org.example.my_relation"
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:matrix.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"next_batch": "page2_token",
"prev_batch": "page1_token"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Event not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/relations/{eventId}/{relType}/{eventType}
Retrieve all of the child events for a given parent event which relate to the parent
using the given relType
and have the given eventType
.
Note that when paginating the from
token should be “after” the to
token in
terms of topological ordering, because it is only possible to paginate “backwards”
through events, starting at from
.
For example, passing a from
token from page 2 of the results, and a to
token
from page 1, would return the empty set. The caller can use a from
token from
page 1 and a to
token from page 2 to paginate over the same range, however.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The ID of the parent event whose child events are to be returned. |
eventType |
string |
Required: The event type of child events to search for. Note that in encrypted rooms this will typically always be |
relType |
string |
Required: The relationship type to search for. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room containing the parent event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
string |
Optional (default One of: Added in |
from |
string |
The pagination token to start returning results from. If not supplied, results start at the most recent topological event known to the server. Can be a |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of results to return in a single Similarly, the server should apply a default value when not supplied. |
recurse |
boolean |
Whether to additionally include events which only relate indirectly to the given event, i.e. events related to the given event via two or more direct relationships. If set to If set to The default value is Added in |
to |
string |
The pagination token to stop returning results at. If not supplied, results
continue up to Like |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The paginated child events which point to the parent. If no events are
pointing to the parent or the pagination yields no results, an empty chunk
is returned. |
404 |
The parent event was not found or the user does not have permission to read this event (it might be contained in history that is not accessible to the user). |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: The child events of the requested event, ordered topologically most-recent
first. The events returned will match the |
next_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
An opaque string representing a pagination token. The absence of this token means this is the start of the result set, i.e. this is the first batch/page. |
recursion_depth |
integer |
If the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"event_id": "$asfDuShaf7Gafaw",
"rel_type": "org.example.my_relation"
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:matrix.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"next_batch": "page2_token",
"prev_batch": "page1_token"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Event not found."
}
Rooms
Types
[Added in v1.2
]
Optionally, rooms can have types to denote their intended function. A room without a type does not necessarily mean it has a specific default function, though commonly these rooms will be for conversational purposes.
Room types are best applied when a client might need to differentiate between
two different rooms, such as conversation-holding and data-holding. If a room
has a type, it is specified in the type
key of an m.room.create
event. To specify a room’s type, provide it as part of creation_content
on
the create room request.
In this specification the following room types are specified:
Unspecified room types are permitted through the use of Namespaced Identifiers.
Creation
The homeserver will create an m.room.create
event when a room is
created, which serves as the root of the event graph for this room. This
event also has a creator
key which contains the user ID of the room
creator. It will also generate several other events in order to manage
permissions in this room. This includes:
-
m.room.power_levels
: Sets the power levels of users and required power levels for various actions within the room such as sending events. -
m.room.join_rules
: Whether the room is “invite-only” or not.
See Room Events for more information on these events. To create a room, a client has to use the following API.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/createRoom
Create a new room with various configuration options.
The server MUST apply the normal state resolution rules when creating the new room, including checking power levels for each event. It MUST apply the events implied by the request in the following order:
-
The
m.room.create
event itself. Must be the first event in the room. -
An
m.room.member
event for the creator to join the room. This is needed so the remaining events can be sent. -
A default
m.room.power_levels
event, giving the room creator (and not other members) permission to send state events. Overridden by thepower_level_content_override
parameter. -
An
m.room.canonical_alias
event ifroom_alias_name
is given. -
Events set by the
preset
. Currently these are them.room.join_rules
,m.room.history_visibility
, andm.room.guest_access
state events. -
Events listed in
initial_state
, in the order that they are listed. -
Events implied by
name
andtopic
(m.room.name
andm.room.topic
state events). -
Invite events implied by
invite
andinvite_3pid
(m.room.member
withmembership: invite
andm.room.third_party_invite
).
The available presets do the following with respect to room state:
Preset | join_rules |
history_visibility |
guest_access |
Other |
---|---|---|---|---|
private_chat |
invite |
shared |
can_join |
|
trusted_private_chat |
invite |
shared |
can_join |
All invitees are given the same power level as the room creator. |
public_chat |
public |
shared |
forbidden |
The server will create a m.room.create
event in the room with the
requesting user as the creator, alongside other keys provided in the
creation_content
.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
creation_content |
CreationContent |
Extra keys, such as |
initial_state |
[StateEvent] |
A list of state events to set in the new room. This allows the user to override the default state events set in the new room. The expected format of the state events are an object with type, state_key and content keys set. Takes precedence over events set by |
invite |
[string] |
A list of user IDs to invite to the room. This will tell the server to invite everyone in the list to the newly created room. |
invite_3pid |
[Invite3pid] |
A list of objects representing third-party IDs to invite into the room. |
is_direct |
boolean |
This flag makes the server set the |
name |
string |
If this is included, an |
power_level_content_override |
Power Level Event Content |
The power level content to override in the default power level
event. This object is applied on top of the generated
|
preset |
string |
Convenience parameter for setting various default state events based on a preset. If unspecified, the server should use the One of: |
room_alias_name |
string |
The desired room alias local part. If this is included, a
room alias will be created and mapped to the newly created
room. The alias will belong on the same homeserver which
created the room. For example, if this was set to “foo” and
sent to the homeserver “example.com” the complete room alias
would be The complete room alias will become the canonical alias for
the room and an |
room_version |
string |
The room version to set for the room. If not provided, the homeserver is
to use its configured default. If provided, the homeserver will return a
400 error with the errcode |
topic |
string |
If this is included, an |
visibility |
string |
A One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The content of the event. |
state_key |
string |
The state_key of the state event. Defaults to an empty string. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The invitee’s third-party identifier. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The hostname+port of the identity server which should be used for third-party identifier lookups. |
medium |
string |
Required: The kind of address being passed in the address field, for example |
Request body example
{
"creation_content": {
"m.federate": false
},
"name": "The Grand Duke Pub",
"preset": "public_chat",
"room_alias_name": "thepub",
"topic": "All about happy hour"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Information about the newly created room. |
400 |
The request is invalid. A meaningful
|
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The created room’s ID. |
{
"room_id": "!sefiuhWgwghwWgh:example.com"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
Room aliases
Servers may host aliases for rooms with human-friendly names. Aliases
take the form #friendlyname:server.name
.
As room aliases are scoped to a particular homeserver domain name, it is
likely that a homeserver will reject attempts to maintain aliases on
other domain names. This specification does not provide a way for
homeservers to send update requests to other servers. However,
homeservers MUST handle GET
requests to resolve aliases on other
servers; they should do this using the federation API if necessary.
Rooms do not store a list of all aliases present on a room, though
members of the room with relevant permissions may publish preferred
aliases through the m.room.canonical_alias
state event. The aliases in
the state event should point to the room ID they are published within,
however room aliases can and do drift to other room IDs over time.
Clients SHOULD NOT treat the aliases as accurate. They SHOULD be checked
before they are used or shared with another user. If a room appears to
have a room alias of #alias:example.com
, this SHOULD be checked to
make sure that the room’s ID matches the room_id
returned from the
request.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Requests that the server resolve a room alias to a room ID.
The server will use the federation API to resolve the alias if the domain part of the alias does not correspond to the server’s own domain.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias. Its format is defined in the appendices. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room ID and other information for this alias. |
400 |
The given roomAlias is not a valid room alias. |
404 |
There is no mapped room ID for this room alias. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
The room ID for this room alias. |
servers |
[string] |
A list of servers that are aware of this room alias. |
{
"room_id": "!abnjk1jdasj98:capuchins.com",
"servers": [
"capuchins.com",
"matrix.org",
"another.com"
]
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Room alias invalid"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:matrix.org not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias to set. Its format is defined in the appendices. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The room ID to set. |
Request body example
{
"room_id": "!abnjk1jdasj98:capuchins.com"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mapping was created. |
400 |
The given roomAlias is not a valid room alias. |
409 |
A room alias with that name already exists. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Room alias invalid"
}
409 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:matrix.org already exists."
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Remove a mapping of room alias to room ID.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks here, for instance that room aliases can only be deleted by their creator or a server administrator.
Note:
Servers may choose to update the alt_aliases
for the m.room.canonical_alias
state event in the room when an alias is removed. Servers which choose to update the
canonical alias event are recommended to, in addition to their other relevant permission
checks, delete the alias and return a successful response even if the user does not
have permission to update the m.room.canonical_alias
event.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias to remove. Its format is defined in the appendices. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mapping was deleted. |
404 |
There is no mapped room ID for this room alias. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:example.org not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/aliases
Get a list of aliases maintained by the local server for the given room.
This endpoint can be called by users who are in the room (external
users receive an M_FORBIDDEN
error response). If the room’s
m.room.history_visibility
maps to world_readable
, any
user can call this endpoint.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks here, such as allowing server administrators to view aliases regardless of membership.
Note:
Clients are recommended not to display this list of aliases prominently
as they are not curated, unlike those listed in the m.room.canonical_alias
state event.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID to find local aliases of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of local aliases for the room. |
400 |
The given roomAlias is not a valid room alias. |
403 |
The user is not permitted to retrieve the list of local aliases for the room. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
aliases |
[string] |
Required: The server’s local aliases on the room. Can be empty. |
{
"aliases": [
"#somewhere:example.com",
"#another:example.com",
"#hat_trick:example.com"
]
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Room alias invalid"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not a member of the room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Permissions
This section is a work in progress.
Permissions for rooms are done via the concept of power levels - to do
any action in a room a user must have a suitable power level. Power
levels are stored as state events in a given room. The power levels
required for operations and the power levels for users are defined in
m.room.power_levels
, where both a default and specific users’ power
levels can be set. By default all users have a power level of 0, other
than the room creator whose power level defaults to 100. Users can grant
other users increased power levels up to their own power level. For
example, user A with a power level of 50 could increase the power level
of user B to a maximum of level 50. Power levels for users are tracked
per-room even if the user is not present in the room. The keys contained
in m.room.power_levels
determine the levels required for certain
operations such as kicking, banning and sending state events. See
m.room.power_levels for more information.
Clients may wish to assign names to particular power levels. A suggested mapping is as follows: - 0 User - 50 Moderator - 100 Admin
Room membership
Users need to be a member of a room in order to send and receive events in that room. There are several states in which a user may be, in relation to a room:
- Unrelated (the user cannot send or receive events in the room)
- Knocking (the user has requested to participate in the room, but has not yet been allowed to)
- Invited (the user has been invited to participate in the room, but is not yet participating)
- Joined (the user can send and receive events in the room)
- Banned (the user is not allowed to join the room)
There are a few notable exceptions which allow non-joined members of the room to send events in the room:
-
Users wishing to reject an invite would send
m.room.member
events withcontent.membership
ofleave
. They must have been invited first. -
If the room allows, users can send
m.room.member
events withcontent.membership
ofknock
to knock on the room. This is a request for an invite by the user. -
To retract a previous knock, a user would send a
leave
event similar to rejecting an invite.
Some rooms require that users be invited to it before they can join;
others allow anyone to join. Whether a given room is an “invite-only”
room is determined by the room config key m.room.join_rules
. It can
have one of the following values:
public
This room is free for anyone to join without an invite.
invite
This room can only be joined if you were invited.
knock
This room can only be joined if you were invited, and allows anyone to
request an invite to the room. Note that this join rule is only available
in room versions which support knocking.
[Added in v1.2
] restricted
This room can be joined if you were invited or if you are a member of another
room listed in the join rules. If the server cannot verify membership for any
of the listed rooms then you can only join with an invite. Note that this rule
is only expected to work in room versions which support it.
[Added in v1.3
] knock_restricted
This room can be joined as though it was restricted
or knock
. If you
interact with the room using knocking, the knock
rule takes effect whereas
trying to join the room without an invite applies the restricted
join rule.
Note that this rule is only expected to work in room versions
which support it.
The allowable state transitions of membership are:
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/joined_rooms
This API returns a list of the user’s current rooms.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms the user is in. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
joined_rooms |
[string] |
Required: The ID of each room in which the user has |
{
"joined_rooms": [
"!foo:example.com"
]
}
Joining rooms
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/invite
Note that there are two forms of this API, which are documented separately. This version of the API requires that the inviter knows the Matrix identifier of the invitee. The other is documented in the third-party invites section.
This API invites a user to participate in a particular room. They do not start participating in the room until they actually join the room.
Only users currently in a particular room can invite other users to join that room.
If the user was invited to the room, the homeserver will append a
m.room.member
event to the room.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to which to invite the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the Added in |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the invitee. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Welcome to the team!",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been invited to join the room, or was already invited to the room. |
400 |
The request is invalid. A meaningful
|
403 |
You do not have permission to invite the user to the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org is banned from the room"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/join/{roomIdOrAlias}
Note that this API takes either a room ID or alias, unlike /rooms/{roomId}/join
.
This API starts a user’s participation in a particular room, if that user is allowed to participate in that room. After this call, the client is allowed to see all current state events in the room, and all subsequent events associated with the room until the user leaves the room.
After a user has joined a room, the room will appear as an entry in the
response of the /initialSync
and /sync
APIs.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomIdOrAlias |
string |
Required: The room identifier or alias to join. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
server_name |
[string] |
The servers to attempt to join the room through. One of the servers must be participating in the room. Changed in Clients SHOULD use Homeservers MUST ignore all |
via |
[string] |
The servers to attempt to join the room through. One of the servers must be participating in the room. Added in |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the Added in |
third_party_signed |
Third-party Signed |
If a |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the invitee. |
sender |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the user who issued the invite. |
signatures |
{string: {string: string}} |
Required: A signatures object containing a signature of the entire signed object. |
token |
string |
Required: The state key of the m.third_party_invite event. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Looking for support",
"third_party_signed": {
"mxid": "@bob:example.org",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"example.org": {
"ed25519:0": "some9signature"
}
},
"token": "random8nonce"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been joined. The joined room ID must be returned in the |
403 |
You do not have permission to join the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The joined room ID. |
{
"room_id": "!d41d8cd:matrix.org"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not invited to this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/join
Note that this API requires a room ID, not alias.
/join/{roomIdOrAlias}
exists if you have a room alias.
This API starts a user’s participation in a particular room, if that user is allowed to participate in that room. After this call, the client is allowed to see all current state events in the room, and all subsequent events associated with the room until the user leaves the room.
After a user has joined a room, the room will appear as an entry in the
response of the /initialSync
and /sync
APIs.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to join. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the Added in |
third_party_signed |
Third-party Signed |
If supplied, the homeserver must verify that it matches a pending
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the invitee. |
sender |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the user who issued the invite. |
signatures |
{string: {string: string}} |
Required: A signatures object containing a signature of the entire signed object. |
token |
string |
Required: The state key of the m.third_party_invite event. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Looking for support",
"third_party_signed": {
"mxid": "@bob:example.org",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"example.org": {
"ed25519:0": "some9signature"
}
},
"token": "random8nonce"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been joined. The joined room ID must be returned in the |
403 |
You do not have permission to join the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The joined room ID. |
{
"room_id": "!d41d8cd:matrix.org"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not invited to this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Knocking on rooms
[Added in v1.1
]
[Changed in v1.3
]
As of v1.3
, it is possible to knock on a restricted room
if the room supports and is using the knock_restricted
join rule.
Note that knock_restricted
is only expected to work in room versions
which support it.
If the join rules allow, external users to the room can /knock
on it to
request permission to join. Users with appropriate permissions within the
room can then approve (/invite
)
or deny (/kick
, /ban
, or otherwise
set membership to leave
) the knock. Knocks can be retracted by calling
/leave
or otherwise setting membership to leave
.
Users who are currently in the room, already invited, or banned cannot knock on the room.
To accept another user’s knock, the user must have permission to invite
users to the room. To reject another user’s knock, the user must have
permission to either kick or ban users (whichever is being performed).
Note that setting another user’s membership to leave
is kicking them.
The knocking homeserver should assume that an invite to the room means that the knock was accepted, even if the invite is not explicitly related to the knock.
Homeservers are permitted to automatically accept invites as a result of knocks as they should be aware of the user’s intent to join the room. If the homeserver is not auto-accepting invites (or there was an unrecoverable problem with accepting it), the invite is expected to be passed down normally to the client to handle. Clients can expect to see the join event if the server chose to auto-accept.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/knock/{roomIdOrAlias}
Added in v1.1
Note that this API takes either a room ID or alias, unlike other membership APIs.
This API “knocks” on the room to ask for permission to join, if the user is allowed to knock on the room. Acceptance of the knock happens out of band from this API, meaning that the client will have to watch for updates regarding the acceptance/rejection of the knock.
If the room history settings allow, the user will still be able to see
history of the room while being in the “knock” state. The user will have
to accept the invitation to join the room (acceptance of knock) to see
messages reliably. See the /join
endpoints for more information about
history visibility to the user.
The knock will appear as an entry in the response of the
/sync
API.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomIdOrAlias |
string |
Required: The room identifier or alias to knock upon. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
server_name |
[string] |
The servers to attempt to knock on the room through. One of the servers must be participating in the room. Changed in Clients SHOULD use Homeservers MUST ignore all |
via |
[string] |
The servers to attempt to knock on the room through. One of the servers must be participating in the room. Added in |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Looking for support"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been knocked upon. The knocked room ID must be returned in the |
403 |
You do not have permission to knock on the room. A meaningful
|
404 |
The room could not be found or resolved to a room ID. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The knocked room ID. |
{
"room_id": "!d41d8cd:matrix.org"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not allowed to knock on this room."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "That room does not appear to exist."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Restricted rooms
[Added in v1.2
]
[Changed in v1.3
]
As of v1.3
, it is possible to knock on a restricted
room if the room supports and is using the knock_restricted
join rule.
Note that knock_restricted
is only expected to work in room versions
which support it.
Restricted rooms are rooms with a join_rule
of restricted
. These rooms
are accompanied by “allow conditions” as described in the
m.room.join_rules
state event.
If the user has an invite to the room then the restrictions will not affect them. They should be able to join by simply accepting the invite.
When joining without an invite, the server MUST verify that the requesting user meets at least one of the conditions. If no conditions can be verified or no conditions are satisfied, the user will not be able to join. When the join is happening over federation, the remote server will check the conditions before accepting the join. See the Server-Server Spec for more information.
The user does not need to maintain the conditions in order to stay a member of the room: the conditions are only checked/evaluated during the join process.
Conditions
Currently there is only one condition available: m.room_membership
. This
condition requires the user trying to join the room to be a joined member
of another room (specifically, the room_id
accompanying the condition). For
example, if !restricted:example.org
wanted to allow joined members of
!other:example.org
to join, !restricted:example.org
would have the following
content
for m.room.join_rules
:
{
"join_rule": "restricted",
"allow": [
{
"room_id": "!other:example.org",
"type": "m.room_membership"
}
]
}
Leaving rooms
A user can leave a room to stop receiving events for that room. A user
must have been invited to or have joined the room before they are
eligible to leave the room. Leaving a room to which the user has been
invited rejects the invite, and can retract a knock. Once a user leaves
a room, it will no longer appear in the response to the
/sync
API unless it is
explicitly requested via a filter with the include_leave
field set
to true
.
Whether or not they actually joined the room, if the room is an “invite-only” room the user will need to be re-invited before they can re-join the room.
A user can also forget a room which they have left. Rooms which have
been forgotten will never appear the response to the /sync
API,
until the user re-joins, is re-invited, or knocks.
A user may wish to force another user to leave a room. This can be done by ‘kicking’ the other user. To do so, the user performing the kick MUST have the required power level. Once a user has been kicked, the behaviour is the same as if they had left of their own accord. In particular, the user is free to re-join if the room is not “invite-only”.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/forget
This API stops a user remembering about a particular room.
In general, history is a first class citizen in Matrix. After this API is called, however, a user will no longer be able to retrieve history for this room. If all users on a homeserver forget a room, the room is eligible for deletion from that homeserver.
If the user is currently joined to the room, they must leave the room before calling this API.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier to forget. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been forgotten. |
400 |
The user has not left the room |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "User @example:matrix.org is in room !au1ba7o:matrix.org"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/leave
This API stops a user participating in a particular room.
If the user was already in the room, they will no longer be able to see new events in the room. If the room requires an invite to join, they will need to be re-invited before they can re-join.
If the user was invited to the room, but had not joined, this call serves to reject the invite.
The user will still be allowed to retrieve history from the room which they were previously allowed to see.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier to leave. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the Added in |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Saying farewell - thanks for the support!"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been left. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/kick
Kick a user from the room.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Kicking a user adjusts the target member’s membership state to be leave
with an
optional reason
. Like with other membership changes, a user can directly adjust
the target member’s state by making a request to /rooms/<room id>/state/m.room.member/<user id>
.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be kicked. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the user has been kicked. This will be supplied as the
|
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being kicked. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Telling unfunny jokes",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been kicked from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to kick the user from the room. A meaningful
|
200 response
{}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to kick from this room."
}
Banning users in a room
A user may decide to ban another user in a room. ‘Banning’ forces the
target user to leave the room and prevents them from re-joining the
room. A banned user will not be treated as a joined user, and so will
not be able to send or receive events in the room. In order to ban
someone, the user performing the ban MUST have the required power level.
To ban a user, a request should be made to /rooms/<room_id>/ban
with:
{
"user_id": "<user id to ban>",
"reason": "string: <reason for the ban>"
}
Banning a user adjusts the banned member’s membership state to ban
.
Like with other membership changes, a user can directly adjust the
target member’s state, by making a request to
/rooms/<room id>/state/m.room.member/<user id>
:
{
"membership": "ban"
}
A user must be explicitly unbanned with a request to
/rooms/<room_id>/unban
before they can re-join the room or be
re-invited.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/ban
Ban a user in the room. If the user is currently in the room, also kick them.
When a user is banned from a room, they may not join it or be invited to it until they are unbanned.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be banned. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the user has been banned. This will be supplied as the Added in |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being banned. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Telling unfunny jokes",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been kicked and banned from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to ban the user from the room. A meaningful
|
200 response
{}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to ban from this room."
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/unban
Unban a user from the room. This allows them to be invited to the room, and join if they would otherwise be allowed to join according to its join rules.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be unbanned. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the Added in |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being unbanned. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "They've been banned long enough",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been unbanned from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to unban the user from the room. A meaningful
|
200 response
{}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to unban from this room."
}
Listing rooms
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/directory/list/room/{roomId}
Gets the visibility of a given room on the server’s public room directory.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The visibility of the room in the directory |
404 |
The room is not known to the server |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
visibility |
string |
The visibility of the room in the directory. One of: |
{
"visibility": "public"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room not found"
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/directory/list/room/{roomId}
Sets the visibility of a given room in the server’s public room directory.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks here, for instance that room visibility can only be changed by the room creator or a server administrator.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
visibility |
string |
The new visibility setting for the room. Defaults to ‘public’. One of: |
Request body example
{
"visibility": "public"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The visibility was updated, or no change was needed. |
404 |
The room is not known to the server |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room not found"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/publicRooms
Lists the public rooms on the server.
This API returns paginated responses. The rooms are ordered by the number of joined members, with the largest rooms first.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
Limit the number of results returned. |
server |
string |
The server to fetch the public room lists from. Defaults to the local server. Case sensitive. |
since |
string |
A pagination token from a previous request, allowing clients to get the next (or previous) batch of rooms. The direction of pagination is specified solely by which token is supplied, rather than via an explicit flag. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms on the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[PublicRoomsChunk] |
Required: A paginated chunk of public rooms. |
next_batch |
string |
A pagination token for the response. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
A pagination token that allows fetching previous results. The absence of this token means there are no results before this batch, i.e. this is the first batch. |
total_room_count_estimate |
integer |
An estimate on the total number of public rooms, if the server has an estimate. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The URL for the room’s avatar, if one is set. |
canonical_alias |
string |
The canonical alias of the room, if any. |
guest_can_join |
boolean |
Required: Whether guest users may join the room and participate in it. If they can, they will be subject to ordinary power level rules like any other user. |
join_rule |
string |
The room’s join rule. When not present, the room is assumed to
be |
name |
string |
The name of the room, if any. |
num_joined_members |
integer |
Required: The number of members joined to the room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room. |
room_type |
string |
The Added in |
topic |
string |
The topic of the room, if any. |
world_readable |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room may be viewed by guest users without joining. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://bleecker.street/CHEDDARandBRIE",
"guest_can_join": false,
"join_rule": "public",
"name": "CHEESE",
"num_joined_members": 37,
"room_id": "!ol19s:bleecker.street",
"room_type": "m.space",
"topic": "Tasty tasty cheese",
"world_readable": true
}
],
"next_batch": "p190q",
"prev_batch": "p1902",
"total_room_count_estimate": 115
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/publicRooms
Lists the public rooms on the server, with optional filter.
This API returns paginated responses. The rooms are ordered by the number of joined members, with the largest rooms first.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
server |
string |
The server to fetch the public room lists from. Defaults to the local server. Case sensitive. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
Filter |
Filter to apply to the results. |
include_all_networks |
boolean |
Whether or not to include all known networks/protocols from application services on the homeserver. Defaults to false. |
limit |
integer |
Limit the number of results returned. |
since |
string |
A pagination token from a previous request, allowing clients to get the next (or previous) batch of rooms. The direction of pagination is specified solely by which token is supplied, rather than via an explicit flag. |
third_party_instance_id |
string |
The specific third-party network/protocol to request from the
homeserver. Can only be used if |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
generic_search_term |
string |
An optional string to search for in the room metadata, e.g. name, topic, canonical alias, etc. |
room_types |
[string|null] |
An optional list of room types to search
for. To include rooms without a room type, specify Added in |
Request body example
{
"filter": {
"generic_search_term": "foo",
"room_types": [
null,
"m.space"
]
},
"include_all_networks": false,
"limit": 10,
"third_party_instance_id": "irc"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms on the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[PublicRoomsChunk] |
Required: A paginated chunk of public rooms. |
next_batch |
string |
A pagination token for the response. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
A pagination token that allows fetching previous results. The absence of this token means there are no results before this batch, i.e. this is the first batch. |
total_room_count_estimate |
integer |
An estimate on the total number of public rooms, if the server has an estimate. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The URL for the room’s avatar, if one is set. |
canonical_alias |
string |
The canonical alias of the room, if any. |
guest_can_join |
boolean |
Required: Whether guest users may join the room and participate in it. If they can, they will be subject to ordinary power level rules like any other user. |
join_rule |
string |
The room’s join rule. When not present, the room is assumed to
be |
name |
string |
The name of the room, if any. |
num_joined_members |
integer |
Required: The number of members joined to the room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room. |
room_type |
string |
The Added in |
topic |
string |
The topic of the room, if any. |
world_readable |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room may be viewed by guest users without joining. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://bleecker.street/CHEDDARandBRIE",
"guest_can_join": false,
"join_rule": "public",
"name": "CHEESE",
"num_joined_members": 37,
"room_id": "!ol19s:bleecker.street",
"room_type": "m.space",
"topic": "Tasty tasty cheese",
"world_readable": true
}
],
"next_batch": "p190q",
"prev_batch": "p1902",
"total_room_count_estimate": 115
}
User Data
User Directory
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/user_directory/search
Performs a search for users. The homeserver may determine which subset of users are searched, however the homeserver MUST at a minimum consider the users the requesting user shares a room with and those who reside in public rooms (known to the homeserver). The search MUST consider local users to the homeserver, and SHOULD query remote users as part of the search.
The search is performed case-insensitively on user IDs and display
names preferably using a collation determined based upon the
Accept-Language
header provided in the request, if present.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of results to return. Defaults to 10. |
search_term |
string |
Required: The term to search for |
Request body example
{
"limit": 10,
"search_term": "foo"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The results of the search. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limited |
boolean |
Required: Indicates if the result list has been truncated by the limit. |
results |
[User] |
Required: Ordered by rank and then whether or not profile info is available. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The avatar url, as an |
display_name |
string |
The display name of the user, if one exists. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The user’s matrix user ID. |
{
"limited": false,
"results": [
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://bar.com/foo",
"display_name": "Foo",
"user_id": "@foo:bar.com"
}
]
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Profiles
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}
Get the combined profile information for this user. This API may be used to fetch the user’s own profile information or other users; either locally or on remote homeservers.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose profile information to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The profile information for this user. |
403 |
The server is unwilling to disclose whether the user exists and/or has profile information. |
404 |
There is no profile information for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The user’s avatar URL if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
displayname |
string |
The user’s display name if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/SDGdghriugerRg",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Profile lookup is disabled on this homeserver"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Profile not found"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/avatar_url
Get the user’s avatar URL. This API may be used to fetch the user’s own avatar URL or to query the URL of other users; either locally or on remote homeservers.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose avatar URL to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The avatar URL for this user. |
403 |
The server is unwilling to disclose whether the user exists and/or has an avatar URL. |
404 |
There is no avatar URL for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The user’s avatar URL if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/SDGdghriugerRg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Profile lookup is disabled on this homeserver"
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/avatar_url
This API sets the given user’s avatar URL. You must have permission to
set this user’s avatar URL, e.g. you need to have their access_token
.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose avatar URL to set. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The new avatar URL for this user. |
Request body example
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/wefh34uihSDRGhw34"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The avatar URL was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/displayname
Get the user’s display name. This API may be used to fetch the user’s own displayname or to query the name of other users; either locally or on remote homeservers.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose display name to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The display name for this user. |
403 |
The server is unwilling to disclose whether the user exists and/or has a display name. |
404 |
There is no display name for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
displayname |
string |
The user’s display name if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Profile lookup is disabled on this homeserver"
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/profile/{userId}/displayname
This API sets the given user’s display name. You must have permission to
set this user’s display name, e.g. you need to have their access_token
.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose display name to set. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
displayname |
string |
The new display name for this user. |
Request body example
{
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The display name was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
Homeservers MUST at a minimum allow profile look-up for:
- users that share a room with the requesting user
- users that reside in public rooms known to the homeserver
In all other cases, homeservers MAY deny profile look-up by responding with
403 and an error code of M_FORBIDDEN
.
When a remote user is queried and the query is not denied per the above, homeservers SHOULD query the remote server for the user’s profile information. The remote server MAY itself deny profile queries over federation, however.
When the requested user does not exist, homeservers MAY choose whether to respond with 403 or 404. If the server denies profile look-up in all but the required cases, 403 is RECOMMENDED.
Events on Change of Profile Information
Because the profile display name and avatar information are likely to be used in many places of a client’s display, changes to these fields cause an automatic propagation event to occur, informing likely-interested parties of the new values. This change is conveyed using two separate mechanisms:
- an
m.room.member
event (with ajoin
membership) is sent to every room the user is a member of, to update thedisplayname
andavatar_url
. - an
m.presence
presence status update is sent, again containing the new values of thedisplayname
andavatar_url
keys, in addition to the requiredpresence
key containing the current presence state of the user.
Both of these should be done automatically by the homeserver when a user successfully changes their display name or avatar URL fields.
Additionally, when homeservers emit room membership events for their own users, they should include the display name and avatar URL fields in these events so that clients already have these details to hand, and do not have to perform extra round trips to query it.
Modules
Modules are parts of the Client-Server API which are not universal to all endpoints. Modules are strictly defined within this specification and should not be mistaken for experimental extensions or optional features. A compliant server implementation MUST support all modules and supporting specification (unless the implementation only targets clients of certain profiles, in which case only the required modules for those feature profiles MUST be implemented). A compliant client implementation MUST support all the required modules and supporting specification for the Feature Profile it targets.
Feature Profiles
Matrix supports many different kinds of clients: from embedded IoT devices to desktop clients. Not all clients can provide the same feature sets as other clients e.g. due to lack of physical hardware such as not having a screen. Clients can fall into one of several profiles and each profile contains a set of features that the client MUST support. This section details a set of “feature profiles”. Clients are expected to implement a profile in its entirety in order for it to be classified as that profile.
Summary
Module / Profile | Web | Mobile | Desktop | CLI | Embedded |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Content Repository | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Direct Messaging | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Ignoring Users | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Instant Messaging | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Presence | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Push Notifications | Optional | Required | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Receipts | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Room History Visibility | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Room Upgrades | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Third-party Invites | Optional | Required | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Typing Notifications | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
User and Room Mentions | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Voice over IP | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Client Config | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Device Management | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
End-to-End Encryption | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Event Annotations and reactions | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Event Context | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Event Replacements | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Read and Unread Markers | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Guest Access | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Moderation Policy Lists | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
OpenID | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Reference Relations | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Reporting Content | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Rich replies | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Room Previews | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Room Tagging | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
SSO Client Login/Authentication | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Secrets | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Send-to-Device Messaging | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server Access Control Lists (ACLs) | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server Administration | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server Notices | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server Side Search | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Spaces | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Sticker Messages | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Third-party Networks | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Threading | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Please see each module for more details on what clients need to implement.
Clients
Stand-alone web (Web
)
This is a web page which heavily uses Matrix for communication. Single-page web apps would be classified as a stand-alone web client, as would multi-page web apps which use Matrix on nearly every page.
Mobile (Mobile
)
This is a Matrix client specifically designed for consumption on mobile devices. This is typically a mobile app but need not be so provided the feature set can be reached (e.g. if a mobile site could display push notifications it could be classified as a mobile client).
Desktop (Desktop
)
This is a native GUI application which can run in its own environment outside a browser.
Command Line Interface (CLI
)
This is a client which is used via a text-based terminal.
Embedded (Embedded
)
This is a client which is embedded into another application or an embedded device.
Application
This is a Matrix client which is embedded in another website, e.g. using iframes. These embedded clients are typically for a single purpose related to the website in question, and are not intended to be fully-fledged communication apps.
Device
This is a client which is typically running on an embedded device such as a kettle, fridge or car. These clients tend to perform a few operations and run in a resource constrained environment. Like embedded applications, they are not intended to be fully-fledged communication systems.
Instant Messaging
This module adds support for sending human-readable messages to a room. It also adds support for associating human-readable information with the room itself such as a room name and topic.
Events
m.room.message
m.room.message
This event is used when sending messages in a room. Messages are not limited to be text. The msgtype
key outlines the type of message, e.g. text, audio, image, video, etc. The body
key is text and MUST be used with every kind of msgtype
as a fallback mechanism for when a client cannot render a message. This allows clients to display something even if it is just plain text.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The textual representation of this message. |
msgtype |
string |
Required: The type of message, e.g. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.name
m.room.name
A room has an opaque room ID which is not human-friendly to read. A room alias is human-friendly, but not all rooms have room aliases. The room name is a human-friendly string designed to be displayed to the end-user. The room name is not unique, as multiple rooms can have the same room name set.
If a room has an m.room.name
event with an absent, null, or empty name
field, it should be treated the same as a room with no m.room.name
event.
An event of this type is automatically created when creating a room using
/createRoom
with the name
key.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name |
string |
Required: The name of the room. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"name": "The room name"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.topic
m.room.topic
A topic is a short message detailing what is currently being discussed in the room. It can also be used as a way to display extra information about the room, which may not be suitable for the room name. The room topic can also be set when creating a room using /createRoom
with the topic
key.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
topic |
string |
Required: The topic text. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"topic": "A room topic"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.topic",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.avatar
m.room.avatar
A picture that is associated with the room. This can be displayed alongside the room information.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
info |
AvatarInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
url |
string |
The URL to the image. If this property is not present, the room has no avatar. This can be useful to remove a previous room avatar. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.avatar",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.pinned_events
m.room.pinned_events
This event is used to “pin” particular events in a room for other participants to review later. The order of the pinned events is guaranteed and based upon the order supplied in the event. Clients should be aware that the current user may not be able to see some of the events pinned due to visibility settings in the room. Clients are responsible for determining if a particular event in the pinned list is displayable, and have the option to not display it if it cannot be pinned in the client.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
pinned |
[string] |
Required: An ordered list of event IDs to pin. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"pinned": [
"$someevent:example.org"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.pinned_events",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.message msgtypes
Each m.room.message MUST have a msgtype
key which identifies the
type of message being sent. Each type has their own required and
optional keys, as outlined below. If a client cannot display the given
msgtype
then it SHOULD display the fallback plain text body
key
instead.
Some message types support HTML in the event content that clients should
prefer to display if available. Currently m.text
, m.emote
, m.notice
,
m.image
, m.file
, m.audio
, m.video
and m.key.verification.request
support an additional format
parameter of org.matrix.custom.html
. When this
field is present, a formatted_body
with the HTML must be provided. The plain
text version of the HTML should be provided in the body
.
[Changed in v1.10
]
In previous versions of the specification, the format
and formatted
fields
were limited to m.text
, m.emote
, m.notice
, and
m.key.verification.request
. This list is expanded to include m.image
,
m.file
, m.audio
and m.video
for media captions.
Clients should limit the HTML they render to avoid Cross-Site Scripting,
HTML injection, and similar attacks. The strongly suggested set of HTML
tags to permit, denying the use and rendering of anything else, is:
del
, h1
, h2
, h3
, h4
, h5
, h6
, blockquote
, p
, a
, ul
,
ol
, sup
, sub
, li
, b
, i
, u
, strong
, em
, s
, code
,
hr
, br
, div
, table
, thead
, tbody
, tr
, th
, td
,
caption
, pre
, span
, img
, details
, summary
.
[Added in v1.10
]
HTML features MAY be deprecated and replaced by their modern equivalent without
requiring a Spec Change Proposal when they are deprecated in the
WHATWG HTML Living Standard.
[Changed in v1.10
]
In previous versions of the specification, the font
tag was suggested with the
data-mx-bg-color
, data-mx-color
and color
attributes. This tag is now
deprecated in favor of the span
tag with the data-mx-bg-color
and
data-mx-color
attributes in new messages.
Not all attributes on those tags should be permitted as they may be
avenues for other disruption attempts, such as adding onclick
handlers
or excessively large text. Clients should only permit the attributes
listed for the tags below. Where data-mx-bg-color
and data-mx-color
are listed, clients should translate the value (a #
character followed
by a 6-character hex color code) to the appropriate CSS/attributes for
the tag.
Tag | Permitted Attributes |
---|---|
span |
data-mx-bg-color , data-mx-color , data-mx-spoiler (see spoiler messages), data-mx-maths (see mathematical messages) |
a |
target , href (provided the value is not relative and has a scheme matching one of: https , http , ftp , mailto , magnet ) |
img |
width , height , alt , title , src (provided it is a Matrix Content (mxc:// ) URI) |
ol |
start |
code |
class (only classes which start with language- for syntax highlighting) |
div |
data-mx-maths (see mathematical messages) |
Additionally, web clients should ensure that all a
tags get a
rel="noopener"
to prevent the target page from referencing the
client’s tab/window.
Tags must not be nested more than 100 levels deep. Clients should only support the subset of tags they can render, falling back to other representations of the tags where possible. For example, a client may not be able to render tables correctly and instead could fall back to rendering tab-delimited text.
In addition to not rendering unsafe HTML, clients should not emit unsafe HTML in events. Likewise, clients should not generate HTML that is not needed, such as extra paragraph tags surrounding text due to Rich Text Editors. HTML included in events should otherwise be valid, such as having appropriate closing tags, appropriate attributes (considering the custom ones defined in this specification), and generally valid structure.
[Changed in v1.13
]
In previous versions of the specification, rich replies could
use a special tag, mx-reply
. This is no longer the case. Clients SHOULD strip
this tag and its content. See the “Rich replies” section for more information.
A future iteration of the specification will support more powerful and extensible message formatting options, such as the proposal MSC1767.
m.text
m.text
This message is the most basic message and is used to represent text.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The body of the message. |
format |
string |
The format used in the |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.emote
m.emote
This message is similar to m.text
except that the sender is ‘performing’ the action contained in the body
key, similar to /me
in IRC. This message should be prefixed by the name of the sender. This message could also be represented in a different colour to distinguish it from regular m.text
messages.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The emote action to perform. |
format |
string |
The format used in the |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "thinks this is an example emote",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "thinks <b>this</b> is an example emote",
"msgtype": "m.emote"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.notice
m.notice
The m.notice
type is primarily intended for responses from automated clients. An m.notice
message must be treated the same way as a regular m.text
message with two exceptions. Firstly, clients should present m.notice
messages to users in a distinct manner, and secondly, m.notice
messages must never be automatically responded to. This helps to prevent infinite-loop situations where two automated clients continuously exchange messages.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The notice text to send. |
format |
string |
The format used in the |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example notice",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "This is an <strong>example</strong> notice",
"msgtype": "m.notice"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.image
m.image
This message represents a single image and an optional thumbnail.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: If Changed in |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
filename |
string |
The original filename of the uploaded file. Added in |
format |
string |
The format used in the Added in |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the Added in |
info |
ImageInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "filename.jpg",
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.file
m.file
This message represents a generic file.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: If Changed in |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
filename |
string |
The original filename of the uploaded file. |
format |
string |
The format used in the Added in |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the Added in |
info |
FileInfo |
Information about the file referred to in |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the file e.g. |
size |
integer |
The size of the file in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL to the thumbnail of the file. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.audio
m.audio
This message represents a single audio clip.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: If Changed in |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
filename |
string |
The original filename of the uploaded file. Added in |
format |
string |
The format used in the Added in |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the Added in |
info |
AudioInfo |
Metadata for the audio clip referred to in |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
duration |
integer |
The duration of the audio in milliseconds. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the audio e.g. |
size |
integer |
The size of the audio clip in bytes. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Bee Gees - Stayin' Alive",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"mimetype": "audio/mpeg",
"size": 1563685
},
"msgtype": "m.audio",
"url": "mxc://example.org/ffed755USFFxlgbQYZGtryd"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.location
m.location
This message represents a real-world location.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A description of the location e.g. ‘Big Ben, London, UK’, or some kind of content description for accessibility e.g. ’location attachment’. |
geo_uri |
string |
Required: A geo URI (RFC5870) representing this location. |
info |
LocationInfo |
|
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL to a thumbnail of the location being represented. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Big Ben, London, UK",
"geo_uri": "geo:51.5008,0.1247",
"info": {
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"msgtype": "m.location"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.video
m.video
This message represents a single video clip.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: If Changed in |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
filename |
string |
The original filename of the uploaded file. Added in |
format |
string |
The format used in the Added in |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the Added in |
info |
VideoInfo |
Metadata about the video clip referred to in |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
duration |
integer |
The duration of the video in milliseconds. |
h |
integer |
The height of the video in pixels. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the video e.g. |
size |
integer |
The size of the video in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically |
w |
integer |
The width of the video in pixels. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients SHOULD verify the structure of incoming events to ensure that
the expected keys exist and that they are of the right type. Clients can
discard malformed events or display a placeholder message to the user.
Redacted m.room.message
events MUST be removed from the client. This
can either be replaced with placeholder text (e.g. “[REDACTED]”) or
the redacted message can be removed entirely from the messages view.
Events which have attachments (e.g. m.image
, m.file
) SHOULD be
uploaded using the content repository module
where available. The resulting mxc://
URI can then be used in the url
key.
Clients MAY include a client generated thumbnail image for an attachment
under a info.thumbnail_url
key. The thumbnail SHOULD also be a
mxc://
URI. Clients displaying events with attachments can either use
the client generated thumbnail or ask its homeserver to generate a
thumbnail from the original attachment using the content repository
module.
Recommendations when sending messages
In the event of send failure, clients SHOULD retry requests using an exponential-backoff algorithm for a certain amount of time T. It is recommended that T is no longer than 5 minutes. After this time, the client should stop retrying and mark the message as “unsent”. Users should be able to manually resend unsent messages.
Users may type several messages at once and send them all in quick succession. Clients SHOULD preserve the order in which they were sent by the user. This means that clients should wait for the response to the previous request before sending the next request. This can lead to head-of-line blocking. In order to reduce the impact of head-of-line blocking, clients should use a queue per room rather than a global queue, as ordering is only relevant within a single room rather than between rooms.
Local echo
Messages SHOULD appear immediately in the message view when a user presses the “send” button. This should occur even if the message is still sending. This is referred to as “local echo”. Clients SHOULD implement “local echo” of messages. Clients MAY display messages in a different format to indicate that the server has not processed the message. This format should be removed when the server responds.
Clients need to be able to match the message they are sending with the
same message which they receive from the event stream. The echo of the
same message from the event stream is referred to as “remote echo”. Both
echoes need to be identified as the same message in order to prevent
duplicate messages being displayed. Ideally this pairing would occur
transparently to the user: the UI would not flicker as it transitions
from local to remote. Flickering can be reduced through clients making
use of the transaction ID they used to send a particular event. The
transaction ID used will be included in the event’s unsigned
data as
transaction_id
when it arrives through the event stream.
Clients unable to make use of the transaction ID are likely to experience flickering when the remote echo arrives on the event stream before the request to send the message completes. In that case the event arrives before the client has obtained an event ID, making it impossible to identify it as a remote echo. This results in the client displaying the message twice for some time (depending on the server responsiveness) before the original request to send the message completes. Once it completes, the client can take remedial actions to remove the duplicate event by looking for duplicate event IDs.
Calculating the display name for a user
Clients may wish to show the human-readable display name of a room member as part of a membership list, or when they send a message. However, different members may have conflicting display names. Display names MUST be disambiguated before showing them to the user, in order to prevent spoofing of other users.
To ensure this is done consistently across clients, clients SHOULD use the following algorithm to calculate a disambiguated display name for a given user:
- Inspect the
m.room.member
state event for the relevant user id. - If the
m.room.member
state event has nodisplayname
field, or if that field has anull
value, use the raw user id as the display name. Otherwise: - If the
m.room.member
event has adisplayname
which is unique among members of the room withmembership: join
ormembership: invite
, use the givendisplayname
as the user-visible display name. Otherwise: - The
m.room.member
event has a non-uniquedisplayname
. This should be disambiguated using the user id, for example “display name (@id:homeserver.org)”.
Developers should take note of the following when implementing the above algorithm:
- The user-visible display name of one member can be affected by
changes in the state of another member. For example, if
@user1:matrix.org
is present in a room, withdisplayname: Alice
, then when@user2:example.com
joins the room, also withdisplayname: Alice
, both users must be given disambiguated display names. Similarly, when one of the users then changes their display name, there is no longer a clash, and both users can be given their chosen display name. Clients should be alert to this possibility and ensure that all affected users are correctly renamed. - The display name of a room may also be affected by changes in the membership list. This is due to the room name sometimes being based on user display names (see Calculating the display name for a room).
- If the entire membership list is searched for clashing display
names, this leads to an O(N^2) implementation for building the list
of room members. This will be very inefficient for rooms with large
numbers of members. It is recommended that client implementations
maintain a hash table mapping from
displayname
to a list of room members using that name. Such a table can then be used for efficient calculation of whether disambiguation is needed.
Displaying membership information with messages
Clients may wish to show the display name and avatar URL of the room
member who sent a message. This can be achieved by inspecting the
m.room.member
state event for that user ID (see Calculating the
display name for a user).
When a user paginates the message history, clients may wish to show the
historical display name and avatar URL for a room member. This is
possible because older m.room.member
events are returned when
paginating. This can be implemented efficiently by keeping two sets of
room state: old and current. As new events arrive and/or the user
paginates back in time, these two sets of state diverge from each other.
New events update the current state and paginated events update the old
state. When paginated events are processed sequentially, the old state
represents the state of the room at the time the event was sent. This
can then be used to set the historical display name and avatar URL.
Calculating the display name for a room
Clients may wish to show a human-readable name for a room. There are a number of possibilities for choosing a useful name. To ensure that rooms are named consistently across clients, clients SHOULD use the following algorithm to choose a name:
- If the room has an m.room.name state event with a non-empty
name
field, use the name given by that field. - If the room has an m.room.canonical_alias state event with a
valid
alias
field, use the alias given by that field as the name. Note that clients should avoid usingalt_aliases
when calculating the room name. - If none of the above conditions are met, a name should be composed
based on the members of the room. Clients should consider
m.room.member events for users other than the logged-in user, as
defined below.
- If the number of
m.heroes
for the room are greater or equal tom.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count - 1
, then use the membership events for the heroes to calculate display names for the users (disambiguating them if required) and concatenating them. For example, the client may choose to show “Alice, Bob, and Charlie (@charlie:example.org)” as the room name. The client may optionally limit the number of users it uses to generate a room name. - If there are fewer heroes than
m.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count - 1
, andm.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count
is greater than 1, the client should use the heroes to calculate display names for the users (disambiguating them if required) and concatenating them alongside a count of the remaining users. For example, “Alice, Bob, and 1234 others”. - If
m.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count
is less than or equal to 1 (indicating the member is alone), the client should use the rules above to indicate that the room was empty. For example, “Empty Room (was Alice)”, “Empty Room (was Alice and 1234 others)”, or “Empty Room” if there are no heroes.
- If the number of
Clients SHOULD internationalise the room name to the user’s language
when using the m.heroes
to calculate the name. Clients SHOULD use
minimum 5 heroes to calculate room names where possible, but may use
more or less to fit better with their user experience.
Spoiler messages
[Added in v1.1
]
Parts of a message can be hidden visually from the user through use of spoilers. This does not affect the server’s representation of the event content - it is simply a visual cue to the user that the message may reveal important information about something, spoiling any relevant surprise.
To send spoilers clients MUST use the formatted_body
and therefore the
org.matrix.custom.html
format, described above. This makes spoilers valid on
any msgtype
which can support this format appropriately.
Spoilers themselves are contained with span
tags, with the reason (optionally)
being in the data-mx-spoiler
attribute. Spoilers without a reason must at least
specify the attribute, though the value may be empty/undefined.
An example of a spoiler is:
{
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"body": "Alice [Spoiler](mxc://example.org/abc123) in the movie.",
"formatted_body": "Alice <span data-mx-spoiler>lived happily ever after</span> in the movie."
}
If a reason were to be supplied, it would look like:
{
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"body": "Alice [Spoiler for health of Alice](mxc://example.org/abc123) in the movie.",
"formatted_body": "Alice <span data-mx-spoiler='health of alice'>lived happily ever after</span> in the movie."
}
When sending a spoiler, clients SHOULD provide the fallback in the body
as shown above
(including the reason). The fallback SHOULD NOT include the text containing spoilers since
body
might show up in text-only clients or in notifications. To prevent spoilers showing up in
such situations, clients are strongly encouraged to first upload the text containing spoilers
to the media repository, then reference the mxc://
URI in a markdown-style link, as shown above.
Clients SHOULD render spoilers differently with some sort of disclosure. For example, the client could blur the actual text and ask the user to click on it for it to be revealed.
Media captions
[Added in v1.10
]
Media messages, comprised of m.image
, m.file
, m.audio
and m.video
, can
include a caption to convey additional information about the media.
To send captions, clients MUST use the filename
and the body
, and optionally
the formatted_body
with the org.matrix.custom.html
format, described above.
If the filename
is present, and its value is different than body
, then
body
is considered to be a caption, otherwise body
is a filename. format
and formatted_body
are only used for captions.
In previous versions of the specification, body
was usually used to set the
filename of the uploaded file, and filename
was only present on m.file
with
the same purpose.
An example of a media message with a caption is:
{
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/abc123",
"filename": "dog.jpg",
"body": "this is a ~~cat~~ picture :3",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "this is a <s>cat</s> picture :3",
"info": {
"w": 479,
"h": 640,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 27253
},
"m.mentions": {}
}
Clients MUST render the caption alongside the media and SHOULD prefer its formatted representation.
Mathematical messages
[Added in v1.11
]
Users might want to send mathematical notations in their messages.
To send mathematical notations clients MUST use the formatted_body
and
therefore the org.matrix.custom.html
format, described above. This makes
mathematical notations valid on any msgtype
which can support this format
appropriately.
Mathematical notations themselves use the span
or div
tags, depending
whether the notation should be presented inline or not. The mathematical
notation is written in LaTeX format using the
data-mx-maths
attribute.
The contents of the tag should be a fallback representation for clients that
cannot render the LaTeX format. The fallback representation could be, for
example, an image, or an HTML approximation, or the raw LaTeX source. When using
an image as a fallback, the sending client should be aware of issues that may
arise from the receiving client using a different background colour. The body
should include a textual representation of the notation.
An example of a mathematical notation is:
{
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"body": "This is an equation: sin(x)=a/b.",
"formatted_body": "This is an equation:
<span data-mx-maths=\"\\sin(x)=\\frac{a}{b}\">
sin(<i>x</i>)=<sup><i>a</i></sup>/<sub><i>b</i></sub>
</span>"
}
The LaTeX format is poorly defined and has several extensions, so if a client encounters syntax that it cannot render, it SHOULD present the fallback representation instead. Clients SHOULD, however, aim to support, at minimum, the basic LaTeX2e maths commands and the TeX maths commands, with the possible exception of commands that could be security risks.
In general, LaTeX places a heavy burden on client authors to ensure that it is processed safely. Certain commands, such as those that can create macros, are potentially dangerous. Clients should either decline to process those commands, or should take care to ensure that they are handled in safe ways (such as by limiting recursion). In general, LaTeX commands should be filtered by allowing known-good commands rather than forbidding known-bad commands.
Therefore, clients should not render mathematics by calling a LaTeX compiler without proper sandboxing, as those executables were not written to handle untrusted input. Some LaTeX rendering libraries are better suited for that by allowing only a subset of LaTeX and enforcing recursion limits.
Server behaviour
Homeservers SHOULD reject m.room.message
events which don’t have a
msgtype
key, or which don’t have a textual body
key, with an HTTP
status code of 400.
Security considerations
Messages sent using this module are not encrypted, although end to end encryption is in development (see E2E module).
Clients should sanitise all displayed keys for unsafe HTML to prevent Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) attacks. This includes room names and topics.
Rich replies
Rich replies are a
special kind of relationship which
effectively quotes the referenced event for the client to render/process how
it wishes. They are normally used with m.room.message
events.
[Changed in v1.3
]
Until v1.3 of the spec, rich replies were limited to m.room.message
events
which could represent an HTML-formatted body. As of v1.3 this is now expanded
to all event types by dropping the requirement that an HTML-formatted body
be included.
Additionally, a rich reply can reference any other event type as of v1.3.
Previously, a rich reply could only reference another m.room.message
event.
[Changed in v1.13
]
In previous versions of the specification, rich replies could include a fallback
representation of the original message message in the body
(using a prefix
sequence) and formatted_body
(using a custom HTML element) for clients that do
not support rich replies. This is no longer the case, but clients SHOULD still
remove this fallback before rendering the event.
To strip the fallback on the body
, the client should iterate over each
line of the string, removing any lines that start with the fallback
prefix sequence (>
, including the trailing space) and stopping when
a line is encountered without the prefix.
To strip the fallback on the formatted_body
of an m.room.message
event with
a format
of org.matrix.custom.html
: if theformatted_body
begins with an
<mx-reply>
start tag, the client should remove the entirety of the
<mx-reply>
element.
Though rich replies form a relationship to another event, they do not
use rel_type
to create this relationship. Instead, a subkey named m.in_reply_to
is used to describe the reply’s relationship, leaving the other properties of
m.relates_to
to describe the primary relationship of the event. This means
that if an event is simply in reply to another event, without further relationship,
the rel_type
and event_id
properties of m.relates_to
become optional.
An example reply would be:
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"m.in_reply_to": {
"event_id": "$another_event"
}
},
"body": "That sounds like a great idea!"
},
// other fields as required by events
}
Note that the event_id
of the m.in_reply_to
object has the same requirements
as if it were to be under m.relates_to
directly instead.
Mentioning the replied to user
In order to notify users of the reply, it may be desirable to include the sender
of the replied to event and any users mentioned in that event. See
user and room mentions for additional information.
An example including mentioning the original sender and other users:
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"m.in_reply_to": {
"event_id": "$another_event"
}
},
"body": "That sounds like a great idea!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": [
// The sender of $another_event.
"@alice:example.org",
// Another Matrix ID copied from the m.mentions property of $another_event.
"@bob:example.org"
]
}
},
// other fields as required by events
}
Voice over IP
This module outlines how two users in a room can set up a Voice over IP (VoIP) call to each other. Voice and video calls are built upon the WebRTC 1.0 standard. Call signalling is achieved by sending message events to the room. In this version of the spec, only two-party communication is supported (e.g. between two peers, or between a peer and a multi-point conferencing unit). Calls can take place in rooms with multiple members, but only two devices can take part in the call.
All VoIP events have a version
field. This is used to determine whether
devices support this new version of the protocol. For example, clients can use
this field to know whether to expect an m.call.select_answer
event from their
opponent. If clients see events with version
other than 0
or "1"
(including, for example, the numeric value 1
), they should treat these the
same as if they had version
== "1"
.
Note that this implies any and all future versions of VoIP events should be backwards-compatible. If it does become necessary to introduce a non backwards-compatible VoIP spec, the intention would be for it to simply use a separate set of event types.
Party Identifiers
Whenever a client first participates in a new call, it generates a party_id
for itself to use for the
duration of the call. This needs to be long enough that the chance of a collision between multiple devices
both generating an answer at the same time generating the same party ID is vanishingly small: 8 uppercase +
lowercase alphanumeric characters is recommended. Parties in the call are identified by the tuple of
(user_id, party_id)
.
The client adds a party_id
field containing this ID to the top-level of the content of all VoIP events
it sends on the call, including m.call.invite
. Clients use this to identify remote echo of their own
events: since a user may call themselves, they cannot simply ignore events from their own user. This
field also identifies different answers sent by different clients to an invite, and matches m.call.candidates
events to their respective answer/invite.
A client implementation may choose to use the device ID used in end-to-end cryptography for this purpose, or it may choose, for example, to use a different one for each call to avoid leaking information on which devices were used in a call (in an unencrypted room) or if a single device (ie. access token) were used to send signalling for more than one call party.
A grammar for party_id
is defined below.
Politeness
In line with WebRTC perfect negotiation there are rules to establish which party is polite in the process of renegotiation. The callee is always the polite party. In a glare situation, the politeness of a party is therefore determined by whether the inbound or outbound call is used: if a client discards its outbound call in favour of an inbound call, it becomes the polite party.
Call Event Liveness
m.call.invite
contains a lifetime
field that indicates how long the offer is valid for. When
a client receives an invite, it should use the event’s age
field in the sync response plus the
time since it received the event from the homeserver to determine whether the invite is still valid.
The use of the age
field ensures that incorrect clocks on client devices don’t break calls.
If the invite is still valid and will remain valid for long enough for the user to accept the call, it should signal an incoming call. The amount of time allowed for the user to accept the call may vary between clients. For example, it may be longer on a locked mobile device than on an unlocked desktop device.
The client should only signal an incoming call in a given room once it has completed processing the entire sync response and, for encrypted rooms, attempted to decrypt all encrypted events in the sync response for that room. This ensures that if the sync response contains subsequent events that indicate the call has been hung up, rejected, or answered elsewhere, the client does not signal it.
If on startup, after processing locally stored events, the client determines that there is an invite that is still valid, it should still signal it but only after it has completed a sync from the homeserver.
The minimal recommended lifetime is 90 seconds - this should give the user enough time to actually pick up the call.
ICE Candidate Batching
Clients should aim to send a small number of candidate events, with guidelines:
- ICE candidates which can be discovered immediately or almost immediately in the invite/answer event itself (eg. host candidates). If server reflexive or relay candidates can be gathered in a sufficiently short period of time, these should be sent here too. A delay of around 200ms is suggested as a starting point.
- The client should then allow some time for further candidates to be gathered in order to batch them, rather than sending each candidate as it arrives. A starting point of 2 seconds after sending the invite or 500ms after sending the answer is suggested as a starting point (since a delay is natural anyway after the invite whilst the client waits for the user to accept it).
End-of-candidates
An ICE candidate whose value is the empty string means that no more ICE candidates will
be sent. Clients must send such a candidate in an m.call.candidates
message.
The WebRTC spec requires browsers to generate such a candidate, however note that at time of writing,
not all browsers do (Chrome does not, but does generate an icegatheringstatechange
event). The
client should send any remaining candidates once candidate generation finishes, ignoring timeouts above.
This allows bridges to batch the candidates together when bridging to protocols that don’t support
trickle ICE.
DTMF
Matrix clients can send DTMF as specified by WebRTC. The WebRTC standard as of August 2020 does not support receiving DTMF but a Matrix client can receive and interpret the DTMF sent in the RTP payload.
Grammar for VoIP IDs
call_id
s and party_id
must follow the Opaque Identifier Grammar.
Behaviour on Room Leave
If the client sees the user it is in a call with leave the room, the client should treat this
as a hangup event for any calls that are in progress. No specific requirement is given for the
situation where a client has sent an invite and the invitee leaves the room, but the client may
wish to treat it as a rejection if there are no more users in the room who could answer the call
(eg. the user is now alone or the invitee
field was set on the invite).
The same behaviour applies when a client is looking at historic calls.
Supported Codecs
The Matrix spec does not mandate particular audio or video codecs, but instead defers to the WebRTC spec. A compliant Matrix VoIP client will behave in the same way as a supported ‘browser’ in terms of what codecs it supports and what variants thereof. The latest WebRTC specification applies, so clients should keep up to date with new versions of the WebRTC specification whether or not there have been any changes to the Matrix spec.
Events
Common Fields
Call event
Call event
The content of all call events shares a set of common fields: those of room events and some additional VoIP specific fields.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Events
m.call.invite
m.call.invite
This event is sent by the caller when they wish to establish a call.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
invitee |
string |
The ID of the user being called. If omitted, any user in the room can answer. Added in |
lifetime |
integer |
Required: The time in milliseconds that the invite is valid for. Once the invite age exceeds this value, clients should discard it. They should also no longer show the call as awaiting an answer in the UI. |
offer |
Offer |
Required: The session description object |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
sdp_stream_metadata |
{string: StreamMetadata} |
Metadata describing the streams that will be sent. This is a map of stream ID to metadata about the stream. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sdp |
string |
Required: The SDP text of the session description. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of session description. One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
audio_muted |
boolean |
Whether the audio track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
purpose |
string |
Required: The purpose of the stream. The possible values are:
One of: |
video_muted |
boolean |
Whether the video track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"lifetime": 60000,
"offer": {
"sdp": "v=0\r\no=- 6584580628695956864 2 IN IP4 127.0.0.1[...]",
"type": "offer"
},
"party_id": "67890",
"sdp_stream_metadata": {
"271828182845": {
"purpose": "m.screenshare"
},
"314159265358": {
"purpose": "m.usermedia"
}
},
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.invite",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.candidates
m.call.candidates
This event is sent by callers after sending an invite and by the callee after answering. Its purpose is to give the other party additional ICE candidates to try using to communicate.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
candidates |
[Candidate] |
Required: Array of objects describing the candidates. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
candidate |
string |
Required: The SDP ‘a’ line of the candidate. If this is an end-of-candidates candidate, this is the empty string. |
sdpMLineIndex |
number |
The index of the SDP ’m’ line this candidate is intended for. At least one of |
sdpMid |
string |
The SDP media type this candidate is intended for. At least one of |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"candidates": [
{
"candidate": "candidate:863018703 1 udp 2122260223 10.9.64.156 43670 typ host generation 0",
"sdpMLineIndex": 0,
"sdpMid": "audio"
}
],
"party_id": "67890",
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.candidates",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.reject
m.call.reject
Added in v1.7
If the m.call.invite
event has version
"1"
, a client wishing to
reject the call sends an m.call.reject
event. This rejects the call on all devices,
but if the calling device sees an answer
before the reject
, it disregards the
reject event and carries on. The reject has a party_id
just like an answer, and
the caller sends a select_answer
for it just like an answer. If another client
had already sent an answer and sees the caller select the reject response instead
of its answer, it ends the call. If the m.call.invite
event has version
0
,
the callee sends an m.call.hangup
event. If the calling user chooses to end the
call before setup is complete, the client sends m.call.hangup
as previously.
Note that, unlike m.call.hangup
, this event has no reason
field: the rejection of
a call is always implicitly because the user chose not to answer it.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"party_id": "67890",
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.reject",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.answer
m.call.answer
This event is sent by the callee when they wish to answer the call.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
answer |
Answer |
Required: The session description object |
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
sdp_stream_metadata |
{string: StreamMetadata} |
Metadata describing the streams that will be sent. This is a map of stream ID to metadata about the stream. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sdp |
string |
Required: The SDP text of the session description. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of session description. One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
audio_muted |
boolean |
Whether the audio track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
purpose |
string |
Required: The purpose of the stream. The possible values are:
One of: |
video_muted |
boolean |
Whether the video track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
Examples
{
"content": {
"answer": {
"sdp": "v=0\r\no=- 6584580628695956864 2 IN IP4 127.0.0.1[...]",
"type": "answer"
},
"call_id": "12345",
"party_id": "67890",
"sdp_stream_metadata": {
"271828182845": {
"purpose": "m.screenshare"
},
"314159265358": {
"purpose": "m.usermedia"
}
},
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.answer",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.select_answer
m.call.select_answer
Added in v1.7
This event is sent by the caller’s client once it has decided which other client to talk to, by selecting one of multiple possible incoming m.call.answer
events. Its selected_party_id
field indicates the answer it’s chosen. The call_id
and party_id
of the caller is also included. If the callee’s client sees a select_answer
for an answer with party ID other than the one it sent, it ends the call and informs the user the call was answered elsewhere. It does not send any events. Media can start flowing before this event is seen or even sent. Clients that implement previous versions of this specification will ignore this event and behave as they did before.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
selected_party_id |
string |
Required: The |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"party_id": "67890",
"selected_party_id": "111213",
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.select_answer",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.negotiate
m.call.negotiate
Added in v1.7
Provides SDP negotiation semantics for media pause, hold/resume, ICE restarts and voice/video call up/downgrading. Clients should implement and honour hold functionality as per WebRTC’s recommendation.
If both the invite event and the accepted answer event have version
equal
to "1"
, either party may send m.call.negotiate
with a description
field
to offer new SDP to the other party. This event has call_id
with the ID of
the call and party_id
equal to the client’s party ID for that call. The
caller ignores any negotiate events with party_id
+ user_id
tuple not
equal to that of the answer it accepted and the callee ignores any negotiate
events with party_id
+ user_id
tuple not equal to that of the caller.
Clients should use the party_id
field to ignore the remote echo of their
own negotiate events.
This has a lifetime
field as in m.call.invite
, after which the sender of
the negotiate event should consider the negotiation failed (timed out) and
the recipient should ignore it.
The description
field is the same as the offer
field in m.call.invite
and answer
field in m.call.answer
and is an RTCSessionDescriptionInit
object as per https://www.w3.org/TR/webrtc/#dom-rtcsessiondescriptioninit.
Once an m.call.negotiate
event is received, the client must respond with
another m.call.negotiate
event, with the SDP answer (with "type": "answer"
)
in the description
property.
In the m.call.invite
and m.call.answer
events, the offer
and answer
fields respectively are objects of type RTCSessionDescriptionInit
. Hence
the type
field, whilst redundant in these events, is included for ease of
working with the WebRTC API and is mandatory. Receiving clients should not
attempt to validate the type
field, but simply pass the object into the
WebRTC API.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
description |
Description |
Required: The session description object |
lifetime |
integer |
Required: The time in milliseconds that the negotiation is valid for. Once the negotiation age exceeds this value, clients should discard it. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
sdp_stream_metadata |
{string: StreamMetadata} |
Metadata describing the streams that will be sent. This is a map of stream ID to metadata about the stream. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sdp |
string |
Required: The SDP text of the session description. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of session description. One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
audio_muted |
boolean |
Whether the audio track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
purpose |
string |
Required: The purpose of the stream. The possible values are:
One of: |
video_muted |
boolean |
Whether the video track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"description": {
"sdp": "v=0\r\no=- 6584580628695956864 2 IN IP4 127.0.0.1[...]",
"type": "offer"
},
"lifetime": 10000,
"party_id": "67890",
"sdp_stream_metadata": {
"271828182845": {
"purpose": "m.screenshare"
},
"314159265358": {
"purpose": "m.usermedia"
}
},
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.negotiate",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed
m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed
Added in v1.11
This event is sent by callers when they wish to update a stream’s metadata but no negotiation is required.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
sdp_stream_metadata |
{string: StreamMetadata} |
Required: Metadata describing the streams that will be sent. This is a map of stream ID to metadata about the stream. Added in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
audio_muted |
boolean |
Whether the audio track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
purpose |
string |
Required: The purpose of the stream. The possible values are:
One of: |
video_muted |
boolean |
Whether the video track in the stream is muted. Defaults to Added in |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "1414213562373095",
"party_id": "1732050807568877",
"sdp_stream_metadata": {
"2311546231": {
"audio_muted:": true,
"purpose": "m.usermedia",
"video_muted": true
}
},
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.call.hangup
m.call.hangup
Sent by either party to signal their termination of the call. This can be sent either once the call has has been established or before to abort the call.
The meanings of the reason
field are as follows:
ice_failed
: ICE negotiation has failed and a media connection could not be established.ice_timeout
: The connection failed after some media was exchanged (as opposed toice_failed
which means no media connection could be established). Note that, in the case of an ICE renegotiation, a client should be sure to sendice_timeout
rather thanice_failed
if media had previously been received successfully, even if the ICE renegotiation itself failed.invite_timeout
: The other party did not answer in time.user_hangup
: Clients must now send this code when the user chooses to end the call, although for backwards compatibility with version 0, a clients should treat an absence of thereason
field asuser_hangup
.user_media_failed
: The client was unable to start capturing media in such a way that it is unable to continue the call.user_busy
: The user is busy. Note that this exists primarily for bridging to other networks such as the PSTN. A Matrix client that receives a call whilst already in a call would not generally reject the new call unless the user had specifically chosen to do so.unknown_error
: Some other failure occurred that meant the client was unable to continue the call rather than the user choosing to end it.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
party_id |
string |
Required: This identifies the party that sent this event. A client may choose to re-use the device ID from end-to-end cryptography for the value of this field. Added in |
reason |
string |
Required: Reason for the hangup. Note that this was optional in previous previous versions of the spec, so a missing value should be treated as One of: Changed in |
version |
string |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 1. This field is a string such that experimental implementations can use non-integer versions. This field was an integer in the previous spec version and implementations must accept an integer 0. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"party_id": "67890",
"reason": "user_hangup",
"version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.hangup",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
A call is set up with message events exchanged as follows:
Caller Callee
[Place Call]
m.call.invite ----------->
m.call.candidate -------->
[..candidates..] -------->
[Answers call]
<--------------- m.call.answer
m.call.select_answer ----------->
[Call is active and ongoing]
<--------------- m.call.hangup
Or a rejected call:
Caller Callee
m.call.invite ------------>
m.call.candidate --------->
[..candidates..] --------->
[Rejects call]
<-------------- m.call.hangup
Calls are negotiated according to the WebRTC specification.
In response to an incoming invite, a client may do one of several things:
- Attempt to accept the call by sending an
m.call.answer
. - Actively reject the call everywhere: send an
m.call.reject
as per above, which will stop the call from ringing on all the user’s devices and the caller’s client will inform them that the user has rejected their call. - Ignore the call: send no events, but stop alerting the user about the call. The user’s other devices will continue to ring, and the caller’s device will continue to indicate that the call is ringing, and will time the call out in the normal way if no other device responds.
Streams
Clients may send more than one stream in a VoIP call. The streams should be
differentiated by including metadata in the m.call.invite
,
m.call.answer
and m.call.negotiate
events, using the sdp_stream_metadata
property. An m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed
event can be sent when the metadata changes but no negotiation is required.
Clients are recommended to not mute the audio of WebRTC tracks locally when an
incoming stream has the audio_muted
field set to true
. This is because when
the other user unmutes themselves, there may be a slight delay between their
client sending audio and the m.call.sdp_stream_metadata_changed
event arriving and any audio sent in between will not be heard. The other user
will still stop transmitting audio once they mute on their side, so no audio is
sent without the user’s knowledge.
The same suggestion does not apply to video_muted
. Clients should mute video
locally, so that the receiving side doesn’t see a black video.
If sdp_stream_metadata
is present and an incoming stream is not listed in it,
the stream should be ignored. If a stream has a purpose
of an unknown type, it
should also be ignored.
For backwards compatibility, if sdp_stream_metadata
is not present in the
initial m.call.invite
or m.call.answer
event sent by the other party, the client should assume that this property is
not supported by the other party. It means that multiple streams cannot be
differentiated: the client should only use the first incoming stream and
shouldn’t send more than one stream.
Clients implementing this specification should ignore any streamless tracks.
Invitees
The invitee
field should be added whenever the call is intended for one
specific user, and should be set to the Matrix user ID of that user. Invites
without an invitee
field are defined to be intended for any member of the
room other than the sender of the event.
Clients should consider an incoming call if they see a non-expired invite event where the invitee
field is either
absent or equal to their user’s Matrix ID, however they should evaluate whether or not to ring based on their
user’s trust relationship with the callers and/or where the call was placed. As a starting point, it is
suggested that clients ignore call invites from users in public rooms. It is strongly recommended that
when clients do not ring for an incoming call invite, they still display the call invite in the room and
annotate that it was ignored.
Glare
“Glare” is a problem which occurs when two users call each other at roughly the same time. This results in the call failing to set up as there already is an incoming/outgoing call. A glare resolution algorithm can be used to determine which call to hangup and which call to answer. If both clients implement the same algorithm then they will both select the same call and the call will be successfully connected.
As calls are “placed” to rooms rather than users, the glare resolution algorithm outlined below is only considered for calls which are to the same room. The algorithm is as follows:
- If an
m.call.invite
to a room is received whilst the client is preparing to send anm.call.invite
to the same room:- the client should cancel its outgoing call and instead automatically accept the incoming call on behalf of the user.
- If an
m.call.invite
to a room is received after the client has sent anm.call.invite
to the same room and is waiting for a response:- the client should perform a lexicographical comparison of the call IDs of the two calls and use the lesser of the two calls, aborting the greater. If the incoming call is the lesser, the client should accept this call on behalf of the user.
The call setup should appear seamless to the user as if they had simply placed a call and the other party had accepted. This means any media stream that had been setup for use on a call should be transferred and used for the call that replaces it.
Server behaviour
The homeserver MAY provide a TURN server which clients can use to contact the remote party. The following HTTP API endpoints will be used by clients in order to get information about the TURN server.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/voip/turnServer
This API provides credentials for the client to use when initiating calls.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The TURN server credentials. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
password |
string |
Required: The password to use. |
ttl |
integer |
Required: The time-to-live in seconds |
uris |
[string] |
Required: A list of TURN URIs |
username |
string |
Required: The username to use. |
{
"password": "JlKfBy1QwLrO20385QyAtEyIv0=",
"ttl": 86400,
"uris": [
"turn:turn.example.com:3478?transport=udp",
"turn:10.20.30.40:3478?transport=tcp",
"turns:10.20.30.40:443?transport=tcp"
],
"username": "1443779631:@user:example.com"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Security considerations
Calls should only be placed to rooms with one other user in them. If they are placed to group chat rooms it is possible that another user will intercept and answer the call.
Typing Notifications
Users may wish to be informed when another user is typing in a room. This can be achieved using typing notifications. These are ephemeral events, so they do not form part of the Event Graph. Typing notifications are scoped to a room.
Events
m.typing
m.typing
Informs the client of the list of users currently typing.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
user_ids |
[string] |
Required: The list of user IDs typing in this room, if any. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"user_ids": [
"@alice:matrix.org",
"@bob:example.com"
]
},
"type": "m.typing"
}
Client behaviour
When a client receives an m.typing
event, it MUST use the user ID list
to REPLACE its knowledge of every user who is currently typing. The
reason for this is that the server does not remember users who are not
currently typing as that list gets big quickly. The client should mark
as not typing any user ID who is not in that list.
It is recommended that clients store a boolean
indicating whether the
user is typing or not. Whilst this value is true
a timer should fire
periodically every N seconds to send a typing HTTP request. The value of
N is recommended to be no more than 20-30 seconds. This request should
be re-sent by the client to continue informing the server the user is
still typing. As subsequent requests will replace older requests, a
safety margin of 5 seconds before the expected timeout runs out is
recommended. When the user stops typing, the state change of the
boolean
to false
should trigger another HTTP request to inform the
server that the user has stopped typing.
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/typing/{userId}
This tells the server that the user is typing for the next N
milliseconds where N is the value specified in the timeout
key.
Alternatively, if typing
is false
, it tells the server that the
user has stopped typing.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which the user is typing. |
userId |
string |
Required: The user who has started to type. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
timeout |
integer |
The length of time in milliseconds to mark this user as typing. |
typing |
boolean |
Required: Whether the user is typing or not. If |
Request body example
{
"timeout": 30000,
"typing": true
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The new typing state was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Security considerations
Clients may not wish to inform everyone in a room that they are typing and instead only specific users in the room.
Receipts
[Changed in v1.4
] Added private read receipts.
This module adds in support for receipts. These receipts are a form of
acknowledgement of an event. This module defines the m.read
receipt
for indicating that the user has read up to a given event, and m.read.private
to achieve the same purpose without any other user being aware. Primarily,
m.read.private
is intended to clear notifications
without advertising read-up-to status to others.
Sending a receipt for each event can result in sending large amounts of traffic to a homeserver. To prevent this from becoming a problem, receipts are implemented using “up to” markers. This marker indicates that the acknowledgement applies to all events “up to and including” the event specified. For example, marking an event as “read” would indicate that the user had read all events up to the referenced event. See the Receiving notifications section for more information on how read receipts affect notification counts.
[Added in v1.4
] Read receipts exist in three major forms:
- Unthreaded: Denotes a read-up-to receipt regardless of threads. This is how pre-threading read receipts worked.
- Threaded, main timeline: Denotes a read-up-to receipt for events not in a
particular thread. Identified by the thread ID
main
. - Threaded, in a thread: Denotes a read-up-to receipt within a particular thread. Identified by the event ID of the thread root.
Threaded read receipts are discussed in further detail below.
Events
[Changed in v1.4
] Each user_id
, receipt_type
, and categorisation
(unthreaded, or thread_id
) tuple must be associated with only a single
event_id
.
m.receipt
m.receipt
Changed in v1.4
: Added m.read.private
receipts to the event’s content
.
Informs the client of new receipts.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Type | Description |
---|---|
{Event ID: Event Receipts} |
The mapping of event ID to a collection of receipts for this event ID. The event ID is the ID of the event being acknowledged and not an ID for the receipt itself. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.read |
{User ID: Receipt} |
A collection of users who have sent |
m.read.private |
{User ID: Receipt} |
Similar to |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
thread_id |
string |
The root thread event’s ID (or Added in |
ts |
integer |
The timestamp the receipt was sent at. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"$1435641916114394fHBLK:matrix.org": {
"m.read": {
"@erikj:jki.re": {
"ts": 1436451550453
}
},
"m.read.private": {
"@self:example.org": {
"ts": 1661384801651
}
}
}
},
"type": "m.receipt"
}
Client behaviour
[Changed in v1.4
] Altered to support threaded read receipts.
In /sync
, receipts are listed under the ephemeral
array of events
for a given room. New receipts that come down the event streams are
deltas which update existing mappings. Clients should replace older
receipt acknowledgements based on user_id
, receipt_type
, and the
thread_id
(if present).
For example:
Client receives m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $aaa:example.com
thread_id = undefined
Client receives another m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $bbb:example.com
thread_id = main
The client does not replace any acknowledgements, yet.
Client receives yet another m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $ccc:example.com
thread_id = undefined
The client replaces the older acknowledgement for $aaa:example.com
with this new one for $ccc:example.com, but does not replace the
acknowledgement for $bbb:example.com because it belongs to a thread.
Client receives yet another m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $ddd:example.com
thread_id = main
Now the client replaces the older $bbb:example.com acknowledgement with
this new $ddd:example.com acknowledgement. The client does NOT replace the
older acknowledgement for $ccc:example.com as it is unthreaded.
Clients should send read receipts when there is some certainty that the event in question has been displayed to the user. Simply receiving an event does not provide enough certainty that the user has seen the event. The user SHOULD need to take some action such as viewing the room that the event was sent to or dismissing a notification in order for the event to count as “read”. Clients SHOULD NOT send read receipts for events sent by their own user.
Similar to the rules for sending receipts, threaded receipts should appear in the context of the thread. If a thread is rendered behind a disclosure, the client hasn’t yet shown the event (or any applicable read receipts) to the user. Once they expand the thread though, a threaded read receipt would be sent and per-thread receipts from other users shown.
A client can update the markers for its user by interacting with the following HTTP APIs.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/receipt/{receiptType}/{eventId}
This API updates the marker for the given receipt type to the event ID specified.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to acknowledge up to. |
receiptType |
string |
Required: The type of receipt to send. This can also be Note that One of: Changed in |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which to send the event. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
thread_id |
string |
The root thread event’s ID (or Added in |
Request body example
{
"thread_id": "main"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The receipt was sent. |
400 |
The
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "thread_id field must be a non-empty string"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Private read receipts
[Added in v1.4
]
Some users would like to mark a room as read, clearing their notification counts,
but not give away the fact that they’ve read a particular message yet. To
achieve this, clients can send m.read.private
receipts instead of m.read
to do exactly that: clear notifications and not broadcast the receipt to
other users.
Servers MUST NOT send the m.read.private
receipt to any other user than the
one which originally sent it.
Between m.read
and m.read.private
, the receipt which is more “ahead” or
“recent” is used when determining the highest read-up-to mark. See the
notifications section for more information on
how this affects notification counts.
If a client sends an m.read
receipt which is “behind” the m.read.private
receipt, other users will see that change happen but the sending user will
not have their notification counts rewound to that point in time. While
uncommon, it is considered valid to have an m.read
(public) receipt lag
several messages behind the m.read.private
receipt, for example.
Threaded read receipts
[Added in v1.4
]
If a client does not use threading, then they will simply only send “unthreaded” read receipts which affect the whole room regardless of threads.
A threaded read receipt is simply one which has a thread_id
on it, targeting
either a thread root’s event ID or main
for the main timeline.
Threading introduces a concept of multiple conversations being held in the same room and thus deserve their own read receipts and notification counts. An event is considered to be “in a thread” if:
- It has a
rel_type
ofm.thread
, or - Following the event relationships, it has a parent event which references
the thread root with a
rel_type
ofm.thread
. Implementations should not recurse infinitely, though: a maximum of 3 hops is recommended to cover indirect relationships.
Events not in a thread but still in the room are considered to be in the “main
timeline”. When referring to the main timeline as a thread (e.g. in receipts
and notifications counts) a special thread ID of main
is used.
Thread roots are considered to be in the main timeline, as are events that are related to a thread root via non-thread relations.
The following is an example DAG for a room, with dotted lines showing event relationships and solid lines showing topological ordering.
This DAG can be represented as 3 threaded timelines, with A
and B
being thread
roots:
With this, we can demonstrate that:
- A threaded read receipt on
I
would markA
,B
, andI
as read. - A threaded read receipt on
E
would markC
andE
as read. - An unthreaded read receipt on
D
would markA
,B
,C
, andD
as read.
Note that marking A
as read with a threaded read receipt would not mean
that C
, E
, G
, or H
get marked as read: Thread A’s timeline would need
its own threaded read receipt at H
to accomplish that.
The read receipts for the above 3 examples would be:
{
"$I": {
"m.read": {
"@user:example.org": {
"ts": 1661384801651,
"thread_id": "main" // because `I` is not in a thread, but is a threaded receipt
}
}
},
"$E": {
"m.read": {
"@user:example.org": {
"ts": 1661384801651,
"thread_id": "$A" // because `E` is in Thread `A`
}
}
},
"$D": {
"m.read": {
"@user:example.org": {
"ts": 1661384801651
// no `thread_id` because the receipt is *unthreaded*
}
}
}
}
Conditions on sending read receipts apply similarly to threaded and unthreaded read receipts. For example, a client might send a private read receipt for a threaded event when the user expands that thread.
Server behaviour
For efficiency, receipts SHOULD be batched into one event per room and thread before delivering them to clients.
Some receipts are sent across federation as EDUs with type m.receipt
. The
format of the EDUs are:
{
<room_id>: {
<receipt_type>: {
<user_id>: { <content (ts & thread_id, currently)> }
},
...
},
...
}
These are always sent as deltas to previously sent receipts. Currently
only a single <receipt_type>
should be used: m.read
. m.read.private
MUST NOT appear in this federated m.receipt
EDU.
Security considerations
As receipts are sent outside the context of the event graph, there are
no integrity checks performed on the contents of m.receipt
events.
Read and unread markers
Fully read markers
The history for a given room may be split into three sections: messages the user has read (or indicated they aren’t interested in them), messages the user might have read some but not others, and messages the user hasn’t seen yet. The “fully read marker” (also known as a “read marker”) marks the last event of the first section, whereas the user’s read receipt marks the last event of the second section.
Events
The user’s fully read marker is kept as an event in the room’s account data. The event may be read to determine the user’s current fully read marker location in the room, and just like other account data events the event will be pushed down the event stream when updated.
The fully read marker is kept under an m.fully_read
event. If the
event does not exist on the user’s account data, the fully read marker
should be considered to be the user’s read receipt location.
m.fully_read
m.fully_read
The current location of the user’s read marker in a room. This event appears in the user’s room account data for the room the marker is applicable for.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The event the user’s read marker is located at in the room. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"event_id": "$someplace:example.org"
},
"type": "m.fully_read"
}
Client behaviour
The client cannot update fully read markers by directly modifying the
m.fully_read
account data event. Instead, the client must make use of
the read markers API to change the values.
[Changed in v1.4
] m.read.private
receipts can now be sent from
/read_markers
.
The read markers API can additionally update the user’s read receipt
(m.read
or m.read.private
) location in the same operation as setting
the fully read marker location. This is because read receipts and read
markers are commonly updated at the same time, and therefore the client
might wish to save an extra HTTP call. Providing m.read
and/or
m.read.private
performs the same task as a request to
/receipt/{receiptType}/{eventId}
.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/read_markers
Sets the position of the read marker for a given room, and optionally the read receipt’s location.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID to set the read marker in for the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.fully_read |
string |
The event ID the read marker should be located at. The event MUST belong to the room. Changed in |
m.read |
string |
The event ID to set the read receipt location at. This is
equivalent to calling |
m.read.private |
string |
The event ID to set the private read receipt location at. This
equivalent to calling Added in |
Request body example
{
"m.fully_read": "$somewhere:example.org",
"m.read": "$elsewhere:example.org",
"m.read.private": "$elsewhere:example.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The read marker, and read receipt(s) if provided, have been updated. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
The server MUST prevent clients from setting m.fully_read
directly in
room account data. The server must additionally ensure that it treats
the presence of m.read
and m.read.private
in the /read_markers
request the same as how it would for a request to
/receipt/{receiptType}/{eventId}
.
Upon updating the m.fully_read
event due to a request to
/read_markers
, the server MUST send the updated account data event
through to the client via the event stream (eg: /sync
), provided any
applicable filters are also satisfied.
Unread markers
[Added in v1.12
]
Clients may use “unread markers” to allow users to label rooms for later attention irrespective of read receipts or fully read markers.
Events
The user’s unread marker in a room is kept under an m.marked_unread
event in the room’s account data. The event may be read
to determine the user’s current unread marker state in the room. Just
like other account data events, the event will be pushed down the event
stream when updated.
m.marked_unread
m.marked_unread
The current state of the user’s unread marker in a room. This event appears in the user’s room account data for the room the marker is applicable for.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
unread |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room is marked unread or not. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"unread": true
},
"type": "m.marked_unread"
}
Client behaviour
Clients MUST update unread markers by directly modifying the m.marked_unread
room account data event. When marking a room as unread, clients SHOULD NOT change
the m.fully_read
marker, so that the user’s read position in the room is
retained.
When the unread
field is true
, clients SHOULD visually annotate the room
to indicate that it is unread. Exactly how this is achieved is left as an
implementation detail. It is RECOMMENDED that clients use a treatment similar
to how they represent rooms with unread notifications.
Clients SHOULD reset the unread marker by setting unread
to false
when
opening a room to display its timeline.
Clients that offer functionality to mark a room as read by sending a read receipt for the last event, SHOULD reset the unread marker simultaneously.
If the m.marked_unread
event does not exist on the user’s account data,
clients MUST behave as if unread
was false
.
Server behaviour
Servers have no additional requirements placed on them by this submodule.
Presence
Each user has the concept of presence information. This encodes:
- Whether the user is currently online
- How recently the user was last active (as seen by the server)
- Whether a given client considers the user to be currently idle
- Arbitrary information about the user’s current status (e.g. “in a meeting”).
This information is collated from both per-device (online
, idle
,
last_active
) and per-user (status) data, aggregated by the user’s
homeserver and transmitted as an m.presence
event. Presence events are
sent to interested parties where users share a room membership.
User’s presence state is represented by the presence
key, which is an
enum of one of the following:
online
: The default state when the user is connected to an event stream.unavailable
: The user is not reachable at this time e.g. they are idle.offline
: The user is not connected to an event stream or is explicitly suppressing their profile information from being sent.
Events
m.presence
m.presence
Informs the client of a user’s presence state change.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The current avatar URL for this user, if any. |
currently_active |
boolean |
Whether the user is currently active |
displayname |
string |
The current display name for this user, if any. |
last_active_ago |
number |
The last time since this used performed some action, in milliseconds. |
presence |
string |
Required: The presence state for this user. One of: |
status_msg |
string |
An optional description to accompany the presence. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost/wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
Client behaviour
Clients can manually set/get their presence using the HTTP APIs listed below.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/presence/{userId}/status
Get the given user’s presence state.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose presence state to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The presence state for this user. |
403 |
You are not allowed to see this user’s presence status. |
404 |
There is no presence state for this user. This user may not exist or isn’t exposing presence information to you. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
currently_active |
boolean |
Whether the user is currently active |
last_active_ago |
integer |
The length of time in milliseconds since an action was performed by this user. |
presence |
string |
Required: This user’s presence. One of: |
status_msg |
string|null |
The state message for this user if one was set. |
{
"last_active_ago": 420845,
"presence": "unavailable"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not allowed to see their presence"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/presence/{userId}/status
This API sets the given user’s presence state. When setting the status,
the activity time is updated to reflect that activity; the client does
not need to specify the last_active_ago
field. You cannot set the
presence state of another user.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose presence state to update. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
presence |
string |
Required: The new presence state. One of: |
status_msg |
string |
The status message to attach to this state. |
Request body example
{
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "I am here."
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The new presence state was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Last active ago
The server maintains a timestamp of the last time it saw a pro-active
event from the user. A pro-active event may be sending a message to a
room or changing presence state to online
. This timestamp is presented
via a key called last_active_ago
which gives the relative number of
milliseconds since the pro-active event.
To reduce the number of presence updates sent to clients the server may
include a currently_active
boolean field when the presence state is
online
. When true, the server will not send further updates to the
last active time until an update is sent to the client with either a)
currently_active
set to false or b) a presence state other than
online
. During this period clients must consider the user to be
currently active, irrespective of the last active time.
The last active time must be up to date whenever the server gives a
presence event to the client. The currently_active
mechanism should
purely be used by servers to stop sending continuous presence updates,
as opposed to disabling last active tracking entirely. Thus clients can
fetch up to date last active times by explicitly requesting the presence
for a given user.
Idle timeout
The server will automatically set a user’s presence to unavailable
if
their last active time was over a threshold value (e.g. 5 minutes).
Clients can manually set a user’s presence to unavailable
. Any
activity that bumps the last active time on any of the user’s clients
will cause the server to automatically set their presence to online
.
Security considerations
Presence information is shared with all users who share a room with the target user. In large public rooms this could be undesirable.
Content repository
The content repository (or “media repository”) allows users to upload files to their homeserver for later use. For example, files which the user wants to send to a room would be uploaded here, as would an avatar the user wants to use.
Uploads are POSTed to a resource on the user’s local homeserver which
returns an mxc://
URI which can later be used to GET the download. Content
is downloaded from the recipient’s local homeserver, which must first
transfer the content from the origin homeserver using the same API
(unless the origin and destination homeservers are the same).
When serving content, the server SHOULD provide a
Content-Security-Policy
header. The recommended policy is
sandbox; default-src 'none'; script-src 'none'; plugin-types application/pdf; style-src 'unsafe-inline'; object-src 'self';
.
[Added in v1.4
] The server SHOULD additionally provide
Cross-Origin-Resource-Policy: cross-origin
when serving content to allow
(web) clients to access restricted APIs such as SharedArrayBuffer
when
interacting with the media repository.
[Changed in v1.11
] The unauthenticated download endpoints have been
deprecated in favour of newer, authenticated, ones. This change includes updating
the paths of all media endpoints from /_matrix/media/*
to /_matrix/client/{version}/media/*
,
with the exception of the /upload
and /create
endpoints. The upload/create
endpoints are expected to undergo a similar transition in a later version of the
specification.
Matrix Content (mxc://
) URIs
Content locations are represented as Matrix Content (mxc://
) URIs. They
look like:
mxc://<server-name>/<media-id>
<server-name> : The name of the homeserver where this content originated, e.g. matrix.org
<media-id> : An opaque ID which identifies the content.
Client behaviour
Clients can access the content repository using the following endpoints.
[Changed in v1.11
] A number of endpoints under the /_matrix/media hierarchy
have been deprecated and replaced with new endpoints which require authentication.
The deprecated endpoints are marked in the section below.
By Matrix 1.12, servers SHOULD “freeze” the deprecated, unauthenticated, endpoints to prevent newly-uploaded media from being downloaded. This SHOULD mean that any media uploaded before the freeze remains accessible via the deprecated endpoints, and any media uploaded after (or during) the freeze SHOULD only be accessible through the new, authenticated, endpoints. For remote media, “newly-uploaded” is determined by the date the cache was populated. This may mean the media is older than the freeze, but because the server had to re-download it, it is now considered “new”.
Clients SHOULD update to support the authenticated endpoints before servers freeze unauthenticated access.
Servers SHOULD consider their local ecosystem impact before enacting a freeze. This could mean ensuring their users’ typical clients support the new endpoints when available, or updating bridges to start using media proxies.
In addition to the above, servers SHOULD exclude IdP icons used in the m.login.sso
flow
from the freeze. See the m.login.sso
flow schema for details.
An example timeline for a server may be:
- Matrix 1.11 release: Clients begin supporting authenticated media.
- Matrix 1.12 release: Servers freeze unauthenticated media access.
- Media uploaded prior to this point still works with the deprecated endpoints.
- Newly uploaded (or cached) media only works on the authenticated endpoints.
Matrix 1.12 is expected to be released in the July-September 2024 calendar quarter.
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/media/config
Added in v1.11
This endpoint allows clients to retrieve the configuration of the content repository, such as upload limitations. Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when using content repository endpoints. All values are intentionally left optional. Clients SHOULD follow the advice given in the field description when the field is not available.
Both clients and server administrators should be aware that proxies between the client and the server may affect the apparent behaviour of content repository APIs, for example, proxies may enforce a lower upload size limit than is advertised by the server on this endpoint.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The public content repository configuration for the matrix server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.upload.size |
integer |
The maximum size an upload can be in bytes. Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when uploading content. If not listed or null, the size limit should be treated as unknown. |
{
"m.upload.size": 50000000
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Added in v1.11
Clients SHOULD NOT generate or use URLs which supply the access token in the query string. These URLs may be copied by users verbatim and provided in a chat message to another user, disclosing the sender’s access token.
Clients MAY be redirected using the 307/308 responses below to download the request object. This is typical when the homeserver uses a Content Delivery Network (CDN).
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
307 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be one of If the If the upload was made with a Changed in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the file that was previously uploaded. The server MUST return a
Actions not in the spirit of the above are not considered “reasonable”. Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
Required. The bytes for the uploaded file. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}
Added in v1.11
This will download content from the content repository (same as the previous endpoint) but replaces the target file name with the one provided by the caller.
Clients SHOULD NOT generate or use URLs which supply the access token in the query string. These URLs may be copied by users verbatim and provided in a chat message to another user, disclosing the sender’s access token.
Clients MAY be redirected using the 307/308 responses below to download the request object. This is typical when the homeserver uses a Content Delivery Network (CDN).
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fileName |
string |
Required: A filename to give in the |
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
307 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be one of If the Changed in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the file that was previously uploaded. The server MUST return a
Actions not in the spirit of the above are not considered “reasonable”. Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
Required. The bytes for the uploaded file. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/media/preview_url
Added in v1.11
Get information about a URL for the client. Typically this is called when a client sees a URL in a message and wants to render a preview for the user.
Clients should consider avoiding this endpoint for URLs posted in encrypted rooms. Encrypted rooms often contain more sensitive information the users do not want to share with the homeserver, and this can mean that the URLs being shared should also not be shared with the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ts |
integer |
The preferred point in time to return a preview for. The server may return a newer version if it does not have the requested version available. |
url |
URI |
Required: The URL to get a preview of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The OpenGraph data for the URL, which may be empty. Some values are replaced with matrix equivalents if they are provided in the response. The differences from the OpenGraph protocol are described here. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
matrix:image:size |
integer |
The byte-size of the image. Omitted if there is no image attached. |
og:image |
URI |
An |
{
"matrix:image:size": 102400,
"og:description": "This is a really cool blog post from matrix.org",
"og:image": "mxc://example.com/ascERGshawAWawugaAcauga",
"og:image:height": 48,
"og:image:type": "image/png",
"og:image:width": 48,
"og:title": "Matrix Blog Post"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/media/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Added in v1.11
Download a thumbnail of content from the content repository. See the Thumbnails section for more information.
Clients SHOULD NOT generate or use URLs which supply the access token in the query string. These URLs may be copied by users verbatim and provided in a chat message to another user, disclosing the sender’s access token.
Clients MAY be redirected using the 307/308 responses below to download the request object. This is typical when the homeserver uses a Content Delivery Network (CDN).
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
animated |
boolean |
Indicates preference for an animated thumbnail from the server, if possible. Animated
thumbnails typically use the content types When Servers SHOULD prefer to return When Added in |
height |
integer |
Required: The desired height of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
method |
string |
The desired resizing method. See the Thumbnails section for more information. One of: |
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
width |
integer |
Required: The desired width of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A thumbnail of the requested content. |
307 |
A redirect to the thumbnail of the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the thumbnail of the requested content. |
400 |
The request does not make sense to the server, or the server cannot thumbnail the content. For example, the client requested non-integer dimensions or asked for negatively-sized images. |
413 |
The local content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The remote content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be Servers should note the Content-Type restrictions for serving inline content, as these limitations imply which formats should be used for thumbnail generation. Added in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the thumbnail. One of: Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
image/apng |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
image/gif |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
image/jpeg |
Required. The bytes for the thumbnail. |
image/png |
Required. The bytes for the thumbnail. The thumbnail MAY use an animated
format if Changed in |
image/webp |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Cannot generate thumbnails for the requested content"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
POST
/_matrix/media/v1/create
Added in v1.7
Creates a new mxc://
URI, independently of the content being uploaded. The content must be provided later
via PUT /_matrix/media/v3/upload/{serverName}/{mediaId}
.
The server may optionally enforce a maximum age for unused IDs,
and delete media IDs when the client doesn’t start the upload in time,
or when the upload was interrupted and not resumed in time. The server
should include the maximum POSIX millisecond timestamp to complete the
upload in the unused_expires_at
field in the response JSON. The
recommended default expiration is 24 hours which should be enough time
to accommodate users on poor connection who find a better connection to
complete the upload.
As well as limiting the rate of requests to create mxc://
URIs, the server
should limit the number of concurrent pending media uploads a given
user can have. A pending media upload is a created mxc://
URI where (a)
the media has not yet been uploaded, and (b) has not yet expired (the
unused_expires_at
timestamp has not yet passed). In both cases, the
server should respond with an HTTP 429 error with an errcode of
M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mxc:// URI for the uploaded content. |
403 |
The user does not have permission to upload the content. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content_uri |
Matrix Content URI |
Required: The |
unused_expires_at |
integer |
The timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when the generated media id will expire, if media is not uploaded. |
{
"content_uri": "mxc://example.com/AQwafuaFswefuhsfAFAgsw",
"unused_expires_at": 1647257217083
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot upload this content"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/media/v3/config
Replaced by GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/config
.
This endpoint allows clients to retrieve the configuration of the content repository, such as upload limitations. Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when using content repository endpoints. All values are intentionally left optional. Clients SHOULD follow the advice given in the field description when the field is not available.
NOTE: Both clients and server administrators should be aware that proxies between the client and the server may affect the apparent behaviour of content repository APIs, for example, proxies may enforce a lower upload size limit than is advertised by the server on this endpoint.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The public content repository configuration for the matrix server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.upload.size |
integer |
The maximum size an upload can be in bytes. Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when uploading content. If not listed or null, the size limit should be treated as unknown. |
{
"m.upload.size": 50000000
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/media/v3/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Replaced by GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}
(requires authentication).
[Changed in v1.11
] This endpoint MAY return 404 M_NOT_FOUND
for media which exists, but is after the server froze unauthenticated
media access. See Client Behaviour for more
information.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_redirect |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it may return a 307 or 308 redirect
response that points at the relevant media content. When not explicitly
set to Added in |
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to |
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
307 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be one of If the If the upload was made with a Changed in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the file that was previously uploaded. The server MUST return a
Actions not in the spirit of the above are not considered “reasonable”. Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
Required. The bytes for the uploaded file. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
GET
/_matrix/media/v3/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}
Replaced by GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}
(requires authentication).
This will download content from the content repository (same as the previous endpoint) but replace the target file name with the one provided by the caller.
[Changed in v1.11
] This endpoint MAY return 404 M_NOT_FOUND
for media which exists, but is after the server froze unauthenticated
media access. See Client Behaviour for more
information.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fileName |
string |
Required: A filename to give in the |
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_redirect |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it may return a 307 or 308 redirect
response that points at the relevant media content. When not explicitly
set to Added in |
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to |
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
307 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the requested content. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be one of If the Changed in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the file that was previously uploaded. The server MUST return a
Actions not in the spirit of the above are not considered “reasonable”. Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
Required. The bytes for the uploaded file. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
GET
/_matrix/media/v3/preview_url
Replaced by GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/preview_url
.
Get information about a URL for the client. Typically this is called when a client sees a URL in a message and wants to render a preview for the user.
Note: Clients should consider avoiding this endpoint for URLs posted in encrypted rooms. Encrypted rooms often contain more sensitive information the users do not want to share with the homeserver, and this can mean that the URLs being shared should also not be shared with the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ts |
integer |
The preferred point in time to return a preview for. The server may return a newer version if it does not have the requested version available. |
url |
URI |
Required: The URL to get a preview of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The OpenGraph data for the URL, which may be empty. Some values are replaced with matrix equivalents if they are provided in the response. The differences from the OpenGraph protocol are described here. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
matrix:image:size |
integer |
The byte-size of the image. Omitted if there is no image attached. |
og:image |
URI |
An |
{
"matrix:image:size": 102400,
"og:description": "This is a really cool blog post from matrix.org",
"og:image": "mxc://example.com/ascERGshawAWawugaAcauga",
"og:image:height": 48,
"og:image:type": "image/png",
"og:image:width": 48,
"og:title": "Matrix Blog Post"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/media/v3/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Replaced by GET /_matrix/client/v1/media/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}
(requires authentication).
Download a thumbnail of content from the content repository. See the Thumbnails section for more information.
[Changed in v1.11
] This endpoint MAY return 404 M_NOT_FOUND
for media which exists, but is after the server froze unauthenticated
media access. See Client Behaviour for more
information.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_redirect |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it may return a 307 or 308 redirect
response that points at the relevant media content. When not explicitly
set to Added in |
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to |
animated |
boolean |
Indicates preference for an animated thumbnail from the server, if possible. Animated
thumbnails typically use the content types When Servers SHOULD prefer to return When Added in |
height |
integer |
Required: The desired height of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
method |
string |
The desired resizing method. See the Thumbnails section for more information. One of: |
timeout_ms |
integer |
The maximum number of milliseconds that the client is willing to wait to start receiving data, in the case that the content has not yet been uploaded. The default value is 20000 (20 seconds). The content repository SHOULD impose a maximum value for this parameter. The content repository MAY respond before the timeout. Added in |
width |
integer |
Required: The desired width of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A thumbnail of the requested content. |
307 |
A redirect to the thumbnail of the requested content. |
308 |
A redirect to the thumbnail of the requested content. |
400 |
The request does not make sense to the server, or the server cannot thumbnail the content. For example, the client requested non-integer dimensions or asked for negatively-sized images. |
413 |
The local content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The remote content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
504 |
The content is not yet available. A standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED . |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Disposition |
string |
Required: The disposition
of the returned content. MUST be Servers should note the Content-Type restrictions for serving inline content, as these limitations imply which formats should be used for thumbnail generation. Added in |
Content-Type |
string |
Required: The content type of the thumbnail. One of: Changed in |
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
image/apng |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
image/gif |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
image/jpeg |
Required. The bytes for the thumbnail. |
image/png |
Required. The bytes for the thumbnail. The thumbnail MAY use an animated
format if Changed in |
image/webp |
Required. The bytes for the animated thumbnail. Added in |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Cannot generate thumbnails for the requested content"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
504 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_YET_UPLOADED",
"error": "Content has not yet been uploaded"
}
POST
/_matrix/media/v3/upload
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Type |
string |
Optional. The content type of the file being uploaded. Clients SHOULD always supply this header. Defaults to Changed in |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filename |
string |
The name of the file being uploaded |
Request body
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
The content to be uploaded. |
Request body example
<bytes>
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mxc:// URI for the uploaded content. |
403 |
The user does not have permission to upload the content. Some reasons for this error include:
|
413 |
The uploaded content is too large for the server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content_uri |
Matrix Content URI |
Required: The |
{
"content_uri": "mxc://example.com/AQwafuaFswefuhsfAFAgsw"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot upload this content"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Cannot upload files larger than 100mb"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT
/_matrix/media/v3/upload/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Added in v1.7
This endpoint permits uploading content to an mxc://
URI that was created
earlier via POST /_matrix/media/v1/create.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Type |
string |
Optional. The content type of the file being uploaded. Clients SHOULD always supply this header. Defaults to Changed in |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the |
serverName |
Server Name |
Required: The server name from the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filename |
string |
The name of the file being uploaded |
Request body
Content-Type | Description |
---|---|
application/octet-stream |
The content to be uploaded. |
Request body example
<bytes>
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The upload was successful. |
403 |
The user does not have permission to upload the content. Some reasons for this error include:
A standard error response
will be returned with the |
404 |
The user has provided an invalid MXC ID. Some reasons for this error include:
A standard error response
will be returned with the |
409 |
The endpoint was called with a media ID that already has content. A
standard error response
will be returned with the errcode M_CANNOT_OVERWRITE_MEDIA . |
413 |
The uploaded content is too large for the server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot upload this content"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown media ID"
}
409 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_CANNOT_OVERWRITE_MEDIA",
"error": "Media already uploaded"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Cannot upload files larger than 100mb"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Thumbnails
The homeserver SHOULD be able to supply thumbnails for uploaded images and videos. The exact file types which can be thumbnailed are not currently specified - see Issue #1938 for more information.
The thumbnail methods are “crop” and “scale”. “scale” tries to return an image where either the width or the height is smaller than the requested size. The client should then scale and letterbox the image if it needs to fit within a given rectangle. “crop” tries to return an image where the width and height are close to the requested size and the aspect matches the requested size. The client should scale the image if it needs to fit within a given rectangle.
The dimensions given to the thumbnail API are the minimum size the client would prefer. Servers must never return thumbnails smaller than the client’s requested dimensions, unless the content being thumbnailed is smaller than the dimensions. When the content is smaller than the requested dimensions, servers should return the original content rather than thumbnail it.
Servers SHOULD produce thumbnails with the following dimensions and methods:
- 32x32, crop
- 96x96, crop
- 320x240, scale
- 640x480, scale
- 800x600, scale
In summary:
- “scale” maintains the original aspect ratio of the image
- “crop” provides an image in the aspect ratio of the sizes given in the request
- The server will return an image larger than or equal to the dimensions requested where possible.
Servers MUST NOT upscale thumbnails under any circumstance. Servers MUST NOT return a smaller thumbnail than requested, unless the original content makes that impossible.
Security considerations
The HTTP GET endpoint does not require any authentication. Knowing the URL of the content is sufficient to retrieve the content, even if the entity isn’t in the room.
mxc://
URIs are vulnerable to directory traversal attacks such as
mxc://127.0.0.1/../../../some_service/etc/passwd
. This would cause the
target homeserver to try to access and return this file. As such,
homeservers MUST sanitise mxc://
URIs by allowing only alphanumeric
(A-Za-z0-9
), _
and -
characters in the server-name
and
media-id
values. This set of whitelisted characters allows URL-safe
base64 encodings specified in RFC 4648. Applying this character
whitelist is preferable to blacklisting .
and /
as there are
techniques around blacklisted characters (percent-encoded characters,
UTF-8 encoded traversals, etc).
Homeservers have additional content-specific concerns:
- Clients may try to upload very large files. Homeservers should not
store files that are too large and should not serve them to clients,
returning a HTTP 413 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Clients may try to upload very large images. Homeservers should not
attempt to generate thumbnails for images that are too large,
returning a HTTP 413 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Remote homeservers may host very large files or images. Homeservers
should not proxy or thumbnail large files or images from remote
homeservers, returning a HTTP 502 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Clients may try to upload a large number of files. Homeservers
should limit the number and total size of media that can be uploaded
by clients, returning a HTTP 403 error with the
M_FORBIDDEN
code. - Clients may try to access a large number of remote files through a homeserver. Homeservers should restrict the number and size of remote files that it caches.
- Clients or remote homeservers may try to upload malicious files targeting vulnerabilities in either the homeserver thumbnailing or the client decoders.
Serving inline content
Clients with insecure configurations may be vulnerable to Cross-Site Scripting
attacks when served media with a Content-Disposition
of inline
. Clients
SHOULD NOT be hosted on the same domain as the media endpoints for the homeserver
to mitigate most of this risk. Servers SHOULD restrict Content-Type
headers to
one of the following values when serving content with Content-Disposition: inline
:
text/css
text/plain
text/csv
application/json
application/ld+json
image/jpeg
image/gif
image/png
image/apng
image/webp
image/avif
video/mp4
video/webm
video/ogg
video/quicktime
audio/mp4
audio/webm
audio/aac
audio/mpeg
audio/ogg
audio/wave
audio/wav
audio/x-wav
audio/x-pn-wav
audio/flac
audio/x-flac
These types are unlikely to cause Cross-Site Scripting issues when a Content-Type
header is provided, as clients will only try to render the data using that content
type. For example, if a HTML file is uploaded with a Content-Type
of image/png
,
clients will just assume that the image is corrupted, and won’t render it as a
HTML page. Therefore, there is no risk in trusting the user-defined content type,
as long as the Content-Disposition
is calculated based on that type.
Clients SHOULD NOT rely on servers returning inline
rather than attachment
on /download
. Server implementations might decide out of an abundance of
caution that all downloads are responded to with attachment
, regardless of
content type - clients should not be surprised by this behaviour.
Send-to-Device messaging
This module provides a means by which clients can exchange signalling messages without them being stored permanently as part of a shared communication history. A message is delivered exactly once to each client device.
The primary motivation for this API is exchanging data that is
meaningless or undesirable to persist in the room DAG - for example,
one-time authentication tokens or key data. It is not intended for
conversational data, which should be sent using the normal /rooms/<room_id>/send
API for
consistency throughout Matrix.
Client behaviour
To send a message to other devices, a client should call
/sendToDevice
. Only one message can be sent to each device per
transaction, and they must all have the same event type. The device ID
in the request body can be set to *
to request that the message be
sent to all known devices.
If there are send-to-device messages waiting for a client, they will be
returned by /sync
, as detailed in Extensions to /sync. Clients should
inspect the type
of each returned event, and ignore any they do not
understand.
Server behaviour
Servers should store pending messages for local users until they are
successfully delivered to the destination device. When a client calls
/sync
with an access token which corresponds to a device with pending
messages, the server should list the pending messages, in order of
arrival, in the response body.
When the client calls /sync
again with the next_batch
token from the
first response, the server should infer that any send-to-device messages
in that response have been delivered successfully, and delete them from
the store.
If there is a large queue of send-to-device messages, the server should
limit the number sent in each /sync
response. 100 messages is
recommended as a reasonable limit.
If the client sends messages to users on remote domains, those messages should be sent on to the remote servers via federation.
Protocol definitions
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/sendToDevice/{eventType}/{txnId}
This endpoint is used to send send-to-device events to a set of client devices.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate an ID unique across requests with the same access token; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
messages |
{User ID: {string: EventContent}} |
Required: The messages to send. A map from user ID, to a map from
device ID to message body. The device ID may also be |
Request body example
{
"messages": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"TLLBEANAAG": {
"example_content_key": "value"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The message was successfully sent. |
200 response
{}
Extensions to /sync
This module adds the following properties to the /sync
response:
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
to_device | ToDevice | Optional. Information on the send-to-device messages for the client device. |
ToDevice
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events | [Event] | List of send-to-device messages. |
Event
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content | EventContent | The content of this event. The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. |
sender | string | The Matrix user ID of the user who sent this event. |
type | string | The type of event. |
Example response:
{
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"rooms": {"leave": {}, "join": {}, "invite": {}},
"to_device": {
"events": [
{
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"type": "m.new_device",
"content": {
"device_id": "XYZABCDE",
"rooms": ["!726s6s6q:example.com"]
}
}
]
}
}
Device Management
This module provides a means for a user to manage their devices.
Client behaviour
Clients that implement this module should offer the user a list of registered devices, as well as the means to update their display names. Clients should also allow users to delete disused devices.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/delete_devices
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Deletes the given devices, and invalidates any access token associated with them.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
devices |
[string] |
Required: The list of device IDs to delete. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"devices": [
"QBUAZIFURK",
"AUIECTSRND"
]
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The devices were successfully removed, or had been removed previously. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
200 response
{}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/devices
Gets information about all devices for the current user.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Device information |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
devices |
[Device] |
A list of all registered devices for this user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_id |
string |
Required: Identifier of this device. |
display_name |
string |
Display name set by the user for this device. Absent if no name has been set. |
last_seen_ip |
string |
The IP address where this device was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
last_seen_ts |
integer |
The timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when this devices was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
{
"devices": [
{
"device_id": "QBUAZIFURK",
"display_name": "android",
"last_seen_ip": "1.2.3.4",
"last_seen_ts": 1474491775024
}
]
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/devices/{deviceId}
Gets information on a single device, by device id.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to retrieve. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Device information |
404 |
The current user has no device with the given ID. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_id |
string |
Required: Identifier of this device. |
display_name |
string |
Display name set by the user for this device. Absent if no name has been set. |
last_seen_ip |
string |
The IP address where this device was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
last_seen_ts |
integer |
The timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when this devices was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
{
"device_id": "QBUAZIFURK",
"display_name": "android",
"last_seen_ip": "1.2.3.4",
"last_seen_ts": 1474491775024
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/devices/{deviceId}
Updates the metadata on the given device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to update. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
The new display name for this device. If not given, the display name is unchanged. |
Request body example
{
"display_name": "My other phone"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device was successfully updated. |
404 |
The current user has no device with the given ID. |
200 response
{}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/devices/{deviceId}
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Deletes the given device, and invalidates any access token associated with it.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to delete. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device was successfully removed, or had been removed previously. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
200 response
{}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
[Flow information] |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
{string: object} |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"completed": [
"example.type.foo"
],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [
"example.type.foo"
]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
Security considerations
Deleting devices has security implications: it invalidates the access_token assigned to the device, so an attacker could use it to log out the real user (and do it repeatedly every time the real user tries to log in to block the attacker). Servers should require additional authentication beyond the access token when deleting devices (for example, requiring that the user resubmit their password).
The display names of devices are publicly visible. Clients should consider advising the user of this.
End-to-End Encryption
Matrix optionally supports end-to-end encryption, allowing rooms to be created whose conversation contents are not decryptable or interceptable on any of the participating homeservers.
Key Distribution
Encryption and Authentication in Matrix is based around public-key cryptography. The Matrix protocol provides a basic mechanism for exchange of public keys, though an out-of-band channel is required to exchange fingerprints between users to build a web of trust.
Overview
- Bob publishes the public keys and supported algorithms for his device. This may include long-term identity keys, and/or one-time keys.
+----------+ +--------------+
| Bob's HS | | Bob's Device |
+----------+ +--------------+
| |
|<=============|
/keys/upload
- Alice requests Bob’s public identity keys and supported algorithms.
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| | |
|=================>|==============>|
/keys/query <federation>
- Alice selects an algorithm and claims any one-time keys needed.
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| | |
|=================>|==============>|
/keys/claim <federation>
Key algorithms
Different key algorithms are used for different purposes. Each key algorithm is identified by a name and is represented in a specific way.
The name ed25519
corresponds to the
Ed25519 signature algorithm. The key is a
32-byte Ed25519 public key, encoded using unpadded Base64. Example:
"SogYyrkTldLz0BXP+GYWs0qaYacUI0RleEqNT8J3riQ"
The name curve25519
corresponds to the
Curve25519 ECDH algorithm. The key is a
32-byte Curve25519 public key, encoded using unpadded Base64.
Example:
"JGLn/yafz74HB2AbPLYJWIVGnKAtqECOBf11yyXac2Y"
The name signed_curve25519
also corresponds to the Curve25519 ECDH algorithm,
but the key is signed so that it can be authenticated. A key using this
algorithm is represented by an object with the following properties:
KeyObject
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key | string | Required. The unpadded Base64-encoded 32-byte Curve25519 public key. |
signatures | Signatures | Required. Signatures of the key object. The signature is calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. |
fallback | boolean | Indicates whether this is a fallback key. Defaults to false . |
Example:
{
"key":"06UzBknVHFMwgi7AVloY7ylC+xhOhEX4PkNge14Grl8",
"signatures": {
"@user:example.com": {
"ed25519:EGURVBUNJP": "YbJva03ihSj5mPk+CHMJKUKlCXCPFXjXOK6VqBnN9nA2evksQcTGn6hwQfrgRHIDDXO2le49x7jnWJHMJrJoBQ"
}
}
}
ed25519
and curve25519
keys are used for device keys.
Additionally, ed25519
keys are used for cross-signing keys.
signed_curve25519
keys are used for one-time and fallback keys.
Device keys
Each device should have one Ed25519 signing key. This key should be generated on the device from a cryptographically secure source, and the private part of the key should never be exported from the device. This key is used as the fingerprint for a device by other clients, and signs the device’s other keys.
A device will generally need to generate a number of additional keys. Details of these will vary depending on the messaging algorithm in use.
For Olm version 1, each device also requires a single Curve25519 identity key.
One-time and fallback keys
In addition to the device keys, which are long-lived, some encryption
algorithms require that devices may also have a number of one-time keys, which
are only used once and discarded after use. For Olm version 1, devices use
signed_curve25519
one-time keys, signed by the device’s Ed25519 key.
Devices will generate one-time keys and upload them to the server; these will later be claimed by other users. Servers must ensure that each one-time key is only claimed once: a homeserver should discard the one time key once it has been given to another user.
[Added in v1.2
] Fallback keys are similar to one-time keys, but are
not consumed once used. If a fallback key has been uploaded, it will be
returned by the server when the device has run out of one-time keys and a user
tries to claim a key. Fallback keys should be replaced with new fallback keys
as soon as possible after they have been used.
Fallback keys are used to prevent one-time key exhaustion when devices are offline/unable to upload additional keys, though sessions started using fallback keys could be vulnerable to replay attacks.
Devices will be informed, via /sync
, about the number of
one-time keys remaining that can be claimed, as well as whether the fallback
keys have been used. The device can thus ensure that, while it is online, there
is a sufficient supply of one-time keys available, and that the fallback keys
get replaced if they have been used.
Uploading keys
A device uploads the public parts of identity keys to their homeserver
as a signed JSON object, using the /keys/upload
API. The JSON object
must include the public part of the device’s Ed25519 key, and must be
signed by that key, as described in Signing
JSON.
One-time and fallback keys are also uploaded to the homeserver using the
/keys/upload
API. New
one-time and fallback keys are uploaded as needed. Fallback keys for key
algorithms whose format is a signed JSON object should contain a property named
fallback
with a value of true
.
Devices must store the private part of each key they upload. They can discard the private part of a one-time key when they receive a message using that key. However it’s possible that a one-time key given out by a homeserver will never be used, so the device that generates the key will never know that it can discard the key. Therefore a device could end up trying to store too many private keys. A device that is trying to store too many private keys may discard keys starting with the oldest.
Clients should not store the private half of fallback keys indefinitely to avoid situations where attackers can decrypt past messages sent using that fallback key.
Instead, clients should keep the private keys for at most 2 fallback keys: the current, unused, fallback key and the key immediately preceding it. Once the client is reasonably certain it has received all messages that used the old fallback key, such as after an hour since the first message, it should remove that fallback key.
Tracking the device list for a user
Before Alice can send an encrypted message to Bob, she needs a list of
each of his devices and the associated identity keys, so that she can
establish an encryption session with each device. This list can be
obtained by calling /keys/query
, passing Bob’s user ID in the
device_keys
parameter.
From time to time, Bob may add new devices, and Alice will need to know
this so that she can include his new devices for later encrypted
messages. A naive solution to this would be to call /keys/query
before sending each message -however, the number of users and devices
may be large and this would be inefficient.
It is therefore expected that each client will maintain a list of devices for a number of users (in practice, typically each user with whom we share an encrypted room). Furthermore, it is likely that this list will need to be persisted between invocations of the client application (to preserve device verification data and to alert Alice if Bob suddenly gets a new device).
Alice’s client can maintain a list of Bob’s devices via the following process:
- It first sets a flag to record that it is now tracking Bob’s device list, and a separate flag to indicate that its list of Bob’s devices is outdated. Both flags should be in storage which persists over client restarts.
- It then makes a request to
/keys/query
, passing Bob’s user ID in thedevice_keys
parameter. When the request completes, it stores the resulting list of devices in persistent storage, and clears the ‘outdated’ flag. - During its normal processing of responses to
/sync
, Alice’s client inspects thechanged
property of thedevice_lists
field. If it is tracking the device lists of any of the listed users, then it marks the device lists for those users outdated, and initiates another request to/keys/query
for them. - Periodically, Alice’s client stores the
next_batch
field of the result from/sync
in persistent storage. If Alice later restarts her client, it can obtain a list of the users who have updated their device list while it was offline by calling/keys/changes
, passing the recordednext_batch
field as thefrom
parameter. If the client is tracking the device list of any of the users listed in the response, it marks them as outdated. It combines this list with those already flagged as outdated, and initiates a/keys/query
request for all of them.
Bob may update one of his devices while Alice has a request to
/keys/query
in flight. Alice’s client may therefore see Bob’s user ID
in the device_lists
field of the /sync
response while the first
request is in flight, and initiate a second request to /keys/query
.
This may lead to either of two related problems.
The first problem is that, when the first request completes, the client will clear the ‘outdated’ flag for Bob’s devices. If the second request fails, or the client is shut down before it completes, this could lead to Alice using an outdated list of Bob’s devices.
The second possibility is that, under certain conditions, the second request may complete before the first one. When the first request completes, the client could overwrite the later results from the second request with those from the first request.
Clients MUST guard against these situations. For example, a client could
ensure that only one request to /keys/query
is in flight at a time for
each user, by queuing additional requests until the first completes.
Alternatively, the client could make a new request immediately, but
ensure that the first request’s results are ignored (possibly by
cancelling the request).
When Bob and Alice share a room, with Bob tracking Alice’s devices, she
may leave the room and then add a new device. Bob will not be notified
of this change, as he doesn’t share a room anymore with Alice. When they
start sharing a room again, Bob has an out-of-date list of Alice’s
devices. In order to address this issue, Bob’s homeserver will add
Alice’s user ID to the changed
property of the device_lists
field,
thus Bob will update his list of Alice’s devices as part of his normal
processing. Note that Bob can also be notified when he stops sharing any
room with Alice by inspecting the left
property of the device_lists
field, and as a result should remove her from its list of tracked users.
Sending encrypted attachments
When encryption is enabled in a room, files should be uploaded encrypted on the homeserver.
In order to achieve this, a client should generate a single-use 256-bit AES key, and encrypt the file using AES-CTR. The counter should be 64-bit long, starting at 0 and prefixed by a random 64-bit Initialization Vector (IV), which together form a 128-bit unique counter block.
An IV must never be used multiple times with the same key. This implies that if there are multiple files to encrypt in the same message, typically an image and its thumbnail, the files must not share both the same key and IV.
Then, the encrypted file can be uploaded to the homeserver. The key and
the IV must be included in the room event along with the resulting
mxc://
in order to allow recipients to decrypt the file. As the event
containing those will be Megolm encrypted, the server will never have
access to the decrypted file.
A hash of the ciphertext must also be included, in order to prevent the homeserver from changing the file content.
A client should send the data as an encrypted m.room.message
event,
using either m.file
as the msgtype, or the appropriate msgtype for the
file type. The key is sent using the JSON Web
Key format, with a
W3C extension.
Extensions to m.room.message
msgtypes
This module adds file
and thumbnail_file
properties, of type
EncryptedFile
, to m.room.message
msgtypes that reference files, such
as m.file and m.image, replacing the url
and thumbnail_url
properties.
EncryptedFile
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
url | string | Required. The URL to the file. |
key | JWK | Required. A JSON Web Key object. |
iv | string | Required. The 128-bit unique counter block used by AES-CTR, encoded as unpadded base64. |
hashes | {string: string} | Required. A map from an algorithm name to a hash of the ciphertext, encoded as unpadded base64. Clients should support the SHA-256 hash, which uses the key sha256 . |
v | string | Required. Version of the encrypted attachment’s protocol. Must be v2 . |
JWK
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kty | string | Required. Key type. Must be oct . |
key_ops | [string] | Required. Key operations. Must at least contain encrypt and decrypt . |
alg | string | Required. Algorithm. Must be A256CTR . |
k | string | Required. The key, encoded as urlsafe unpadded base64. |
ext | boolean | Required. Extractable. Must be true . This is a W3C extension. |
Example:
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.jpg",
"file": {
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"v": "v2",
"key": {
"alg": "A256CTR",
"ext": true,
"k": "aWF6-32KGYaC3A_FEUCk1Bt0JA37zP0wrStgmdCaW-0",
"key_ops": ["encrypt","decrypt"],
"kty": "oct"
},
"iv": "w+sE15fzSc0AAAAAAAAAAA",
"hashes": {
"sha256": "fdSLu/YkRx3Wyh3KQabP3rd6+SFiKg5lsJZQHtkSAYA"
}
},
"info": {
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"h": 1536,
"size": 422018,
"thumbnail_file": {
"hashes": {
"sha256": "/NogKqW5bz/m8xHgFiH5haFGjCNVmUIPLzfvOhHdrxY"
},
"iv": "U+k7PfwLr6UAAAAAAAAAAA",
"key": {
"alg": "A256CTR",
"ext": true,
"k": "RMyd6zhlbifsACM1DXkCbioZ2u0SywGljTH8JmGcylg",
"key_ops": ["encrypt", "decrypt"],
"kty": "oct"
},
"url": "mxc://example.org/pmVJxyxGlmxHposwVSlOaEOv",
"v": "v2"
},
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 768,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 211009,
"w": 432
},
"w": 864
},
"msgtype": "m.image"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Device verification
Before Alice sends Bob encrypted data, or trusts data received from him, she may want to verify that she is actually communicating with him, rather than a man-in-the-middle. This verification process requires an out-of-band channel: there is no way to do it within Matrix without trusting the administrators of the homeservers.
In Matrix, verification works by Alice meeting Bob in person, or
contacting him via some other trusted medium, and using one of the
verification methods defined below to interactively verify Bob’s devices.
Alice and Bob may also read aloud their unpadded base64 encoded Ed25519
public key, as returned by /keys/query
.
Device verification may reach one of several conclusions. For example:
- Alice may “accept” the device. This means that she is satisfied that the device belongs to Bob. She can then encrypt sensitive material for that device, and knows that messages received were sent from that device.
- Alice may “reject” the device. She will do this if she knows or suspects that Bob does not control that device (or equivalently, does not trust Bob). She will not send sensitive material to that device, and cannot trust messages apparently received from it.
- Alice may choose to skip the device verification process. She is not able to verify that the device actually belongs to Bob, but has no reason to suspect otherwise. The encryption protocol continues to protect against passive eavesdroppers.
Once the signing key has been verified, it is then up to the encryption protocol to verify that a given message was sent from a device holding that Ed25519 private key, or to encrypt a message so that it may only be decrypted by such a device. For the Olm protocol, this is documented at https://matrix.org/docs/olm_signing.html.
Key verification framework
Verifying keys manually by reading out the Ed25519 key is not very user-friendly, and can lead to errors. In order to help mitigate errors, and to make the process easier for users, some verification methods are supported by the specification and use messages exchanged by the user’s devices to assist in the verification. The methods all use a common framework for negotiating the key verification.
Verification messages can be sent either in a room shared by the two parties, which should be a direct messaging room between the two parties, or by using to-device messages sent directly between the two devices involved. In both cases, the messages exchanged are similar, with minor differences as detailed below. Verifying between two different users should be performed using in-room messages, whereas verifying two devices belonging to the same user should be performed using to-device messages.
A key verification session is identified by an ID that is established by the
first message sent in that session. For verifications using in-room messages,
the ID is the event ID of the initial message, and for verifications using
to-device messages, the first message contains a transaction_id
field that is
shared by the other messages of that session.
In general, verification operates as follows:
- Alice requests a key verification with Bob by sending a key verification
request event. If the verification is being requested in a room, this will
be an event with type
m.room.message
andmsgtype: m.key.verification.request
; if the verification is being requested using to-device messaging, this will be an event with typem.key.verification.request
. This event indicates the verification methods that Alice’s client supports. (Note that “Alice” and “Bob” may in fact be the same user, in the case where a user is verifying their own devices.) - Bob’s client prompts Bob to accept the key verification. When Bob accepts
the verification, Bob’s client sends an
m.key.verification.ready
event. This event indicates the verification methods, corresponding to the verification methods supported by Alice’s client, that Bob’s client supports. - Alice’s or Bob’s devices allow their users to select one of the verification
methods supported by both devices to use for verification. When Alice or Bob
selects a verification method, their device begins the verification by
sending an
m.key.verification.start
event, indicating the selected verification method. Note that if there is only one verification method in common between the devices then the receiver’s device (Bob) can auto-select it. - Alice and Bob complete the verification as defined by the selected verification method. This could involve their clients exchanging messages, Alice and Bob exchanging information out-of-band, and/or Alice and Bob interacting with their devices.
- Alice’s and Bob’s clients send
m.key.verification.done
events to indicate that the verification was successful.
Verifications can be cancelled by either device at any time by sending an
m.key.verification.cancel
event with a code
field that indicates the reason
it was cancelled.
When using to-device messages, Alice may not know which of Bob’s devices to
verify, or may not want to choose a specific device. In this case, Alice will
send m.key.verification.request
events to all of Bob’s devices. All of these
events will use the same transaction ID. When Bob accepts or declines the
verification on one of his devices (sending either an
m.key.verification.ready
or m.key.verification.cancel
event), Alice will
send an m.key.verification.cancel
event to Bob’s other devices with a code
of m.accepted
in the case where Bob accepted the verification, or m.user
in
the case where Bob rejected the verification. This yields the following
handshake when using to-device messages, assuming both Alice and Bob each have
2 devices, Bob’s first device accepts the key verification request, and Alice’s
second device initiates the request. Note how Alice’s first device is not
involved in the request or verification process. Also note that, although in
this example, Bob’s device sends the m.key.verification.start
, Alice’s device
could also send that message. As well, the order of the
m.key.verification.done
messages could be reversed.
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
| AliceDevice1 | | AliceDevice2 | | BobDevice1 | | BobDevice2 |
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.request | |
| |---------------------------------->| |
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.request | |
| |-------------------------------------------------->|
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.ready | |
| |<----------------------------------| |
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.cancel | |
| |-------------------------------------------------->|
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.start | |
| |<----------------------------------| |
| | | |
.
. (verification messages)
.
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.done | |
| |<----------------------------------| |
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.done | |
| |---------------------------------->| |
| | | |
In contrast with the case of using to-devices messages, when using in-room
messages, Alice only sends one request event (an event with type
m.room.message
with msgtype: m.key.verification.request
, rather than an
event with type m.key.verification.request
), to the room. In addition, Alice
does not send an m.key.verification.cancel
event to tell Bob’s other devices
that the request as already been accepted; instead, when Bob’s other devices
see his m.key.verification.ready
event, they will know that the request has
already been accepted, and that they should ignore the request.
When using in-room messages and the room has encryption enabled, clients should ensure that encryption does not hinder the verification. For example, if the verification messages are encrypted, clients must ensure that all the recipient’s unverified devices receive the keys necessary to decrypt the messages, even if they would normally not be given the keys to decrypt messages in the room. Alternatively, verification messages may be sent unencrypted, though this is not encouraged.
Upon receipt of Alice’s m.key.verification.request
message, if Bob’s device
does not understand any of the methods, it should not cancel the request as one
of his other devices may support the request. Instead, Bob’s device should tell
Bob that no supported method was found, and allow him to manually reject the
request.
The prompt for Bob to accept/reject Alice’s request (or the unsupported method
prompt) should be automatically dismissed 10 minutes after the timestamp
(in
the case of to-device messages) or origin_ts
(in the case of in-room
messages) field or 2 minutes after Bob’s client receives the message, whichever
comes first, if Bob does not interact with the prompt. The prompt should
additionally be hidden if an appropriate m.key.verification.cancel
message is
received.
If Bob rejects the request, Bob’s client must send an
m.key.verification.cancel
event with code
set to m.user
. Upon receipt,
Alice’s device should tell her that Bob does not want to verify her device and,
if the request was sent as a to-device message, send
m.key.verification.cancel
messages to all of Bob’s devices to notify them
that the request was rejected.
If Alice’s and Bob’s clients both send an m.key.verification.start
message,
and both specify the same verification method, then the
m.key.verification.start
message sent by the user whose ID is the
lexicographically largest user ID should be ignored, and the situation should
be treated the same as if only the user with the lexicographically smallest
user ID had sent the m.key.verification.start
message. In the case where the
user IDs are the same (that is, when a user is verifying their own device),
then the device IDs should be compared instead. If the two
m.key.verification.start
messages do not specify the same verification
method, then the verification should be cancelled with a code
of
m.unexpected_message
.
When verifying using to-device messages, an m.key.verification.start
message can also be sent independently of any
request, specifying the verification method to use. This behaviour is
deprecated, and new clients should not begin verifications in this way.
However, clients should handle such verifications started by other clients.
Individual verification methods may add additional steps, events, and
properties to the verification messages. Event types for methods defined
in this specification must be under the m.key.verification
namespace
and any other event types must be namespaced according to the Java
package naming convention.
m.room.message
with msgtype: m.key.verification.request
m.room.message
with msgtype: m.key.verification.request
Requests a key verification in a room. When requesting a key verification using to-device messaging, an event with type m.key.verification.request
should be used.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
A fallback message to alert users that their client does not support the key verification framework, and that they should use a different method to verify keys. For example, “Alice is requesting to verify keys with you. However, your client does not support this method, so you will need to use the legacy method of key verification.” Clients that do support the key verification framework should hide the body and instead present the user with an interface to accept or reject the key verification. |
format |
string |
The format used in the |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the |
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the request. |
methods |
[string] |
Required: The verification methods supported by the sender. |
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
to |
string |
Required: The user that the verification request is intended for. Users who
are not named in this field and who did not send this event should
ignore all other events that have an |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Alice is requesting to verify your device, but your client does not support verification, so you may need to use a different verification method.",
"from_device": "AliceDevice2",
"methods": [
"m.sas.v1"
],
"msgtype": "m.key.verification.request",
"to": "@bob:example.org"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.key.verification.request
m.key.verification.request
Requests a key verification using to-device messaging. When requesting a key
verification in a room, a m.room.message
should be used, with
m.key.verification.request
as msgtype.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the request. |
methods |
[string] |
Required: The verification methods supported by the sender. |
timestamp |
integer |
Required when sent as a to-device message. The POSIX timestamp in milliseconds for when the request was made. If the request is in the future by more than 5 minutes or more than 10 minutes in the past, the message should be ignored by the receiver. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for the verification request. Must be unique with respect to the devices involved. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "AliceDevice2",
"methods": [
"m.sas.v1"
],
"timestamp": 1559598944869,
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.request"
}
m.key.verification.ready
m.key.verification.ready
Accepts a key verification request. Sent in response to an
m.key.verification.request
event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is accepting the request. |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
methods |
[string] |
Required: The verification methods supported by the sender, corresponding to
the verification methods indicated in the
|
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. The transaction ID of the
verification request, as given in the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"methods": [
"m.sas.v1"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.ready"
}
m.key.verification.start
m.key.verification.start
Begins a key verification process. Typically sent as a to-device event. The method
field determines the type of verification. The fields in the event will differ depending
on the method
. This definition includes fields that are in common among all variants.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the process. |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
method |
string |
Required: The verification method to use. |
next_method |
string |
Optional method to use to verify the other user’s key with. Applicable
when the |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be unique with respect to the devices
involved. Must be the same as the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.start"
}
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"hashes": [
"sha256"
],
"key_agreement_protocols": [
"curve25519"
],
"message_authentication_codes": [
"hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2",
"hkdf-hmac-sha256"
],
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"short_authentication_string": [
"decimal",
"emoji"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.start"
}
m.key.verification.done
m.key.verification.done
Indicates that a verification process/request has completed successfully.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. The opaque identifier for the verification process/request. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.done"
}
m.key.verification.cancel
m.key.verification.cancel
Cancels a key verification process/request.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
code |
string |
Required: The error code for why the process/request was cancelled by the user. Error codes should use the Java package naming convention if not in the following list:
Clients should be careful to avoid error loops. For example, if a device sends
an incorrect message and the client returns |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
reason |
string |
Required: A human readable description of the |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. The opaque identifier for the verification process/request. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"code": "m.user",
"reason": "User rejected the key verification request",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.cancel"
}
Short Authentication String (SAS) verification
SAS verification is a user-friendly key verification process built off the common framework outlined above. SAS verification is intended to be a highly interactive process for users, and as such exposes verification methods which are easier for users to use.
The verification process is heavily inspired by Phil Zimmermann’s ZRTP key agreement handshake. A key part of key agreement in ZRTP is the hash commitment: the party that begins the Diffie-Hellman key sharing sends a hash of their part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange, and does not send their part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange until they have received the other party’s part. Thus an attacker essentially only has one attempt to attack the Diffie-Hellman exchange, and hence we can verify fewer bits while still achieving a high degree of security: if we verify n bits, then an attacker has a 1 in 2n chance of success. For example, if we verify 40 bits, then an attacker has a 1 in 1,099,511,627,776 chance (or less than 1 in 1012 chance) of success. A failed attack would result in a mismatched Short Authentication String, alerting users to the attack.
To advertise support for this method, clients use the name m.sas.v1
in the
methods
fields of the m.key.verification.request
and
m.key.verification.ready
events.
The verification process takes place in two phases:
- Key agreement phase (based on ZRTP key agreement).
- Key verification phase (based on HMAC).
The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
-
Alice and Bob establish a secure out-of-band connection, such as meeting in-person or a video call. “Secure” here means that either party cannot be impersonated, not explicit secrecy.
-
Alice and Bob begin a key verification using the key verification framework as described above.
-
Alice’s device sends Bob’s device an
m.key.verification.start
message. Alice’s device ensures it has a copy of Bob’s device key. -
Bob’s device receives the message and selects a key agreement protocol, hash algorithm, message authentication code, and SAS method supported by Alice’s device.
-
Bob’s device ensures it has a copy of Alice’s device key.
-
Bob’s device creates an ephemeral Curve25519 key pair (KBprivate, KBpublic), and calculates the hash (using the chosen algorithm) of the public key KBpublic.
-
Bob’s device replies to Alice’s device with an
m.key.verification.accept
message. -
Alice’s device receives Bob’s message and stores the commitment hash for later use.
-
Alice’s device creates an ephemeral Curve25519 key pair (KAprivate, KApublic) and replies to Bob’s device with an
m.key.verification.key
, sending only the public key KApublic. -
Bob’s device receives Alice’s message and replies with its own
m.key.verification.key
message containing its public key KBpublic. -
Alice’s device receives Bob’s message and verifies the commitment hash from earlier matches the hash of the key Bob’s device just sent and the content of Alice’s
m.key.verification.start
message. -
Both Alice’s and Bob’s devices perform an Elliptic-curve Diffie-Hellman using their private ephemeral key, and the other device’s ephemeral public key (ECDH(KAprivate, KBpublic) for Alice’s device and ECDH(KBprivate, KApublic) for Bob’s device), using the result as the shared secret.
-
Both Alice and Bob’s devices display a SAS to their users, which is derived from the shared key using one of the methods in this section. If multiple SAS methods are available, clients should allow the users to select a method.
-
Alice and Bob compare the strings shown by their devices, and tell their devices if they match or not.
-
Assuming they match, Alice and Bob’s devices each calculate Message Authentication Codes (MACs) for:
- Each of the keys that they wish the other user to verify (usually their device ed25519 key and their master cross-signing key).
- The complete list of key IDs that they wish the other user to verify.
The MAC calculation is defined below.
-
Alice’s device sends Bob’s device an
m.key.verification.mac
message containing the MAC of Alice’s device keys and the MAC of her key IDs to be verified. Bob’s device does the same for Bob’s device keys and key IDs concurrently with Alice. -
When the other device receives the
m.key.verification.mac
message, the device calculates the MACs of its copies of the other device’s keys given in the message, as well as the MAC of the comma-separated, sorted, list of key IDs in the message. The device compares these with the MAC values given in the message, and if everything matches then the device keys are verified. -
Alice and Bob’s devices send
m.key.verification.done
messages to complete the verification.
The wire protocol looks like the following between Alice and Bob’s devices:
+-------------+ +-----------+
| AliceDevice | | BobDevice |
+-------------+ +-----------+
| |
| m.key.verification.start |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.accept |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
| m.key.verification.key |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.key |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
| m.key.verification.mac |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.mac |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
Error and exception handling
At any point the interactive verification can go wrong. The following describes what to do when an error happens:
- Alice or Bob can cancel the verification at any time. An
m.key.verification.cancel
message must be sent to signify the cancellation. - The verification can time out. Clients should time out a
verification that does not complete within 10 minutes. Additionally,
clients should expire a
transaction_id
which goes unused for 10 minutes after having last sent/received it. The client should inform the user that the verification timed out, and send an appropriatem.key.verification.cancel
message to the other device. - When the same device attempts to initiate multiple verification attempts, the recipient should cancel all attempts with that device.
- When a device receives an unknown
transaction_id
, it should send an appropriatem.key.verification.cancel
message to the other device indicating as such. This does not apply for inboundm.key.verification.start
orm.key.verification.cancel
messages. - If the two devices do not share a common key share, hash, HMAC, or
SAS method then the device should notify the other device with an
appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message. - If the user claims the Short Authentication Strings do not match,
the device should send an appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message to the other device. - If the device receives a message out of sequence or that it was not
expecting, it should notify the other device with an appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message.
Verification messages specific to SAS
Building off the common framework, the following events are involved in SAS verification.
The m.key.verification.cancel
event is unchanged, however the
following error codes are used in addition to those already specified:
m.unknown_method
: The devices are unable to agree on the key agreement, hash, MAC, or SAS method.m.mismatched_commitment
: The hash commitment did not match.m.mismatched_sas
: The SAS did not match.
m.key.verification.start
with method: m.sas.v1
m.key.verification.start
with method: m.sas.v1
Begins a SAS key verification process using the m.sas.v1
method.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the process. |
hashes |
[string] |
Required: The hash methods the sending device understands. Must include at least
|
key_agreement_protocols |
[string] |
Required: The key agreement protocols the sending device understands. Should
include at least |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
message_authentication_codes |
[string] |
Required: The message authentication code methods that the sending device understands.
Must include at least |
method |
string |
Required: The verification method to use. One of: |
short_authentication_string |
[string] |
Required: The SAS methods the sending device (and the sending device’s user)
understands. Must include at least |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be unique with respect to the devices
involved. Must be the same as the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"hashes": [
"sha256"
],
"key_agreement_protocols": [
"curve25519"
],
"message_authentication_codes": [
"hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2",
"hkdf-hmac-sha256"
],
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"short_authentication_string": [
"decimal",
"emoji"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.start"
}
m.key.verification.accept
m.key.verification.accept
Accepts a previously sent m.key.verification.start
message.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
commitment |
string |
Required: The hash (encoded as unpadded base64) of the concatenation of the device’s
ephemeral public key (encoded as unpadded base64) and the canonical JSON
representation of the |
hash |
string |
Required: The hash method the device is choosing to use, out of the options in
the |
key_agreement_protocol |
string |
Required: The key agreement protocol the device is choosing to use, out of the
options in the |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
message_authentication_code |
string |
Required: The message authentication code method the device is choosing to use, out of
the options in the |
short_authentication_string |
[string] |
Required: The SAS methods both devices involved in the verification process
understand. Must be a subset of the options in the |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be the same as the one used for the
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"commitment": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg",
"hash": "sha256",
"key_agreement_protocol": "curve25519",
"message_authentication_code": "hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2",
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"short_authentication_string": [
"decimal",
"emoji"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.accept"
}
m.key.verification.key
m.key.verification.key
Sends the ephemeral public key for a device to the partner device.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Required: The device’s ephemeral public key, encoded as unpadded base64. |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be the same as the one used for the
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"key": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.key"
}
m.key.verification.mac
m.key.verification.mac
Sends the MAC of a device’s key to the partner device. The MAC is calculated
using the method given in message_authentication_code
property of the
m.key.verification.accept
message.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
keys |
string |
Required: The MAC of the comma-separated, sorted, list of key IDs given in the |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
mac |
{string: string} |
Required: A map of the key ID to the MAC of the key, using the algorithm in the verification process. The MAC is encoded as unpadded base64. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be the same as the one used for the
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"keys": "2Wptgo4CwmLo/Y8B8qinxApKaCkBG2fjTWB7AbP5Uy+aIbygsSdLOFzvdDjww8zUVKCmI02eP9xtyJxc/cLiBA",
"mac": {
"ed25519:ABCDEF": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg"
},
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.mac"
}
MAC calculation
During the verification process, Message Authentication Codes (MACs) are calculated for keys and lists of key IDs.
The method used to calculate these MACs depends upon the value of the
message_authentication_code
property in the m.key.verification.accept
message. All current implementations should use the hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2
method which is
defined as follows:
-
An HMAC key is generated using HKDF, as defined in RFC 5869, using SHA-256 as the hash function. The shared secret is supplied as the input keying material. No salt is used, and in the info parameter is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_MAC
. - The Matrix ID of the user whose key is being MAC-ed.
- The Device ID of the device sending the MAC.
- The Matrix ID of the other user.
- The Device ID of the device receiving the MAC.
- The
transaction_id
being used. - The Key ID of the key being MAC-ed, or the string
KEY_IDS
if the item being MAC-ed is the list of key IDs.
- The string
-
A MAC is then generated using HMAC as defined in RFC 2104 with the key generated above and using SHA-256 as the hash function.
If a key is being MACed, the MAC is performed on the public key as encoded according to the key algorithm. For example, for
ed25519
keys, it is the unpadded base64-encoded key.If the key list is being MACed, the list is sorted lexicographically and comma-separated with no extra whitespace added, with each key written in the form
{algorithm}:{keyId}
. For example, the key list could look like:ed25519:Cross+Signing+Key,ed25519:DEVICEID
. In this way, the recipient can reconstruct the list from the names in themac
property of them.key.verification.mac
message and ensure that no keys were added or removed. -
The MAC values are base64-encoded and sent in a
m.key.verification.mac
message.
The MAC method hkdf-hmac-sha256
used an incorrect base64 encoding, due to a
bug in the original implementation in libolm. To remedy this,
hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2
was introduced, which calculates the MAC in the same way,
but uses a correct base64 encoding. hkdf-hmac-sha256
is deprecated and will
be removed in a future version of the spec. Use of hkdf-hmac-sha256
should
be avoided whenever possible: if both parties support hkdf-hmac-sha256.v2
,
then hkdf-hmac-sha256
MUST not be used.
SAS HKDF calculation
In all of the SAS methods, HKDF is as defined in RFC
5869 and uses the previously
agreed-upon hash function for the hash function. The shared secret is
supplied as the input keying material. No salt is used. When the
key_agreement_protocol
is curve25519-hkdf-sha256
, the info parameter
is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_SAS|
. - The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.start
message, followed by|
. - The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.start
message, followed by|
. - The public key from the
m.key.verification.key
message sent by the device which sent them.key.verification.start
message, encoded as unpadded base64, followed by|
. - The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message, followed by|
. - The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message, followed by|
. - The public key from the
m.key.verification.key
message sent by the device which sent them.key.verification.accept
message, encoded as unpadded base64, followed by|
. - The
transaction_id
being used.
When the key_agreement_protocol
is the deprecated method curve25519
,
the info parameter is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_SAS
. - The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.start
message. - The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.start
message. - The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message. - The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message. - The
transaction_id
being used.
New implementations are discouraged from implementing the curve25519
method.
HKDF is used over the plain shared secret as it results in a harder attack as well as more uniform data to work with.
SAS method: decimal
Generate 5 bytes using HKDF then take sequences of 13 bits to convert to decimal numbers (resulting in 3 numbers between 0 and 8191 inclusive each). Add 1000 to each calculated number.
The bitwise operations to get the numbers given the 5 bytes B0, B1, B2, B3, B4 would be:
- First: (B0 ≪ 5|B1 ≫ 3) + 1000
- Second: ((B1&0x7) ≪ 10|B2 ≪ 2|B3 ≫ 6) + 1000
- Third: ((B3&0x3F) ≪ 7|B4 ≫ 1) + 1000
The digits are displayed to the user either with an appropriate separator, such as dashes, or with the numbers on individual lines.
SAS method: emoji
Generate 6 bytes using HKDF then split the first 42 bits into 7 groups of 6 bits, similar to how one would base64 encode something. Convert each group of 6 bits to a number and use the following table to get the corresponding emoji:
Number | Emoji | Unicode | Description |
---|---|---|---|
0 | 🐶 | U+1F436 | Dog |
1 | 🐱 | U+1F431 | Cat |
2 | 🦁 | U+1F981 | Lion |
3 | 🐎 | U+1F40E | Horse |
4 | 🦄 | U+1F984 | Unicorn |
5 | 🐷 | U+1F437 | Pig |
6 | 🐘 | U+1F418 | Elephant |
7 | 🐰 | U+1F430 | Rabbit |
8 | 🐼 | U+1F43C | Panda |
9 | 🐓 | U+1F413 | Rooster |
10 | 🐧 | U+1F427 | Penguin |
11 | 🐢 | U+1F422 | Turtle |
12 | 🐟 | U+1F41F | Fish |
13 | 🐙 | U+1F419 | Octopus |
14 | 🦋 | U+1F98B | Butterfly |
15 | 🌷 | U+1F337 | Flower |
16 | 🌳 | U+1F333 | Tree |
17 | 🌵 | U+1F335 | Cactus |
18 | 🍄 | U+1F344 | Mushroom |
19 | 🌏 | U+1F30F | Globe |
20 | 🌙 | U+1F319 | Moon |
21 | ☁️ | U+2601U+FE0F | Cloud |
22 | 🔥 | U+1F525 | Fire |
23 | 🍌 | U+1F34C | Banana |
24 | 🍎 | U+1F34E | Apple |
25 | 🍓 | U+1F353 | Strawberry |
26 | 🌽 | U+1F33D | Corn |
27 | 🍕 | U+1F355 | Pizza |
28 | 🎂 | U+1F382 | Cake |
29 | ❤️ | U+2764U+FE0F | Heart |
30 | 😀 | U+1F600 | Smiley |
31 | 🤖 | U+1F916 | Robot |
32 | 🎩 | U+1F3A9 | Hat |
33 | 👓 | U+1F453 | Glasses |
34 | 🔧 | U+1F527 | Spanner |
35 | 🎅 | U+1F385 | Santa |
36 | 👍 | U+1F44D | Thumbs Up |
37 | ☂️ | U+2602U+FE0F | Umbrella |
38 | ⌛ | U+231B | Hourglass |
39 | ⏰ | U+23F0 | Clock |
40 | 🎁 | U+1F381 | Gift |
41 | 💡 | U+1F4A1 | Light Bulb |
42 | 📕 | U+1F4D5 | Book |
43 | ✏️ | U+270FU+FE0F | Pencil |
44 | 📎 | U+1F4CE | Paperclip |
45 | ✂️ | U+2702U+FE0F | Scissors |
46 | 🔒 | U+1F512 | Lock |
47 | 🔑 | U+1F511 | Key |
48 | 🔨 | U+1F528 | Hammer |
49 | ☎️ | U+260EU+FE0F | Telephone |
50 | 🏁 | U+1F3C1 | Flag |
51 | 🚂 | U+1F682 | Train |
52 | 🚲 | U+1F6B2 | Bicycle |
53 | ✈️ | U+2708U+FE0F | Aeroplane |
54 | 🚀 | U+1F680 | Rocket |
55 | 🏆 | U+1F3C6 | Trophy |
56 | ⚽ | U+26BD | Ball |
57 | 🎸 | U+1F3B8 | Guitar |
58 | 🎺 | U+1F3BA | Trumpet |
59 | 🔔 | U+1F514 | Bell |
60 | ⚓ | U+2693 | Anchor |
61 | 🎧 | U+1F3A7 | Headphones |
62 | 📁 | U+1F4C1 | Folder |
63 | 📌 | U+1F4CC | Pin |
This table is available as JSON at https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-spec/blob/main/data-definitions/sas-emoji.json.
The emoji above were chosen to:
- Be recognisable without colour.
- Be recognisable at a small size.
- Be recognisable by most cultures.
- Be distinguishable from each other.
- Easily described by a few words.
- Avoid symbols with negative connotations.
- Be likely similar across multiple platforms.
Clients SHOULD show the emoji with the descriptions from the table, or appropriate translation of those descriptions. Client authors SHOULD collaborate to create a common set of translations for all languages.
Known translations for the emoji are available from https://github.com/matrix-org/matrix-doc/blob/master/data-definitions/ and can be translated online: https://translate.riot.im/projects/matrix-doc/sas-emoji-v1
Cross-signing
Rather than requiring Alice to verify each of Bob’s devices with each of her own devices and vice versa, the cross-signing feature allows users to sign their device keys such that Alice and Bob only need to verify once. With cross-signing, each user has a set of cross-signing keys that are used to sign their own device keys and other users’ keys, and can be used to trust device keys that were not verified directly.
Each user has three ed25519 key pairs for cross-signing:
- a master key (MSK) that serves as the user’s identity in cross-signing and signs their other cross-signing keys;
- a user-signing key (USK) – only visible to the user that it belongs to –that signs other users’ master keys; and
- a self-signing key (SSK) that signs the user’s own device keys.
The master key may also be used to sign other items such as the backup key. The master key may also be signed by the user’s own device keys to aid in migrating from device verifications: if Alice’s device had previously verified Bob’s device and Bob’s device has signed his master key, then Alice’s device can trust Bob’s master key, and she can sign it with her user-signing key.
Users upload their cross-signing keys to the server using POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/device_signing/upload. When Alice uploads
new cross-signing keys, her user ID will appear in the changed
property of the device_lists
field of the /sync
of response of all
users who share an encrypted room with her. When Bob sees Alice’s user
ID in his /sync
, he will call POST /_matrix/client/v3/keys/query
to retrieve Alice’s device and cross-signing keys.
If Alice has a device and wishes to send an encrypted message to Bob, she can trust Bob’s device if:
- Alice’s device is using a master key that has signed her user-signing key,
- Alice’s user-signing key has signed Bob’s master key,
- Bob’s master key has signed Bob’s self-signing key, and
- Bob’s self-signing key has signed Bob’s device key.
The following diagram illustrates how keys are signed:
+------------------+ .................. +----------------+
| +--------------+ | .................. : | +------------+ |
| | v v v : : v v v | |
| | +-----------+ : : +-----------+ | |
| | | Alice MSK | : : | Bob MSK | | |
| | +-----------+ : : +-----------+ | |
| | | : : : : | | |
| | +--+ :... : : ...: +--+ | |
| | v v : : v v | |
| | +-----------+ ............. : : ............. +-----------+ | |
| | | Alice SSK | : Alice USK : : : : Bob USK : | Bob SSK | | |
| | +-----------+ :...........: : : :...........: +-----------+ | |
| | | ... | : : : : | ... | | |
| | V V :........: :........: V V | |
| | +---------+ -+ +---------+ -+ | |
| | | Devices | ...| | Devices | ...| | |
| | +---------+ -+ +---------+ -+ | |
| | | ... | | ... | | |
| +------+ | | +----+ |
+----------------+ +--------------+
In the diagram, boxes represent keys and lines represent signatures with the arrows pointing from the signing key to the key being signed. Dotted boxes and lines represent keys and signatures that are only visible to the user who created them.
The following diagram illustrates Alice’s view, hiding the keys and signatures that she cannot see:
+------------------+ +----------------+ +----------------+
| +--------------+ | | | | +------------+ |
| | v v | v v v | |
| | +-----------+ | +-----------+ | |
| | | Alice MSK | | | Bob MSK | | |
| | +-----------+ | +-----------+ | |
| | | | | | | |
| | +--+ +--+ | +--+ | |
| | v v | v | |
| | +-----------+ +-----------+ | +-----------+ | |
| | | Alice SSK | | Alice USK | | | Bob SSK | | |
| | +-----------+ +-----------+ | +-----------+ | |
| | | ... | | | | ... | | |
| | V V +--------+ V V | |
| | +---------+ -+ +---------+ -+ | |
| | | Devices | ...| | Devices | ...| | |
| | +---------+ -+ +---------+ -+ | |
| | | ... | | ... | | |
| +------+ | | +----+ |
+----------------+ +--------------+
Verification methods can be used to verify a
user’s master key by using the master public key, encoded using unpadded
base64, as the device ID, and treating it as a normal device. For
example, if Alice and Bob verify each other using SAS, Alice’s
m.key.verification.mac
message to Bob may include
"ed25519:alices+master+public+key": "alices+master+public+key"
in the
mac
property. Servers therefore must ensure that device IDs will not
collide with cross-signing public keys.
The cross-signing private keys can be stored on the server or shared with other
devices using the Secrets module. When doing so, the master,
user-signing, and self-signing keys are identified using the names
m.cross_signing.master
, m.cross_signing.user_signing
, and
m.cross_signing.self_signing
, respectively, and the keys are base64-encoded
before being encrypted.
Key and signature security
A user’s master key could allow an attacker to impersonate that user to other users, or other users to that user. Thus clients must ensure that the private part of the master key is treated securely. If clients do not have a secure means of storing the master key (such as a secret storage system provided by the operating system), then clients must not store the private part.
If a user’s client sees that any other user has changed their master key, that client must notify the user about the change before allowing communication between the users to continue.
Since device key IDs (ed25519:DEVICE_ID
) and cross-signing key IDs
(ed25519:PUBLIC_KEY
) occupy the same namespace, clients must ensure that they
use the correct keys when verifying.
While servers MUST not allow devices to have the same IDs as cross-signing keys, a malicious server could construct such a situation, so clients must not rely on the server being well-behaved and should take the following precautions against this.
- Clients MUST refer to keys by their public keys during the verification process, rather than only by the key ID.
- Clients MUST fix the keys that are being verified at the beginning of the verification process, and ensure that they do not change in the course of verification.
- Clients SHOULD also display a warning and MUST refuse to verify a user when they detect that the user has a device with the same ID as a cross-signing key.
A user’s user-signing and self-signing keys are intended to be easily replaceable if they are compromised by re-issuing a new key signed by the user’s master key and possibly by re-verifying devices or users. However, doing so relies on the user being able to notice when their keys have been compromised, and it involves extra work for the user, and so although clients do not have to treat the private parts as sensitively as the master key, clients should still make efforts to store the private part securely, or not store it at all. Clients will need to balance the security of the keys with the usability of signing users and devices when performing key verification.
To avoid leaking of social graphs, servers will only allow users to see:
- signatures made by the user’s own master, self-signing or user-signing keys,
- signatures made by the user’s own devices about their own master key,
- signatures made by other users’ self-signing keys about their respective devices,
- signatures made by other users’ master keys about their respective self-signing key, or
- signatures made by other users’ devices about their respective master keys.
Users will not be able to see signatures made by other users’ user-signing keys.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/device_signing/upload
Added in v1.1
Changed in v1.11
: UIA is not always required for this endpoint.
Publishes cross-signing keys for the user.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
User-Interactive Authentication MUST be performed, except in these cases:
- there is no existing cross-signing master key uploaded to the homeserver, OR
- there is an existing cross-signing master key and it exactly matches the cross-signing master key provided in the request body. If there are any additional keys provided in the request (self-signing key, user-signing key) they MUST also match the existing keys stored on the server. In other words, the request contains no new keys.
This allows clients to freely upload one set of keys, but not modify/overwrite keys if they already exist. Allowing clients to upload the same set of keys more than once makes this endpoint idempotent in the case where the response is lost over the network, which would otherwise cause a UIA challenge upon retry.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
master_key |
CrossSigningKey |
Optional. The user's master key. |
self_signing_key |
CrossSigningKey |
Optional. The user's self-signing key. Must be signed by the accompanying master key, or by the user's most recently uploaded master key if no master key is included in the request. |
user_signing_key |
CrossSigningKey |
Optional. The user's user-signing key. Must be signed by the accompanying master key, or by the user's most recently uploaded master key if no master key is included in the request. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
The authentication type that the client is attempting to complete.
May be omitted if |
<Other properties> |
|
Keys dependent on the login type |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
keys |
{string: string} |
Required: The public key. The object must have exactly one property, whose name is
in the form |
signatures |
Signatures |
Signatures of the key, calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. Optional for the master key. Other keys must be signed by the user's master key. |
usage |
[string] |
Required: What the key is used for. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the user the key belongs to. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"master_key": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "base64+master+public+key"
},
"usage": [
"master"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
},
"self_signing_key": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+self+signing+public+key": "base64+self+signing+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "signature+of+self+signing+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"self_signing"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
},
"user_signing_key": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+user+signing+public+key": "base64+user+signing+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "signature+of+user+signing+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"user_signing"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The provided keys were successfully uploaded. |
400 |
The input was invalid in some way. This can include one of the following error codes:
|
403 |
The public key of one of the keys is the same as one of the user's device IDs, or the request is not authorized for any other reason. |
200 response
{}
400 response
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_SIGNATURE",
"error": "Invalid signature"
}
403 response
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Key ID in use"
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/signatures/upload
Added in v1.1
Publishes cross-signing signatures for the user.
The signed JSON object must match the key previously uploaded or
retrieved for the given key ID, with the exception of the signatures
property, which contains the new signature(s) to add.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Type | Description |
---|---|
{User ID: {string: object}} |
A map of user ID to a map of key ID to signed JSON object. |
Request body example
{
"@alice:example.com": {
"HIJKLMN": {
"algorithms": [
"m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha256",
"m.megolm.v1.aes-sha"
],
"device_id": "HIJKLMN",
"keys": {
"curve25519:HIJKLMN": "base64+curve25519+key",
"ed25519:HIJKLMN": "base64+ed25519+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+self+signing+public+key": "base64+signature+of+HIJKLMN"
}
},
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
},
"base64+master+public+key": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "base64+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:HIJKLMN": "base64+signature+of+master+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"master"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
},
"@bob:example.com": {
"bobs+base64+master+public+key": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:bobs+base64+master+public+key": "bobs+base64+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+user+signing+public+key": "base64+signature+of+bobs+master+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"master"
],
"user_id": "@bob:example.com"
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The provided signatures were processed. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
failures |
{User ID: {string: Error}} |
A map from user ID to key ID to an error for any signatures
that failed. If a signature was invalid, the |
{
"failures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"HIJKLMN": {
"errcode": "M_INVALID_SIGNATURE",
"error": "Invalid signature"
}
}
}
}
QR codes
[Added in v1.1
]
Verifying by QR codes provides a quick way to verify when one of the parties has a device capable of scanning a QR code. The QR code encodes both parties’ master signing keys as well as a random shared secret that is used to allow bi-directional verification from a single scan.
To advertise the ability to show a QR code, clients use the names
m.qr_code.show.v1
and m.reciprocate.v1
in the methods
fields of the
m.key.verification.request
and m.key.verification.ready
events. To
advertise the ability to scan a QR code, clients use the names
m.qr_code.scan.v1
and m.reciprocate.v1
in the methods
fields of the
m.key.verification.request
and m.key.verification.ready
events.
Clients that support both showing and scanning QR codes would advertise
m.qr_code.show.v1
, m.qr_code.scan.v1
, and m.reciprocate.v1
as
methods.
The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
-
Alice and Bob meet in person, and want to verify each other’s keys.
-
Alice and Bob begin a key verification using the key verification framework as described above.
-
Alice’s client displays a QR code that Bob is able to scan if Bob’s client indicated the ability to scan, an option to scan Bob’s QR code if her client is able to scan. Bob’s client prompts displays a QR code that Alice can scan if Alice’s client indicated the ability to scan, and an option to scan Alice’s QR code if his client is able to scan. The format for the QR code is described below. Other options, like starting SAS Emoji verification, can be presented alongside the QR code if the devices have appropriate support.
-
Alice scans Bob’s QR code.
-
Alice’s device ensures that the keys encoded in the QR code match the expected values for the keys. If not, Alice’s device displays an error message indicating that the code is incorrect, and sends a
m.key.verification.cancel
message to Bob’s device.Otherwise, at this point:
- Alice’s device has now verified Bob’s key, and
- Alice’s device knows that Bob has the correct key for her.
Thus for Bob to verify Alice’s key, Alice needs to tell Bob that he has the right key.
-
Alice’s device displays a message saying that the verification was successful because the QR code’s keys will have matched the keys expected for Bob. Bob’s device hasn’t had a chance to verify Alice’s keys yet so wouldn’t show the same message. Bob will know that he has the right key for Alice because Alice’s device will have shown this message, as otherwise the verification would be cancelled.
-
Alice’s device sends an
m.key.verification.start
message withmethod
set tom.reciprocate.v1
to Bob (see below). The message includes the shared secret from the QR code. This signals to Bob’s device that Alice has scanned Bob’s QR code.This message is merely a signal for Bob’s device to proceed to the next step, and is not used for verification purposes.
-
Upon receipt of the
m.key.verification.start
message, Bob’s device ensures that the shared secret matches.If the shared secret does not match, it should display an error message indicating that an attack was attempted. (This does not affect Alice’s verification of Bob’s keys.)
If the shared secret does match, it asks Bob to confirm that Alice has scanned the QR code.
-
Bob sees Alice’s device confirm that the key matches, and presses the button on his device to indicate that Alice’s key is verified.
Bob’s verification of Alice’s key hinges on Alice telling Bob the result of her scan. Since the QR code includes what Bob thinks Alice’s key is, Alice’s device can check whether Bob has the right key for her. Alice has no motivation to lie about the result, as getting Bob to trust an incorrect key would only affect communications between herself and Bob. Thus Alice telling Bob that the code was scanned successfully is sufficient for Bob to trust Alice’s key, under the assumption that this communication is done over a trusted medium (such as in-person).
-
Both devices send an
m.key.verification.done
message.
QR code format
The QR codes to be displayed and scanned MUST be compatible with ISO/IEC 18004:2015 and contain a single segment that uses the byte mode encoding.
The error correction level can be chosen by the device displaying the QR code.
The binary segment MUST be of the following form:
- the string
MATRIX
encoded as one ASCII byte per character (i.e.0x4D
,0x41
,0x54
,0x52
,0x49
,0x58
) - one byte indicating the QR code version (must be
0x02
) - one byte indicating the QR code verification mode. Should be one of the
following values:
0x00
verifying another user with cross-signing0x01
self-verifying in which the current device does trust the master key0x02
self-verifying in which the current device does not yet trust the master key
- the event ID or
transaction_id
of the associated verification request event, encoded as:- two bytes in network byte order (big-endian) indicating the length in bytes of the ID as a UTF-8 string
- the ID encoded as a UTF-8 string
- the first key, as 32 bytes. The key to use depends on the mode field:
- if
0x00
or0x01
, then the current user’s own master cross-signing public key - if
0x02
, then the current device’s Ed25519 signing key
- if
- the second key, as 32 bytes. The key to use depends on the mode field:
- if
0x00
, then what the device thinks the other user’s master cross-signing public key is - if
0x01
, then what the device thinks the other device’s Ed25519 signing public key is - if
0x02
, then what the device thinks the user’s master cross-signing public key is
- if
- a random shared secret, as a sequence of bytes. It is suggested to use a secret that is about 8 bytes long. Note: as we do not share the length of the secret, and it is not a fixed size, clients will just use the remainder of binary segment as the shared secret.
For example, if Alice displays a QR code encoding the following binary data:
"MATRIX" |ver|mode| len | event ID
4D 41 54 52 49 58 02 00 00 2D 21 41 42 43 44 ...
| user's cross-signing key | other user's cross-signing key | shared secret
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 ... 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ... 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
this indicates that Alice is verifying another user (say Bob), in response to
the request from event “$ABCD…”, her cross-signing key is
0001020304050607...
(which is “AAECAwQFBg…” in base64), she thinks that
Bob’s cross-signing key is 1011121314151617...
(which is “EBESExQVFh…” in
base64), and the shared secret is 2021222324252627
(which is “ICEiIyQlJic” in
base64).
Verification messages specific to QR codes
m.key.verification.start
with method: m.reciprocate.v1
m.key.verification.start
with method: m.reciprocate.v1
Begins a key verification process using the m.reciprocate.v1
method, after
scanning a QR code.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the process. |
m.relates_to |
VerificationRelatesTo |
Required when sent as an in-room message. Indicates the
|
method |
string |
Required: The verification method to use. One of: |
secret |
string |
Required: The shared secret from the QR code, encoded using unpadded base64. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required when sent as a to-device message. An opaque identifier for
the verification process. Must be unique with respect to the devices
involved. Must be the same as the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the |
rel_type |
string |
The relationship type. Currently, this can only be an
One of: |
Examples
Sharing keys between devices
If Bob has an encrypted conversation with Alice on his computer, and then logs in through his phone for the first time, he may want to have access to the previously exchanged messages. To address this issue, several methods are provided to allow users to transfer keys from one device to another.
Key requests
When a device is missing keys to decrypt messages, it can request the
keys by sending m.room_key_request to-device messages to other
devices with action
set to request
.
If a device wishes to share the keys with that device, it can forward
the keys to the first device by sending an encrypted
m.forwarded_room_key to-device message. The first device should
then send an m.room_key_request to-device message with action
set to request_cancellation
to the other devices that it had
originally sent the key request to; a device that receives a
request_cancellation
should disregard any previously-received
request
message with the same request_id
and requesting_device_id
.
If a device does not wish to share keys with that device, it can indicate this by sending an m.room_key.withheld to-device message, as described in Reporting that decryption keys are withheld.
Key sharing can be a big attack vector, thus it must be done very carefully. Clients should only send keys requested by the verified devices of the same user, and should only request and accept forwarded keys from verified devices of the same user.
Server-side key backups
Devices may upload encrypted copies of keys to the server. When a device tries to read a message that it does not have keys for, it may request the key from the server and decrypt it. Backups are per-user, and users may replace backups with new backups.
In contrast with key requests, server-side key backups do not require another device to be online from which to request keys. However, as the session keys are stored on the server encrypted, the client requires a decryption key to decrypt the session keys.
To create a backup, a client will call POST
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version and define how the keys are to
be encrypted through the backup’s auth_data
; other clients can
discover the backup by calling GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version. Keys are encrypted according
to the backup’s auth_data
and added to the backup by calling PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys or one of its variants, and can
be retrieved by calling GET /_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys or
one of its variants. Keys can only be written to the most recently
created version of the backup. Backups can also be deleted using DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version/{version}, or individual keys
can be deleted using DELETE /_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys or
one of its variants.
Clients must only store keys in backups after they have ensured that the
auth_data
is trusted. This can be done either by:
- checking that it is signed by the user’s master cross-signing key or by a verified device belonging to the same user, or
- deriving the public key from a private key that it obtained from a trusted source. Trusted sources for the private key include the user entering the key, retrieving the key stored in secret storage, or obtaining the key via secret sharing from a verified device belonging to the same user.
When a client uploads a key for a session that the server already has a key for, the server will choose to either keep the existing key or replace it with the new key based on the key metadata as follows:
- if the keys have different values for
is_verified
, then it will keep the key that hasis_verified
set totrue
; - if they have the same values for
is_verified
, then it will keep the key with a lowerfirst_message_index
; - and finally, if
is_verified
andfirst_message_index
are equal, then it will keep the key with a lowerforwarded_count
.
Decryption key
Normally, the decryption key (i.e. the secret part of the encryption key) is
stored on the server or shared with other devices using the Secrets
module. When doing so, it is identified using the name m.megolm_backup.v1
,
and the key is base64-encoded before being encrypted.
If the backup decryption key is given directly to the user, the key should be presented as a string using the common cryptographic key representation.
The backup decryption key was previously referred to as a “recovery key”. However, this conflicted with common practice in client user interfaces, which often use the term “recovery key” to refer to the secret storage key. The term “recovery key” is no longer used in this specification.
Backup algorithm: m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
When a backup is created with the algorithm
set to
m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
, the auth_data
should have
the following format:
AuthData
AuthData
The format of the auth_data
when a key backup is created with the
algorithm
set to m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
public_key |
string |
Required: The curve25519 public key used to encrypt the backups, encoded in unpadded base64. |
signatures |
object |
Signatures of the |
Examples
{
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"something": {
"ed25519:something": "hijklmnop"
}
}
}
The session_data
field in the backups is constructed as follows:
-
Encode the session key to be backed up as a JSON object using the
BackedUpSessionData
format defined below. -
Generate an ephemeral curve25519 key, and perform an ECDH with the ephemeral key and the backup’s public key to generate a shared secret. The public half of the ephemeral key, encoded using unpadded base64, becomes the
ephemeral
property of thesession_data
. -
Using the shared secret, generate 80 bytes by performing an HKDF using SHA-256 as the hash, with a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and with the empty string as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key, the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key, and the last 16 bytes are used as the AES initialization vector.
-
Stringify the JSON object, and encrypt it using AES-CBC-256 with PKCS#7 padding. This encrypted data, encoded using unpadded base64, becomes the
ciphertext
property of thesession_data
. -
Pass an empty string through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above. The first 8 bytes of the resulting MAC are base64-encoded, and become the
mac
property of thesession_data
.
Step 5 was intended to pass the raw encrypted data, but due to a bug in libolm, all implementations have since passed an empty string instead.
Future versions of the spec will fix this problem. See MSC4048 for a potential new key backup algorithm version that would fix this issue.
BackedUpSessionData
BackedUpSessionData
The format of a backed-up session key, prior to encryption, when using the
m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
algorithm.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The end-to-end message encryption algorithm that the key is for. Must be |
forwarding_curve25519_key_chain |
[string] |
Required: Chain of Curve25519 keys through which this session was forwarded, via m.forwarded_room_key events. |
sender_claimed_keys |
{string: string} |
Required: A map from algorithm name ( |
sender_key |
string |
Required: Unpadded base64-encoded device Curve25519 key. |
session_key |
string |
Required: Unpadded base64-encoded session key in session-export format. |
Examples
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"forwarding_curve25519_key_chain": [
"hPQNcabIABgGnx3/ACv/jmMmiQHoeFfuLB17tzWp6Hw"
],
"sender_claimed_keys": {
"ed25519": "aj40p+aw64yPIdsxoog8jhPu9i7l7NcFRecuOQblE3Y"
},
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8Llf..."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys
Added in v1.1
Retrieve the keys from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the keys. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data. If no keys are found, then an object with an empty
rooms property will be returned ({"rooms": {}} ). |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
rooms |
{Room ID: RoomKeyBackup} |
Required: A map of room IDs to room key backup data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
{string: KeyBackupData} |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
{
"rooms": {
"!room:example.org": {
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys
Added in v1.1
Store several keys in the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the keys. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
rooms |
{Room ID: RoomKeyBackup} |
Required: A map of room IDs to room key backup data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
{string: KeyBackupData} |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"rooms": {
"!room:example.org": {
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys
Added in v1.1
Delete the keys from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Added in v1.1
Retrieve the keys from the backup for a given room.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the requested key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data. If no keys are found, then an object with an empty
sessions property will be returned ({"sessions": {}} ). |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
{string: KeyBackupData} |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
{
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Added in v1.1
Store several keys in the backup for a given room.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the keys are for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the keys. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
{string: KeyBackupData} |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Added in v1.1
Delete the keys from the backup for a given room.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the specified key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Added in v1.1
Retrieve a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the requested key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session whose key is requested. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data |
404 |
The key or backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
{
"first_message_index": 1,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Key not found."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Added in v1.1
Store a key in the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session that the key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the key. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"first_message_index": 1,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded. |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Added in v1.1
Delete a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the specified key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session whose key is to be deleted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version
Added in v1.1
Get information about the latest backup version.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The information about the backup. |
404 |
No backup exists. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup. |
etag |
string |
Required: An opaque string representing stored keys in the backup.
Clients can compare it with the |
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. |
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"count": 42,
"etag": "anopaquestring",
"version": "1"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "No current backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version
Added in v1.1
Creates a new backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The version id of the new backup. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. This is an opaque string. |
{
"version": "1"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version/{version}
Added in v1.1
Get information about an existing backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to get, as returned in the |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The information about the requested backup. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup. |
etag |
string |
Required: An opaque string representing stored keys in the backup.
Clients can compare it with the |
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. |
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"count": 42,
"etag": "anopaquestring",
"version": "1"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version/{version}
Added in v1.1
Update information about an existing backup. Only auth_data
can be modified.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to update, as returned in the |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. Must be the same as the algorithm currently used by the backup. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
version |
string |
The backup version. If present, must be the same as the version in the path parameter. |
Request body example
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"version": "1"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded. |
400 |
A parameter was incorrect. For example, the algorithm does not
match the current backup algorithm, or the version in the body
does not match the version in the path. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Algorithm does not match"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/room_keys/version/{version}
Added in v1.1
Delete an existing key backup. Both the information about the backup, as well as all key data related to the backup will be deleted.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to delete, as returned in the |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The delete succeeded, or the specified backup was previously deleted. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. If the backup was previously deleted, the call should succeed rather than returning an error. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Key exports
Keys can be manually exported from one device to an encrypted file, copied to another device, and imported. The file is encrypted using a user-supplied passphrase, and is created as follows:
-
Encode the sessions as a JSON object, formatted as described in Key export format.
-
Generate a 512-bit key from the user-entered passphrase by computing PBKDF2(HMAC-SHA-512, passphrase, S, N, 512), where S is a 128-bit cryptographically-random salt and N is the number of rounds. N should be at least 100,000. The keys K and K’ are set to the first and last 256 bits of this generated key, respectively. K is used as an AES-256 key, and K’ is used as an HMAC-SHA-256 key.
-
Serialize the JSON object as a UTF-8 string, and encrypt it using AES-CTR-256 with the key K generated above, and with a 128-bit cryptographically-random initialization vector, IV, that has bit 63 set to zero. (Setting bit 63 to zero in IV is needed to work around differences in implementations of AES-CTR.)
-
Concatenate the following data:
Size (bytes) | Description |
---|---|
1 | Export format version, which must be 0x01 . |
16 | The salt S. |
16 | The initialization vector IV. |
4 | The number of rounds N, as a big-endian unsigned 32-bit integer. |
variable | The encrypted JSON object. |
32 | The HMAC-SHA-256 of all the above string concatenated together, using K’ as the key. |
-
Base64-encode the string above. Newlines may be added to avoid overly long lines.
-
Prepend the resulting string with
-----BEGIN MEGOLM SESSION DATA-----
, with a trailing newline, and append-----END MEGOLM SESSION DATA-----
, with a leading and trailing newline.
Key export format
The exported sessions are formatted as a JSON array of ExportedSessionData
objects described as follows:
ExportedSessionData
ExportedSessionData
The format used to encode a Megolm session key for export.
This is similar to the format before encryption used for the session keys
in Server-side key backups
but adds the room_id
and session_id
fields.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The end-to-end message encryption algorithm that the key is for. Must be |
forwarding_curve25519_key_chain |
[string] |
Required: Chain of Curve25519 keys through which this session was forwarded, via m.forwarded_room_key events. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the session is used. |
sender_claimed_keys |
{string: string} |
Required: A map from algorithm name ( |
sender_key |
string |
Required: Unpadded base64-encoded device Curve25519 key. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The Megolm session ID. |
session_key |
string |
Required: Unpadded base64-encoded session key in session-export format. |
Examples
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"forwarding_curve25519_key_chain": [
"hPQNcabIABgGnx3/ACv/jmMmiQHoeFfuLB17tzWp6Hw"
],
"sender_claimed_keys": {
"ed25519": "aj40p+aw64yPIdsxoog8jhPu9i7l7NcFRecuOQblE3Y"
},
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8Llf..."
}
Messaging Algorithms
Messaging Algorithm Names
Messaging algorithm names use the extensible naming scheme used
throughout this specification. Algorithm names that start with m.
are
reserved for algorithms defined by this specification. Implementations
wanting to experiment with new algorithms must be uniquely globally
namespaced following Java’s package naming conventions.
Algorithm names should be short and meaningful, and should list the primitives used by the algorithm so that it is easier to see if the algorithm is using a broken primitive.
A name of m.olm.v1
is too short: it gives no information about the
primitives in use, and is difficult to extend for different primitives.
However a name of
m.olm.v1.ecdh-curve25519-hdkfsha256.hmacsha256.hkdfsha256-aes256-cbc-hmac64sha256
is too long despite giving a more precise description of the algorithm:
it adds to the data transfer overhead and sacrifices clarity for human
readers without adding any useful extra information.
m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
The name m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
corresponds to version 1 of the
Olm ratchet, as defined by the Olm
specification. This uses:
- Curve25519 for the initial key agreement.
- HKDF-SHA-256 for ratchet key derivation.
- Curve25519 for the root key ratchet.
- HMAC-SHA-256 for the chain key ratchet.
- HKDF-SHA-256, AES-256 in CBC mode, and 8 byte truncated HMAC-SHA-256 for authenticated encryption.
Devices that support Olm must include “m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2” in their list of supported messaging algorithms, must list a Curve25519 device key, and must publish Curve25519 one-time keys.
An event encrypted using Olm has the following format:
{
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"sender_key": "<sender_curve25519_key>",
"ciphertext": {
"<device_curve25519_key>": {
"type": 0,
"body": "<encrypted_payload_base_64>"
}
}
}
}
ciphertext
is a mapping from device Curve25519 key to an encrypted
payload for that device. body
is a Base64-encoded Olm message body.
type
is an integer indicating the type of the message body: 0 for the
initial pre-key message, 1 for ordinary messages.
Olm sessions will generate messages with a type of 0 until they receive a message. Once a session has decrypted a message it will produce messages with a type of 1.
When a client receives a message with a type of 0 it must first check if it already has a matching session. If it does then it will use that session to try to decrypt the message. If there is no existing session then the client must create a new session and use the new session to decrypt the message. A client must not persist a session or remove one-time keys used by a session until it has successfully decrypted a message using that session.
Messages with type 1 can only be decrypted with an existing session. If there is no matching session, the client must treat this as an invalid message.
The plaintext payload is of the form:
{
"type": "<type of the plaintext event>",
"content": "<content for the plaintext event>",
"sender": "<sender_user_id>",
"recipient": "<recipient_user_id>",
"recipient_keys": {
"ed25519": "<our_ed25519_key>"
},
"keys": {
"ed25519": "<sender_ed25519_key>"
}
}
The type and content of the plaintext message event are given in the payload.
Other properties are included in order to prevent an attacker from
publishing someone else’s curve25519 keys as their own and subsequently
claiming to have sent messages which they didn’t. sender
must
correspond to the user who sent the event, recipient
to the local
user, and recipient_keys
to the local ed25519 key.
Clients must confirm that the sender_key
property in the cleartext
m.room.encrypted
event body, and the keys.ed25519
property in the
decrypted plaintext, match the keys returned by
/keys/query
for
the given user. Clients must also verify the signature of the keys from the
/keys/query
response. Without this check, a client cannot be sure that
the sender device owns the private part of the ed25519 key it claims to
have in the Olm payload. This is crucial when the ed25519 key corresponds
to a verified device.
If a client has multiple sessions established with another device, it should use the session from which it last received and successfully decrypted a message. For these purposes, a session that has not received any messages should use its creation time as the time that it last received a message. A client may expire old sessions by defining a maximum number of olm sessions that it will maintain for each device, and expiring sessions on a Least Recently Used basis. The maximum number of olm sessions maintained per device should be at least 4.
Recovering from undecryptable messages
Occasionally messages may be undecryptable by clients due to a variety of reasons. When this happens to an Olm-encrypted message, the client should assume that the Olm session has become corrupted and create a new one to replace it.
Megolm-encrypted messages generally do not have the same problem. Usually the key for an undecryptable Megolm-encrypted message will come later, allowing the client to decrypt it successfully. Olm does not have a way to recover from the failure, making this session replacement process required.
To establish a new session, the client sends an m.dummy to-device event to the other party to notify them of the new session details.
Clients should rate-limit the number of sessions it creates per device that it receives a message from. Clients should not create a new session with another device if it has already created one for that given device in the past 1 hour.
Clients should attempt to mitigate loss of the undecryptable messages.
For example, Megolm sessions that were sent using the old session would
have been lost. The client can attempt to retrieve the lost sessions
through m.room_key_request
messages.
Clients should send key requests for unknown sessions to all devices for
the user which used the session rather than just the device_id
or
sender_key
denoted on the event.
This is due to a deprecation of the fields. See
m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
for more information.
m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
[Changed in v1.3
]
The name m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
corresponds to version 1 of the Megolm
ratchet, as defined by the Megolm
specification. This uses:
- HMAC-SHA-256 for the hash ratchet.
- HKDF-SHA-256, AES-256 in CBC mode, and 8 byte truncated HMAC-SHA-256 for authenticated encryption.
- Ed25519 for message authenticity.
Devices that support Megolm must support Olm, and include “m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2” in their list of supported messaging algorithms.
An event encrypted using Megolm has the following format:
{
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"sender_key": "<sender_curve25519_key>",
"device_id": "<sender_device_id>",
"session_id": "<outbound_group_session_id>",
"ciphertext": "<encrypted_payload_base_64>"
}
}
The encrypted payload can contain any message event. The plaintext is of the form:
{
"type": "<event_type>",
"content": "<event_content>",
"room_id": "<the room_id>"
}
We include the room ID in the payload, because otherwise the homeserver would be able to change the room a message was sent in.
Clients must guard against replay attacks by keeping track of the ratchet indices of Megolm sessions. They should reject messages with a ratchet index that they have already decrypted. Care should be taken in order to avoid false positives, as a client may decrypt the same event twice as part of its normal processing.
Similar to Olm events, clients should confirm that the user who sent the
message corresponds to the user the message was expected to come from.
For room events, this means ensuring the event’s sender
, room_id
, and
the recorded session_id
match a trusted session (eg: the session_id
is already known and validated to the client).
As of v1.3
, the sender_key
and device_id
keys are deprecated. They
SHOULD continue to be sent, however they MUST NOT be used to verify the
message’s source.
Clients MUST NOT store or lookup sessions using the sender_key
or device_id
.
In a future version of the specification the keys can be removed completely, including for sending new messages.
Removing the fields (eventually) improves privacy and security by masking the device which sent the encrypted message as well as reducing the client’s dependence on untrusted data: a malicious server (or similar attacker) could change these values, and other devices/users can simply lie about them too.
We can remove the fields, particularly the sender_key
, because the session_id
is already globally unique, therefore making storage and lookup possible without
the need for added context from the sender_key
or device_id
.
Removing the dependence on the fields gives a privacy gain while also increasing the security of messages transmitted over Matrix.
In order to enable end-to-end encryption in a room, clients can send an
m.room.encryption
state event specifying m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
as its
algorithm
property.
When creating a Megolm session in a room, clients must share the
corresponding session key using Olm with the intended recipients, so
that they can decrypt future messages encrypted using this session. An
m.room_key
event is used to do this. Clients must also handle
m.room_key
events sent by other devices in order to decrypt their
messages.
When a client receives a Megolm session, the client MUST ensure that the session was received via an Olm channel, in order to ensure the authenticity of the messages.
When a client is updating a Megolm session in its store, the client MUST ensure:
- that the updated session data comes from a trusted source, such as via a
m.forwarded_room_key
event from a verified device belonging to the same user, or from am.room_key
event. - that the new session key has a lower message index than the existing session key.
Protocol definitions
Events
m.room.encryption
m.room.encryption
Defines how messages sent in this room should be encrypted.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm to be used to encrypt messages sent in this room. One of: |
rotation_period_ms |
integer |
How long the session should be used before changing it. |
rotation_period_msgs |
integer |
How many messages should be sent before changing the session. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"rotation_period_ms": 604800000,
"rotation_period_msgs": 100
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.encryption",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room.encrypted
m.room.encrypted
This event type is used when sending encrypted events. It can be used either within a room (in which case it will have all of the normal properties in Room events), or as a to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm used to encrypt this event. The value of this field determines which other properties will be present. One of: |
ciphertext |
string|{string: CiphertextInfo} |
Required: The encrypted content of the event. Either the encrypted payload itself, in the case of a Megolm event, or a map from the recipient Curve25519 identity key to ciphertext information, in the case of an Olm event. For more details, see Messaging Algorithms. |
device_id |
string |
The ID of the sending device. Deprecated: This field provides no additional security or privacy benefit
for Megolm messages and must not be read from if the encrypted event is using
Megolm. It should still be included on outgoing messages, however must not be
used to find the corresponding session. See Changed in |
sender_key |
string |
The Curve25519 key of the sender. Required (not deprecated) if not using Megolm. Deprecated: This field provides no additional security or privacy benefit
for Megolm messages and must not be read from if the encrypted event is using
Megolm. It should still be included on outgoing messages, however must not be
used to find the corresponding session. See Changed in |
session_id |
string |
The ID of the session used to encrypt the message. Required with Megolm. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
The encrypted payload. |
type |
integer |
The Olm message type. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"ciphertext": "AwgAEnACgAkLmt6qF84IK++J7UDH2Za1YVchHyprqTqsg...",
"device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE",
"sender_key": "IlRMeOPX2e0MurIyfWEucYBRVOEEUMrOHqn/8mLqMjA",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"ciphertext": {
"7qZcfnBmbEGzxxaWfBjElJuvn7BZx+lSz/SvFrDF/z8": {
"body": "AwogGJJzMhf/S3GQFXAOrCZ3iKyGU5ZScVtjI0KypTYrW...",
"type": 0
}
},
"sender_key": "Szl29ksW/L8yZGWAX+8dY1XyFi+i5wm+DRhTGkbMiwU"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.room_key
m.room_key
This event type is used to exchange keys for end-to-end encryption.
It is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event using Olm,
then sent as a to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm the key in this event is to be used with. One of: |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
session_key |
string |
Required: The key to be exchanged. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8LlfJL7qNBEY..."
},
"type": "m.room_key"
}
m.room_key_request
m.room_key_request
This event type is used to request keys for end-to-end encryption. It is sent as an unencrypted to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
action |
string |
Required: One of: |
body |
RequestedKeyInfo |
Information about the requested key. Required when |
request_id |
string |
Required: A random string uniquely identifying the request for a key. If the key is requested multiple times, it should be reused. It should also reused in order to cancel a request. |
requesting_device_id |
string |
Required: ID of the device requesting the key. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm the requested key in this event is to be used with. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
sender_key |
string |
The Curve25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. Deprecated: This field provides no additional security or privacy benefit
and must not be read from. It should still be included on outgoing messages
(if the event for which keys are being requested for also has a Changed in |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"action": "request_cancellation",
"request_id": "1495474790150.19",
"requesting_device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE"
},
"type": "m.room_key_request"
}
{
"content": {
"action": "request",
"body": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"request_id": "1495474790150.19",
"requesting_device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE"
},
"type": "m.room_key_request"
}
m.forwarded_room_key
m.forwarded_room_key
This event type is used to forward keys for end-to-end encryption.
It is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event using Olm,
then sent as a to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm the key in this event is to be used with. |
forwarding_curve25519_key_chain |
[string] |
Required: Chain of Curve25519 keys. It starts out empty, but each time the key is forwarded to another device, the previous sender in the chain is added to the end of the list. For example, if the key is forwarded from A to B to C, this field is empty between A and B, and contains A’s Curve25519 key between B and C. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
sender_claimed_ed25519_key |
string |
Required: The Ed25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. It is ‘claimed’ because the receiving device has no way to tell that the original room_key actually came from a device which owns the private part of this key unless they have done device verification. |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The Curve25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
session_key |
string |
Required: The key to be exchanged. |
withheld |
object |
Indicates that the key cannot be used to decrypt all the messages
from the session because a portion of the session was withheld as
described in Reporting that decryption keys are withheld. This
object must include the |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"forwarding_curve25519_key_chain": [
"hPQNcabIABgGnx3/ACv/jmMmiQHoeFfuLB17tzWp6Hw"
],
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_claimed_ed25519_key": "aj40p+aw64yPIdsxoog8jhPu9i7l7NcFRecuOQblE3Y",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8Llf..."
},
"type": "m.forwarded_room_key"
}
m.dummy
m.dummy
This event type is used to indicate new Olm sessions for end-to-end encryption.
Typically it is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a to-device
event.
The event does not have any content associated with it. The sending client is expected
to send a key share request shortly after this message, causing the receiving client to
process this m.dummy
event as the most recent event and using the keyshare request
to set up the session. The keyshare request and m.dummy
combination should result
in the original sending client receiving keys over the newly established session.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Examples
{
"content": {},
"type": "m.dummy"
}
Key management API
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/changes
Gets a list of users who have updated their device identity keys since a previous sync token.
The server should include in the results any users who:
- currently share a room with the calling user (ie, both users have
membership state
join
); and - added new device identity keys or removed an existing device with
identity keys, between
from
andto
.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
Required: The desired start point of the list. Should be the |
to |
string |
Required: The desired end point of the list. Should be the |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of users who updated their devices. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
changed |
[string] |
The Matrix User IDs of all users who updated their device identity keys. |
left |
[string] |
The Matrix User IDs of all users who may have left all the end-to-end encrypted rooms they previously shared with the user. |
{
"changed": [
"@alice:example.com",
"@bob:example.org"
],
"left": [
"@clara:example.com",
"@doug:example.org"
]
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/claim
Claims one-time keys for use in pre-key messages.
The request contains the user ID, device ID and algorithm name of the keys that are required. If a key matching these requirements can be found, the response contains it. The returned key is a one-time key if one is available, and otherwise a fallback key.
One-time keys are given out in the order that they were uploaded via
/keys/upload. (All
keys uploaded within a given call to /keys/upload
are considered
equivalent in this regard; no ordering is specified within them.)
Servers must ensure that each one-time key is returned at most once, so when a key has been returned, no other request will ever return the same key.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
one_time_keys |
{User ID: {string: string}} |
Required: The keys to be claimed. A map from user ID, to a map from device ID to algorithm name. |
timeout |
integer |
The time (in milliseconds) to wait when downloading keys from remote servers. 10 seconds is the recommended default. |
Request body example
{
"one_time_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": "signed_curve25519"
}
},
"timeout": 10000
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The claimed keys. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
failures |
{string: object} |
If any remote homeservers could not be reached, they are recorded here. The names of the properties are the names of the unreachable servers. If the homeserver could be reached, but the user or device
was unknown, no failure is recorded. Instead, the corresponding
user or device is missing from the |
one_time_keys |
{User ID: {string: {string: string|KeyObject}}} |
Required: One-time keys for the queried devices. A map from user ID, to a
map from devices to a map from See the key algorithms section for information on the Key Object format. If necessary, the claimed key might be a fallback key. Fallback keys are re-used by the server until replaced by the device. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Required: The key, encoded using unpadded base64. |
signatures |
{User ID: object} |
Required: Signature for the device. Mapped from user ID to signature object, containing mapping from key signing identifier to the signature (see also: Signing JSON) |
{
"one_time_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": {
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHg": {
"key": "zKbLg+NrIjpnagy+pIY6uPL4ZwEG2v+8F9lmgsnlZzs",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "FLWxXqGbwrb8SM3Y795eB6OA8bwBcoMZFXBqnTn58AYWZSqiD45tlBVcDa2L7RwdKXebW/VzDlnfVJ+9jok1Bw"
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/query
Returns the current devices and identity keys for the given users.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
{User ID: [string]} |
Required: The keys to be downloaded. A map from user ID, to a list of device IDs, or to an empty list to indicate all devices for the corresponding user. |
timeout |
integer |
The time (in milliseconds) to wait when downloading keys from remote servers. 10 seconds is the recommended default. |
Request body example
{
"device_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": []
},
"timeout": 10000
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device information |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
{User ID: {string: DeviceInformation}} |
Information on the queried devices. A map from user ID, to a
map from device ID to device information. For each device,
the information returned will be the same as uploaded via
|
failures |
{string: object} |
If any remote homeservers could not be reached, they are recorded here. The names of the properties are the names of the unreachable servers. If the homeserver could be reached, but the user or device
was unknown, no failure is recorded. Instead, the corresponding
user or device is missing from the |
master_keys |
{User ID: CrossSigningKey} |
Information on the master cross-signing keys of the queried users.
A map from user ID, to master key information. For each key, the
information returned will be the same as uploaded via
Added in |
self_signing_keys |
{User ID: CrossSigningKey} |
Information on the self-signing keys of the queried users. A map
from user ID, to self-signing key information. For each key, the
information returned will be the same as uploaded via
Added in |
user_signing_keys |
{User ID: CrossSigningKey} |
Information on the user-signing key of the user making the
request, if they queried their own device information. A map
from user ID, to user-signing key information. The
information returned will be the same as uploaded via
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithms |
[string] |
Required: The encryption algorithms supported by this device. |
device_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the device these keys belong to. Must match the device ID used when logging in. |
keys |
{string: string} |
Required: Public identity keys. The names of the properties should be in the
format |
signatures |
{User ID: {string: string}} |
Required: Signatures for the device key object. A map from user ID, to a map from
The signature is calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. |
unsigned |
UnsignedDeviceInfo |
Additional data added to the device key information by intermediate servers, and not covered by the signatures. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the user the device belongs to. Must match the user ID used when logging in. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_display_name |
string |
The display name which the user set on the device. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
keys |
{string: string} |
Required: The public key. The object must have exactly one property, whose name is
in the form |
signatures |
Signatures |
Signatures of the key, calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. Optional for the master key. Other keys must be signed by the user's master key. |
usage |
[string] |
Required: What the key is used for. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the user the key belongs to. |
{
"device_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": {
"algorithms": [
"m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2"
],
"device_id": "JLAFKJWSCS",
"keys": {
"curve25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "3C5BFWi2Y8MaVvjM8M22DBmh24PmgR0nPvJOIArzgyI",
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "lEuiRJBit0IG6nUf5pUzWTUEsRVVe/HJkoKuEww9ULI"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "dSO80A01XiigH3uBiDVx/EjzaoycHcjq9lfQX0uWsqxl2giMIiSPR8a4d291W1ihKJL/a+myXS367WT6NAIcBA"
}
},
"unsigned": {
"device_display_name": "Alice's mobile phone"
},
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
}
},
"master_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "base64+master+public+key"
},
"usage": [
"master"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
},
"self_signing_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+self+signing+public+key": "base64+self+signing+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "signature+of+self+signing+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"self_signing"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
},
"user_signing_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"keys": {
"ed25519:base64+user+signing+public+key": "base64+user+signing+master+public+key"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:base64+master+public+key": "signature+of+user+signing+key"
}
},
"usage": [
"user_signing"
],
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
}
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/keys/upload
Publishes end-to-end encryption keys for the device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
DeviceKeys |
Identity keys for the device. May be absent if no new identity keys are required. |
fallback_keys |
{string: string|KeyObject} |
The public key which should be used if the device’s one-time keys
are exhausted. The fallback key is not deleted once used, but should
be replaced when additional one-time keys are being uploaded. The
server will notify the client of the fallback key being used through
There can only be at most one key per algorithm uploaded, and the server will only persist one key per algorithm. When uploading a signed key, an additional May be absent if a new fallback key is not required. Added in |
one_time_keys |
{string: string|KeyObject} |
One-time public keys for “pre-key” messages. The names of
the properties should be in the format
May be absent if no new one-time keys are required. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithms |
[string] |
Required: The encryption algorithms supported by this device. |
device_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the device these keys belong to. Must match the device ID used when logging in. |
keys |
{string: string} |
Required: Public identity keys. The names of the properties should be in the
format |
signatures |
{User ID: {string: string}} |
Required: Signatures for the device key object. A map from user ID, to a map from
The signature is calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the user the device belongs to. Must match the user ID used when logging in. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Required: The key, encoded using unpadded base64. |
signatures |
{User ID: object} |
Required: Signature for the device. Mapped from user ID to signature object, containing mapping from key signing identifier to the signature (see also: Signing JSON) |
Request body example
{
"device_keys": {
"algorithms": [
"m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2"
],
"device_id": "JLAFKJWSCS",
"keys": {
"curve25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "3C5BFWi2Y8MaVvjM8M22DBmh24PmgR0nPvJOIArzgyI",
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "lEuiRJBit0IG6nUf5pUzWTUEsRVVe/HJkoKuEww9ULI"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "dSO80A01XiigH3uBiDVx/EjzaoycHcjq9lfQX0uWsqxl2giMIiSPR8a4d291W1ihKJL/a+myXS367WT6NAIcBA"
}
},
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
},
"fallback_keys": {
"signed_curve25519:AAAAGj": {
"fallback": true,
"key": "zKbLg+NrIjpnagy+pIY6uPL4ZwEG2v+8F9lmgsnlZzs",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "FLWxXqGbwrb8SM3Y795eB6OA8bwBcoMZFXBqnTn58AYWZSqiD45tlBVcDa2L7RwdKXebW/VzDlnfVJ+9jok1Bw"
}
}
}
},
"one_time_keys": {
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHQ": {
"key": "j3fR3HemM16M7CWhoI4Sk5ZsdmdfQHsKL1xuSft6MSw",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "IQeCEPb9HFk217cU9kw9EOiusC6kMIkoIRnbnfOh5Oc63S1ghgyjShBGpu34blQomoalCyXWyhaaT3MrLZYQAA"
}
}
},
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHg": {
"key": "zKbLg+NrIjpnagy+pIY6uPL4ZwEG2v+8F9lmgsnlZzs",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "FLWxXqGbwrb8SM3Y795eB6OA8bwBcoMZFXBqnTn58AYWZSqiD45tlBVcDa2L7RwdKXebW/VzDlnfVJ+9jok1Bw"
}
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The provided keys were successfully uploaded. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
one_time_key_counts |
{string: integer} |
Required: For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys of that type currently held on the server for this device. If an algorithm is not listed, the count for that algorithm is to be assumed zero. |
{
"one_time_key_counts": {
"signed_curve25519": 20
}
}
Extensions to /sync
This module adds an optional device_lists
property to the /sync
response,
as specified below. The server need only populate this property for an
incremental /sync
(i.e., one where the since
parameter was
specified). The client is expected to use /keys/query
or
/keys/changes
for the equivalent functionality after an initial
sync, as documented in Tracking the device list for a
user.
It also adds a device_one_time_keys_count
property. Note the spelling
difference with the one_time_key_counts
property in the
/keys/upload
response.
[Added in v1.2
] Finally, a device_unused_fallback_key_types
property
is added to list the key algorithms where the device has a fallback key that
has not been used in a /keys/claim
response. When a previously uploaded fallback key’s algorithm is missing
from this list, the device should upload a replacement key alongside any
necessary one-time keys to avoid the fallback key’s further usage. This
property is required for inclusion, though previous versions of the
specification did not have it. In addition to /versions
, this can be
a way to identify the server’s support for fallback keys.
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_lists | DeviceLists | Optional. Information on e2e device updates. Note: only present on an incremental sync. |
device_one_time_keys_count | {string: integer} | Optional. For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys currently held on the server for this device. If an algorithm is unlisted, the count for that algorithm is assumed to be zero. If this entire parameter is missing, the count for all algorithms is assumed to be zero. |
device_unused_fallback_key_types | [string] | Required. The unused fallback key algorithms. |
DeviceLists
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
changed | [string] | List of users who have updated their device identity or cross-signing keys, or who now share an encrypted room with the client since the previous sync response. |
left | [string] | List of users with whom we do not share any encrypted rooms anymore since the previous sync response. |
For optimal performance, Alice should be added to changed
in Bob’s
sync only when she updates her devices or cross-signing keys, or when
Alice and Bob now share a room but didn’t share any room previously.
However, for the sake of simpler logic, a server may add Alice to
changed
when Alice and Bob share a new room, even if they previously
already shared a room.
Example response:
{
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"rooms": {"leave": {}, "join": {}, "invite": {}},
"device_lists": {
"changed": [
"@alice:example.com",
],
"left": [
"@bob:example.com",
],
},
"device_one_time_keys_count": {
"signed_curve25519": 20
},
"device_unused_fallback_key_types": ["signed_curve25519"]
}
Reporting that decryption keys are withheld
When sending an encrypted event to a room, a client can optionally signal to other devices in that room that it is not sending them the keys needed to decrypt the event. In this way, the receiving client can indicate to the user why it cannot decrypt the event, rather than just showing a generic error message.
In the same way, when one device requests keys from another using Key requests, the device from which the key is being requested may want to tell the requester that it is purposely not sharing the key.
If Alice withholds a megolm session from Bob for some messages in a
room, and then later on decides to allow Bob to decrypt later messages,
she can send Bob the megolm session, ratcheted up to the point at which
she allows Bob to decrypt the messages. If Bob logs into a new device
and uses key sharing to obtain the decryption keys, the new device will
be sent the megolm sessions that have been ratcheted up. Bob’s old
device can include the reason that the session was initially not shared
by including a withheld
property in the m.forwarded_room_key
message
that is an object with the code
and reason
properties from the
m.room_key.withheld
message.
m.room_key.withheld
m.room_key.withheld
This event type is used to indicate that the sender is not sharing room keys with the recipient. It is sent as a to-device event.
Possible values for code
include:
m.blacklisted
: the user/device was blacklisted.m.unverified
: the user/device was not verified, and the sender is only sharing keys with verified users/devices.m.unauthorised
: the user/device is not allowed to have the key. For example, this could be sent in response to a key request if the user/device was not in the room when the original message was sent.m.unavailable
: sent in reply to a key request if the device that the key is requested from does not have the requested key.m.no_olm
: an olm session could not be established.
In most cases, this event refers to a specific room key. The one exception to
this is when the sender is unable to establish an olm session with the
recipient. When this happens, multiple sessions will be affected. In order
to avoid filling the recipient's device mailbox, the sender should only send
one m.room_key.withheld
message with no room_id
nor session_id
set. If the sender retries and fails to create an olm session again in the
future, it should not send another m.room_key.withheld
message with a
code
of m.no_olm
, unless another olm session was previously
established successfully. In response to receiving an
m.room_key.withheld
message with a code
of m.no_olm
, the
recipient may start an olm session with the sender and send an m.dummy
message to notify the sender of the new olm session. The recipient may
assume that this m.room_key.withheld
message applies to all encrypted
room messages sent before it receives the message.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm for the key that this event is about. One of: |
code |
string |
Required: A machine-readable code for why the key was not sent. Codes beginning
with One of: |
reason |
string |
A human-readable reason for why the key was not sent. The receiving
client should only use this string if it does not understand the
|
room_id |
string |
Required if |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The unpadded base64-encoded device curve25519 key of the event's sender. |
session_id |
string |
Required of |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"code": "m.unverified",
"reason": "Device not verified",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"type": "m.room_key.withheld"
}
Secrets
[Added in v1.1
]
Clients may have secret information that they wish to be made available to other authorised clients, but that the server should not be able to see, so the information must be encrypted as it passes through the server. This can be done either asynchronously, by storing encrypted data on the server for later retrieval, or synchronously, by sending messages to each other.
Each secret has an identifier that is used by clients to refer to the secret when storing, fetching, requesting, or sharing the secret. Secrets are plain strings; structured data can be stored by encoding it as a string.
The mechanism described in this section is known as “secure secret storage and sharing”, “SSSS”, or “4S”.
Storage
When secrets are stored on the server, they are stored in the user’s account-data, using an event type equal to the secret’s identifier. The keys that secrets are encrypted with are described by data that is also stored in the user’s account-data. Users can have multiple keys, allowing them to control what sets of secrets clients can access, depending on what keys are given to them.
Key storage
Each key has an ID, and the description of the key is stored in the
user’s account data using the event type
m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
. The contents of the account data for
the key will include an algorithm
property, which indicates the
encryption algorithm used, as well as a name
property, which is a
human-readable name. Key descriptions may also have a passphrase
property for generating the key from a user-entered passphrase, as
described in deriving keys from
passphrases.
KeyDescription
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name | string | Optional. The name of the key. If not given, the client may use a generic name such as “Unnamed key”, or “Default key” if the key is marked as the default key (see below). |
algorithm | string | Required. The encryption algorithm to be used for this key. Currently, only m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2 is supported. |
passphrase | string | See deriving keys from passphrases section for a description of this property. |
Other properties depend on the encryption algorithm, and are described below.
A key can be marked as the “default” key by setting the user’s
account data with event type m.secret_storage.default_key
to an
object that has the ID of the key as its key
property. The default key
will be used to encrypt all secrets that the user would expect to be
available on all their clients. Unless the user specifies otherwise,
clients will try to use the default key to decrypt secrets.
Clients that want to present a simplified interface to users by not supporting multiple keys should use the default key if one is specified. If not default key is specified, the client may behave as if there is no key is present at all. When such a client creates a key, it should mark that key as being the default key.
DefaultKey
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key | string | Required. The ID of the default key. |
m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
For the purposes of allowing clients to check whether a user has correctly
entered the key, keys for use with the m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
algorithm are stored with some additional data.
When storing a key, clients SHOULD:
-
Given the secret storage key, generate 64 bytes by performing an HKDF with SHA-256 as the hash, a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and the empty string as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key, and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key.
-
Generate 16 random bytes, set bit 63 to 0 (in order to work around differences in AES-CTR implementations), and use this as the AES initialization vector (IV).
-
Encrypt a message consisting of 32 bytes of 0, using AES-CTR-256 using the AES key and IV generated above.
-
Pass the raw encrypted data through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above.
-
Encode the IV from step 2, and the MAC from step 4, using unpadded base64, and store the results in the
iv
andmac
properties respectively in them.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
account-data. (The ciphertext from step 3 is discarded after passing through the MAC calculation.)
This process can be repeated by a client checking if the key is correct: the MAC should match if the key is correct. Note, however, that these properties are optional. If they are not present, clients must assume that the key is valid.
Note also, that although clients SHOULD use unpadded base64 as specified above, some existing implementations use standard RFC4648-compliant base64 with padding, so clients must accept either encoding.
The structure of a m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
account data object for use
with this algorithm is therefore as follows:
AesHmacSha2KeyDescription
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name | string | Optional. The name of the key. |
algorithm | string | Required. The encryption algorithm to be used for this key: m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2 . |
passphrase | object | See deriving keys from passphrases section for a description of this property. |
iv | string | Optional. The 16-byte initialization vector for the validation check, encoded as base64. |
mac | string | Optional. The MAC of the result of encrypting 32 bytes of 0, encoded as base64. |
For example, it could look like:
{
"name": "m.default",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
"iv": "random+data",
"mac": "mac+of+encrypted+zeros"
}
Secret storage
Encrypted data is stored in the user’s account data using the event
type defined by the feature that uses the data. The account data will
have an encrypted
property that is a map from key ID to an object. The
algorithm from the m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
data for the given
key defines how the other properties are interpreted, though it’s
expected that most encryption schemes would have ciphertext
and mac
properties, where the ciphertext
property is the unpadded
base64-encoded ciphertext, and the mac
is used to ensure the integrity
of the data.
Secret
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
encrypted | {string: object} | Required. Map from key ID the encrypted data. The exact format for the encrypted data is dependent on the key algorithm. See the definition of AesHmacSha2EncryptedData in the m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2 section. |
Example:
Some secret is encrypted using keys with ID key_id_1
and key_id_2
:
org.example.some.secret
:
{
"encrypted": {
"key_id_1": {
"ciphertext": "base64+encoded+encrypted+data",
"mac": "base64+encoded+mac",
// ... other properties according to algorithm property in
// m.secret_storage.key.key_id_1
},
"key_id_2": {
// ...
}
}
}
and the key descriptions for the keys would be:
m.secret_storage.key.key_id_1
:
{
"name": "Some key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
// ... other properties according to algorithm
}
m.secret_storage.key.key_id_2
:
{
"name": "Some other key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
// ... other properties according to algorithm
}
If key_id_1
is the default key, then we also have:
m.secret_storage.default_key
:
{
"key": "key_id_1"
}
m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
Secrets encrypted using the m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
algorithm are encrypted using AES-CTR-256, and authenticated using
HMAC-SHA-256. The secret is encrypted as follows:
-
Given the secret storage key, generate 64 bytes by performing an HKDF with SHA-256 as the hash, a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and with the secret name as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key, and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key.
-
Generate 16 random bytes, set bit 63 to 0 (in order to work around differences in AES-CTR implementations), and use this as the AES initialization vector (IV).
-
Encrypt the data using AES-CTR-256 using the AES key and IV generated above.
-
Pass the raw encrypted data through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above.
-
Encode the IV from step 2, the ciphertext from step 3, and MAC from step 4, using unpadded base64, and store them as the
iv
,ciphertext
, andmac
properties respectively in the account data object.Note: some existing implementations encode these properties using standard RFC4648-compliant base64 with padding, so clients must accept either encoding.
The structure of the encrypted
property of an account data object encrypted
with this algorithm is therefore as follows:
AesHmacSha2EncryptedData
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
iv | string | Required. The 16-byte initialization vector, encoded as base64. |
ciphertext | string | Required. The AES-CTR-encrypted data, encoded as base64. |
mac | string | Required. The MAC, encoded as base64. |
For example, data encrypted using this algorithm could look like this:
{
"encrypted": {
"key_id": {
"iv": "16+bytes+base64",
"ciphertext": "base64+encoded+encrypted+data",
"mac": "base64+encoded+mac"
}
}
}
Key representation
When a user is given a raw key for m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
,
the key should be presented as a string using the common cryptographic key
representation.
Deriving keys from passphrases
A user may wish to use a chosen passphrase rather than a randomly
generated key. In this case, information on how to generate the key from
a passphrase will be stored in the passphrase
property of the
m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
account-data. The passphrase
property
has an algorithm
property that indicates how to generate the key from
the passphrase. Other properties of the passphrase
property are
defined by the algorithm
specified.
Currently, the only algorithm defined is m.pbkdf2
. For the m.pbkdf2
algorithm, the passphrase
property has the
following properties:
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm | string | Required. Must be m.pbkdf2 |
salt | string | Required. The salt used in PBKDF2. |
iterations | integer | Required. The number of iterations to use in PBKDF2. |
bits | integer | Optional. The number of bits to generate for the key. Defaults to 256. |
The key is generated using PBKDF2 with SHA-512 as the hash, using the
salt given in the salt
parameter, and the number of iterations given
in the iterations
parameter.
Example:
{
"passphrase": {
"algorithm": "m.pbkdf2",
"salt": "MmMsAlty",
"iterations": 100000,
"bits": 256
},
...
}
Sharing
To request a secret from other devices, a client sends an
m.secret.request
device event with action
set to request
and
name
set to the identifier of the secret. A device that wishes to
share the secret will reply with an m.secret.send
event, encrypted
using olm. When the original client obtains the secret, it sends an
m.secret.request
event with action
set to request_cancellation
to
all devices other than the one that it received the secret from. Clients
should ignore m.secret.send
events received from devices that it did
not send an m.secret.request
event to.
Clients must ensure that they only share secrets with other devices that are allowed to see them. For example, clients should only share secrets with the user’s own devices that are verified and may prompt the user to confirm sharing the secret.
Event definitions
m.secret.request
m.secret.request
Sent by a client to request a secret from another device or to cancel a previous request. It is sent as an unencrypted to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
action |
string |
Required: One of: |
name |
string |
Required if |
request_id |
string |
Required: A random string uniquely identifying (with respect to the requester and the target) the target for a secret. If the secret is requested from multiple devices at the same time, the same ID MAY be used for every target. The same ID is also used in order to cancel a previous request. |
requesting_device_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the device requesting the secret. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"action": "request",
"name": "org.example.some.secret",
"request_id": "randomly_generated_id_9573",
"requesting_device_id": "ABCDEFG"
},
"type": "m.secret.request"
}
m.secret.send
m.secret.send
Sent by a client to share a secret with another device, in response to an
m.secret.request
event. It must be encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event
using Olm, then sent as a
to-device event.
The request_id
must match the ID previously given in an m.secret.request
event. The recipient must ensure that this event comes from a device that the
m.secret.request
event was originally sent to, and that the device is
a verified device owned by the recipient. This should be done by checking the
sender key of the Olm session that the event was sent over.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
request_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the request that this is a response to. |
secret |
string |
Required: The contents of the secret |
Examples
{
"content": {
"request_id": "randomly_generated_id_9573",
"secret": "ThisIsASecretDon'tTellAnyone"
},
"type": "m.secret.send"
}
Room History Visibility
This module adds support for controlling the visibility of previous events in a room.
In all cases except world_readable
, a user needs to join a room to
view events in that room. Once they have joined a room, they will gain
access to a subset of events in the room. How this subset is chosen is
controlled by the m.room.history_visibility
event outlined below.
After a user has left a room, they may see any events which they were
allowed to see before they left the room, but no events received after
they left.
The four options for the m.room.history_visibility
event are:
world_readable
- All events while this is them.room.history_visibility
value may be shared by any participating homeserver with anyone, regardless of whether they have ever joined the room.shared
- Previous events are always accessible to newly joined members. All events in the room are accessible, even those sent when the member was not a part of the room.invited
- Events are accessible to newly joined members from the point they were invited onwards. Events stop being accessible when the member’s state changes to something other thaninvite
orjoin
.joined
- Events are accessible to newly joined members from the point they joined the room onwards. Events stop being accessible when the member’s state changes to something other thanjoin
.
These options are applied at the point an event is sent. Checks are
performed with the state of the m.room.history_visibility
event when
the event in question is added to the DAG. This means clients cannot
retrospectively choose to show or hide history to new users if the
setting at that time was more restrictive.
Events
m.room.history_visibility
m.room.history_visibility
This event controls whether a user can see the events that happened in a room from before they joined.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
history_visibility |
string |
Required: Who can see the room history. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"history_visibility": "shared"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.history_visibility",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients that implement this module MUST present to the user the possible options for setting history visibility when creating a room.
Clients may want to display a notice that their events may be read by
non-joined people if the value is set to world_readable
.
Server behaviour
By default if no history_visibility
is set, or if the value is not
understood, the visibility is assumed to be shared
. The rules
governing whether a user is allowed to see an event depend on the state
of the room at that event.
- If the
history_visibility
was set toworld_readable
, allow. - If the user’s
membership
wasjoin
, allow. - If
history_visibility
was set toshared
, and the user joined the room at any point after the event was sent, allow. - If the user’s
membership
wasinvite
, and thehistory_visibility
was set toinvited
, allow. - Otherwise, deny.
For m.room.history_visibility
events themselves, the user should be
allowed to see the event if the history_visibility
before or after
the event would allow them to see it. (For example, a user should be
able to see m.room.history_visibility
events which change the
history_visibility
from world_readable
to joined
or from
joined
to world_readable
, even if that user was not a member of the
room.)
Likewise, for the user’s own m.room.member
events, the user should be
allowed to see the event if their membership
before or after the
event would allow them to see it. (For example, a user can always see
m.room.member
events which set their membership to join
, or which
change their membership from join
to any other value, even if
history_visibility
is joined
.)
Security considerations
The default value for history_visibility
is shared
for
backwards-compatibility reasons. Clients need to be aware that by not
setting this event they are exposing all of their room history to anyone
in the room.
Push Notifications
+--------------------+ +-------------------+
Matrix HTTP | | | |
Notification Protocol | App Developer | | Device Vendor |
| | | |
+-------------------+ | +----------------+ | | +---------------+ |
| | | | | | | | | |
| Matrix homeserver +-----> Push Gateway +------> Push Provider | |
| | | | | | | | | |
+-^-----------------+ | +----------------+ | | +----+----------+ |
| | | | | |
Matrix | | | | | |
Client/Server API + | | | | |
| | +--------------------+ +-------------------+
| +--+-+ |
| | <-------------------------------------------+
+---+ |
| | Provider Push Protocol
+----+
Mobile Device or Client
This module adds support for push notifications. Homeservers send notifications of events to user-configured HTTP endpoints. Users may also configure a number of rules that determine which events generate notifications. These are all stored and managed by the user’s homeserver. This allows user-specific push settings to be reused between client applications.
The above diagram shows the flow of push notifications being sent to a handset where push notifications are submitted via the handset vendor, such as Apple’s APNS or Google’s GCM. This happens as follows:
- The client app signs in to a homeserver.
- The client app registers with its vendor’s Push Provider and obtains a routing token of some kind.
- The mobile app uses the Client/Server API to add a ‘pusher’, providing the URL of a specific Push Gateway which is configured for that application. It also provides the routing token it has acquired from the Push Provider.
- The homeserver starts sending HTTP requests to the Push Gateway using the supplied URL. The Push Gateway relays this notification to the Push Provider, passing the routing token along with any necessary private credentials the provider requires to send push notifications.
- The Push Provider sends the notification to the device.
Definitions for terms used in this section are below:
- Push Provider
-
A push provider is a service managed by the device vendor which can send notifications directly to the device. Google Cloud Messaging (GCM) and Apple Push Notification Service (APNS) are two examples of push providers.
- Push Gateway
-
A push gateway is a server that receives HTTP event notifications from homeservers and passes them on to a different protocol such as APNS for iOS devices or GCM for Android devices. Clients inform the homeserver which Push Gateway to send notifications to when it sets up a Pusher.
- Pusher
-
A pusher is a worker on the homeserver that manages the sending of HTTP notifications for a user. A user can have multiple pushers: one per device.
- Push Rule
-
A push rule is a single rule that states under what conditions an event should be passed onto a push gateway and how the notification should be presented. These rules are stored on the user’s homeserver. They are manually configured by the user, who can create and view them via the Client/Server API.
- Push Ruleset
-
A push ruleset scopes a set of rules according to some criteria. For example, some rules may only be applied for messages from a particular sender, a particular room, or by default. The push ruleset contains the entire set of scopes and rules.
Push Rules
A push rule is a single rule that states under what conditions an
event should be passed onto a push gateway and how the notification
should be presented. There are different “kinds” of push rules and each
rule has an associated priority. Every push rule MUST have a kind
and
rule_id
. The rule_id
is a unique string within the kind of rule and
its’ scope: rule_ids
do not need to be unique between rules of the
same kind on different devices. Rules may have extra keys depending on
the value of kind
.
The different kind
s of rule, in the order that they are checked, are:
-
Override rules (
override
). The highest priority rules are user-configured overrides. -
Content-specific rules (
content
). These configure behaviour for messages that match certain patterns. Content rules take one parameter:pattern
, that gives the glob-style pattern to match against. The match is performed case-insensitively, and must match any substring of thecontent.body
property which starts and ends at a word boundary. A word boundary is defined as the start or end of the value, or any character not in the sets[A-Z]
,[a-z]
,[0-9]
or_
.The exact meaning of “case insensitive” is defined by the implementation of the homeserver. -
Room-specific rules (
room
). These rules change the behaviour of all messages for a given room. Therule_id
of a room rule is always the ID of the room that it affects. -
Sender-specific rules (
sender
). These rules configure notification behaviour for messages from a specific Matrix user ID. Therule_id
of Sender rules is always the Matrix user ID of the user whose messages they’d apply to. -
Underride rules (
underride
). These are identical tooverride
rules, but have a lower priority thancontent
,room
andsender
rules.
Rules with the same kind
can specify an ordering priority. This
determines which rule is selected in the event of multiple matches. For
example, a rule matching “tea” and a separate rule matching “time” would
both match the sentence “It’s time for tea”. The ordering of the rules
would then resolve the tiebreak to determine which rule is executed.
Only actions
for highest priority rule will be sent to the Push
Gateway.
Each rule can be enabled or disabled. Disabled rules never match. If no rules match an event, the homeserver MUST NOT notify the Push Gateway for that event. Homeservers MUST NOT notify the Push Gateway for events that the user has sent themselves.
Actions
All rules have an associated list of actions
. An action affects if and
how a notification is delivered for a matching event. The following
actions are defined:
notify
-
This causes each matching event to generate a notification.
set_tweak
-
Sets an entry in the
tweaks
dictionary key that is sent in the notification request to the Push Gateway. This takes the form of a dictionary with aset_tweak
key whose value is the name of the tweak to set. It may also have avalue
key which is the value to which it should be set.The following tweaks are defined:
sound
-
A string representing the sound to be played when this notification arrives. A value of
default
means to play a default sound. A device may choose to alert the user by some other means if appropriate, eg. vibration. highlight
-
A boolean representing whether or not this message should be highlighted in the UI. This will normally take the form of presenting the message in a different colour and/or style. The UI might also be adjusted to draw particular attention to the room in which the event occurred. If a
highlight
tweak is given with no value, its value is defined to betrue
. If no highlight tweak is given at all then the value ofhighlight
is defined to be false.
Tweaks are passed transparently through the homeserver so client applications and Push Gateways may agree on additional tweaks. For example, a tweak may be added to specify how to flash the notification light on a mobile device.
Actions that have no parameters are represented as a string. Otherwise,
they are represented as a dictionary with a key equal to their name and
other keys as their parameters, e.g.
{ "set_tweak": "sound", "value": "default" }
.
Historical Actions
Older versions of the Matrix specification included the dont_notify
and
coalesce
actions. Clients and homeservers MUST ignore these actions, for
instance, by stripping them from actions arrays they encounter. This means,
for example, that a rule with ["dont_notify"]
actions MUST be equivalent
to a rule with an empty actions array.
Conditions
override
and underride
rules MAY have a list of ‘conditions’. All
conditions must hold true for an event in order for the rule to match. A
rule with no conditions always matches.
Unrecognised conditions MUST NOT match any events, effectively making the push rule disabled.
room
, sender
and content
rules do not have conditions in the same
way, but instead have predefined conditions. In the cases of room
and
sender
rules, the rule_id
of the rule determines its behaviour.
The following conditions are defined:
event_match
This is a glob pattern match on a property of the event. Parameters:
-
key
: The dot-separated path of the property of the event to match, e.g.content.body
. -
pattern
: The glob-style pattern to match against.
The match is performed case-insensitively, and must match the entire value of
the event property given by key
(though see below regarding content.body
). The
exact meaning of “case insensitive” is defined by the implementation of the
homeserver.
If the property specified by key
is completely absent from the event, or does
not have a string value, then the condition will not match, even if pattern
is *
.
For example, if key
is content.topic
, and pattern
is lunc?*
, then
the following event will match:
{
"content": {
"topic": "Lunch plans",
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.topic"
}
Other topic
values which will match are:
"LUNCH"
(case-insensitive;*
may match zero characters)
The following topic
values will NOT match:
" lunch"
(note leading space)"lunc"
(?
must match a character)null
(not a string)
As a special case, if key
is content.body
, then pattern
must instead
match any substring of the value of the property which starts and ends at a
word boundary. A word boundary is defined as the start or end of the value, or
any character not in the sets [A-Z]
, [a-z]
, [0-9]
or _
.
For example, if key
is content.body
and pattern
is ex*ple
, the
following event will match:
{
"content": {
"body": "An example event."
},
"event_id": "$143273976499sgjks:example.org",
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message"
}
Other body
values which will match are:
"exple"
(the pattern can match at the start and end of the body.)"An exciting triple-whammy"
(the pattern can span multiple words, and-
acts as a word separator.)
Note that there is no implicit condition for state_key
. In other words, push
rules which should match only state events must include an explicit condition
for state_key
.
For an example of this, see the default rule
.m.rule.tombstone
below.
event_property_is
This is an exact value match on a property of the event. Parameters:
-
key
: The dot-separated path of the property of the event to match, e.g.content.body
. -
value
: The value to match against.
The match is performed exactly and only supports non-compound canonical JSON
values: strings, integers in the range of [-(2**53)+1, (2**53)-1]
, booleans, and
null
.
If the property specified by key
is completely absent from the event, or does
not have a string, integer, boolean, or null
value, then the condition will not
match.
For example, if key
is content.m\.federate
, and value
is true
, then
the following event will match:
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create"
}
The following m.federate
values will NOT match:
"true"
(note the string value)1
(do not cast types)
event_property_contains
This matches if an array property of an event exactly contains a value. Parameters:
-
key
: The dot-separated path of the property of the event to match, e.g.content.body
. -
value
: The value to match against.
The array values are matched exactly and only supports non-compound canonical JSON
values: strings, integers in the range of [-(2**53)+1, (2**53)-1]
, booleans,
and null
. Array values not of those types are ignored.
If the property specified by key
is completely absent from the event, or is not
an array, then the condition will not match.
For example, if key
is content.alt_aliases
, and value
is "#myroom:example.com"
,
then the following event will match:
{
"content": {
"alias": "#somewhere:localhost",
"alt_aliases": [
"#somewhere:example.org",
"#myroom:example.com"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.canonical_alias",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
The following alt_aliases
values will NOT match:
":example.com"
(partial values do not match)
contains_display_name
This matches messages where content.body
contains the owner’s display name in
that room. This is a separate condition because display names may change and as such
it would be hard to maintain a rule that matched the user’s display name. This
condition has no parameters.
room_member_count
This matches the current number of members in the room. Parameters:
is
: A decimal integer optionally prefixed by one of,==
,<
,>
,>=
or<=
. A prefix of<
matches rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to==
.
sender_notification_permission
This takes into account the current power levels in the room, ensuring the sender of the event has high enough power to trigger the notification.
Parameters:
key
: A string that determines the power level the sender must have to trigger notifications of a given type, such asroom
. Refer to the m.room.power_levels event schema for information about what the defaults are and how to interpret the event. Thekey
is used to look up the power level required to send a notification type from thenotifications
object in the power level event content.
Predefined Rules
Homeservers can specify “server-default rules”. They operate at a lower
priority than “user-defined rules”, except for the .m.rule.master
rule
which has always a higher priority than any other rule. The rule_id
for all server-default rules MUST start with a dot (".") to identify
them as “server-default”. The following server-default rules are
specified:
Default Override Rules
.m.rule.master
Matches all events. This can be enabled to turn off all push notifications. Unlike other server-default rules, this one has always a higher priority than other rules, even user defined ones. By default this rule is disabled.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master",
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"conditions": [],
"actions": []
}
.m.rule.suppress_notices
Matches messages with a msgtype
of notice
.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.msgtype",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"actions": []
}
.m.rule.invite_for_me
Matches any invites to a new room for this user.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "[the user's Matrix ID]"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
.m.rule.member_event
Matches any m.room.member_event
.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"actions": []
}
[Added in v1.7
]
Matches any message which contains the user’s Matrix ID in the list of user_ids
under the m.mentions
property.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.is_user_mention",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_property_contains",
"key": "content.m\\.mentions.user_ids",
"value": "[the user's Matrix ID]"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
[Changed in v1.7
]
As of v1.7
, this rule is deprecated and should only be enabled if the event
does not have an m.mentions
property.
Matches any message whose content contains the user’s current display name in the room in which it was sent.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
[Added in v1.7
]
Matches any message from a sender with the proper power level with the room
property of the m.mentions
property set to true
.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.is_room_mention",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_property_is",
"key": "content.m\\.mentions.room",
"value": true
},
{
"kind": "sender_notification_permission",
"key": "room"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
[Changed in v1.7
]
As of v1.7
, this rule is deprecated and should only be enabled if the event
does not have an m.mentions
property.
Matches any message from a sender with the proper power level whose content
contains the text @room
, signifying the whole room should be notified of
the event.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.roomnotif",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.body",
"pattern": "@room"
},
{
"kind": "sender_notification_permission",
"key": "room"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
Matches any state event whose type is m.room.tombstone
. This is
intended to notify users of a room when it is upgraded, similar to what
an @room
notification would accomplish.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.tombstone",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.tombstone"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "state_key",
"pattern": ""
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
[Added in v1.7
]
Matches any event whose type is m.reaction
. This suppresses notifications for m.reaction
events.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.reaction",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.reaction"
}
],
"actions": []
}
.m.rule.room.server_acl
[Added in v1.4
]
Suppresses notifications for m.room.server_acl
events.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room.server_acl",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.server_acl"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "state_key",
"pattern": ""
}
],
"actions": []
}
.m.rule.suppress_edits
[Added in v1.9
]
Suppresses notifications related to event replacements.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_edits",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_property_is",
"key": "content.m\\.relates_to.rel_type",
"value": "m.replace"
}
],
"actions": []
}
Default Content Rules
[Changed in v1.7
]
As of v1.7
, this rule is deprecated and should only be enabled if the event
does not have an m.mentions
property.
Matches any message whose content contains the local part of the user’s Matrix ID, separated by word boundaries.
Definition (as a content
rule):
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "[the local part of the user's Matrix ID]",
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
Default Underride Rules
.m.rule.call
Matches any incoming VOIP call.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
}
]
}
.m.rule.encrypted_room_one_to_one
Matches any encrypted event sent in a room with exactly two members. Unlike other push rules, this rule cannot be matched against the content of the event by nature of it being encrypted. This causes the rule to be an “all or nothing” match where it either matches all events that are encrypted (in 1:1 rooms) or none.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.encrypted_room_one_to_one",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "room_member_count",
"is": "2"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.encrypted"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
.m.rule.room_one_to_one
Matches any message sent in a room with exactly two members.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "room_member_count",
"is": "2"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
.m.rule.message
Matches all chat messages.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify"
]
}
.m.rule.encrypted
Matches all encrypted events. Unlike other push rules, this rule cannot be matched against the content of the event by nature of it being encrypted. This causes the rule to be an “all or nothing” match where it either matches all events that are encrypted (in group rooms) or none.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.encrypted",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.encrypted"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify"
]
}
Push Rules: API
Clients can retrieve, add, modify and remove push rules globally or per-device using the APIs below.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/
Retrieve all push rulesets for this user. Currently the only push ruleset
defined is global
.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
All the push rulesets for this user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
global |
Ruleset |
Required: The global ruleset. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
[PushRule] |
|
override |
[PushRule] |
|
room |
[PushRule] |
|
sender |
[PushRule] |
|
underride |
[PushRule] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against.
Only applicable to |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for |
value |
string|integer|boolean|null |
Required for |
{
"global": {
"content": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "alice",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name"
}
],
"override": [
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [],
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master"
},
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "content.msgtype",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices"
}
],
"room": [],
"sender": [],
"underride": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"is": "2",
"kind": "room_member_count"
},
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "@alice:example.com"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message"
}
]
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/
Retrieve all push rules for this user.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
All the push rules for this user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
[PushRule] |
|
override |
[PushRule] |
|
room |
[PushRule] |
|
sender |
[PushRule] |
|
underride |
[PushRule] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against.
Only applicable to |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for |
value |
string|integer|boolean|null |
Required for |
{
"content": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "alice",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name"
}
],
"override": [
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [],
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master"
},
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "content.msgtype",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices"
}
],
"room": [],
"sender": [],
"underride": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"is": "2",
"kind": "room_member_count"
},
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "@alice:example.com"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message"
}
]
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}
Retrieve a single specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The specific push rule. This will also include keys specific to the
rule itself such as the rule’s actions and conditions if set. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against.
Only applicable to |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for |
value |
string|integer|boolean|null |
Required for |
{
"actions": [],
"default": false,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "cake*lie",
"rule_id": "nocake"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}
This endpoint allows the creation and modification of user defined push rules.
If a rule with the same rule_id
already exists among rules of the same
kind, it is updated with the new parameters, otherwise a new rule is
created.
If both after
and before
are provided, the new or updated rule must
be the next most important rule with respect to the rule identified by
before
.
If neither after
nor before
are provided and the rule is created, it
should be added as the most important user defined rule among rules of
the same kind.
When creating push rules, they MUST be enabled by default.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. If the string starts with a dot ("."), the request MUST be rejected as this is reserved for server-default rules. Slashes ("/") and backslashes ("\") are also not allowed. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
after |
string |
This makes the new rule the next-less important rule relative to the given user defined rule. It is not possible to add a rule relative to a predefined server rule. |
before |
string |
Use ‘before’ with a |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The action(s) to perform when the conditions for this rule are met. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a
rule to be applied to an event. A rule with no conditions
always matches. Only applicable to |
pattern |
string |
Only applicable to |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for |
value |
string|integer|boolean|null |
Required for |
Request body example
{
"actions": [
"notify"
],
"pattern": "cake*lie"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was created/updated. |
400 |
There was a problem configuring this push rule. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist (when updating a push rule). |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "before/after rule not found: someRuleId"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}
This endpoint removes the push rule defined in the path.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was deleted. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}/actions
This endpoint get the actions for the specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The actions for this push rule. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The action(s) to perform for this rule. |
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "bing"
}
]
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}/actions
This endpoint allows clients to change the actions of a push rule. This can be used to change the actions of builtin rules.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The action(s) to perform for this rule. |
Request body example
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The actions for the push rule were set. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}/enabled
This endpoint gets whether the specified push rule is enabled.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Whether the push rule is enabled. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
{
"enabled": true
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/{kind}/{ruleId}/enabled
This endpoint allows clients to enable or disable the specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
Request body example
{
"enabled": true
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was enabled or disabled. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
Push Rules: Events
When a user changes their push rules a m.push_rules
event is sent to
all clients in the account_data
section of their next /sync
request.
The content of the event is the current push rules for the user.
m.push_rules
m.push_rules
Describes all push rules for this user.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
global |
Ruleset |
The global ruleset |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
[PushRule] |
|
override |
[PushRule] |
|
room |
[PushRule] |
|
sender |
[PushRule] |
|
underride |
[PushRule] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[string|object] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against.
Only applicable to |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for |
value |
string|integer|boolean|null |
Required for |
Examples
{
"content": {
"global": {
"content": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "alice",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name"
}
],
"override": [
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [],
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master"
},
{
"actions": [],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "content.msgtype",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices"
}
],
"room": [],
"sender": [],
"underride": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"is": "2",
"kind": "room_member_count"
},
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "@alice:example.com"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message"
}
]
}
},
"type": "m.push_rules"
}
Examples
To create a rule that suppresses notifications for the room with ID
!dj234r78wl45Gh4D:matrix.org
:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/room/%21dj234r78wl45Gh4D%3Amatrix.org?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"actions" : []
}'
To suppress notifications for the user @spambot:matrix.org
:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/sender/%40spambot%3Amatrix.org?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"actions" : []
}'
To always notify for messages that contain the work ‘cake’ and set a
specific sound (with a rule_id of SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl
):
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/content/SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"pattern": "cake",
"actions" : ["notify", {"set_tweak":"sound", "value":"cakealarm.wav"}]
}'
To add a rule suppressing notifications for messages starting with ‘cake’ but ending with ’lie’, superseding the previous rule:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/content/U3BvbmdlIGNha2UgaXMgYmVzdA?access_token=123456&before=SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl" -d \
'{
"pattern": "cake*lie",
"actions" : ["notify"]
}'
To add a custom sound for notifications messages containing the word ‘beer’ in any rooms with 10 members or fewer (with greater importance than the room, sender and content rules):
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/v3/pushrules/global/override/U2VlIHlvdSBpbiBUaGUgRHVrZQ?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"conditions": [
{"kind": "event_match", "key": "content.body", "pattern": "beer" },
{"kind": "room_member_count", "is": "<=10"}
],
"actions" : [
"notify",
{"set_tweak":"sound", "value":"beeroclock.wav"}
]
}'
Client behaviour
Clients MUST configure a Pusher before they will receive push notifications. There is a single API endpoint for this, as described below.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/pushers
Gets all currently active pushers for the authenticated user.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The pushers for this user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
pushers |
[Pusher] |
An array containing the current pushers for the user |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
app_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what application owns this pusher. |
app_id |
string |
Required: This is a reverse-DNS style identifier for the application. Max length, 64 chars. |
data |
PusherData |
Required: A dictionary of information for the pusher implementation itself. |
device_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what device owns this pusher. |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of pusher. |
lang |
string |
Required: The preferred language for receiving notifications (e.g. ’en' or ’en-US') |
profile_tag |
string |
This string determines which set of device specific rules this pusher executes. |
pushkey |
string |
Required: This is a unique identifier for this pusher. See |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
format |
string |
The format to use when sending notifications to the Push Gateway. |
url |
URI |
Required if |
{
"pushers": [
{
"app_display_name": "Appy McAppface",
"app_id": "face.mcapp.appy.prod",
"data": {
"url": "https://example.com/_matrix/push/v1/notify"
},
"device_display_name": "Alice's Phone",
"kind": "http",
"lang": "en-US",
"profile_tag": "xyz",
"pushkey": "Xp/MzCt8/9DcSNE9cuiaoT5Ac55job3TdLSSmtmYl4A="
}
]
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/pushers/set
This endpoint allows the creation, modification and deletion of pushers for this user ID. The behaviour of this endpoint varies depending on the values in the JSON body.
If kind
is not null
, the pusher with this app_id
and pushkey
for this user is updated, or it is created if it doesn’t exist. If
kind
is null
, the pusher with this app_id
and pushkey
for this
user is deleted.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
app_display_name |
string |
Required if |
app_id |
string |
Required: This is a reverse-DNS style identifier for the application. It is recommended that this end with the platform, such that different platform versions get different app identifiers. Max length, 64 chars. If the |
append |
boolean |
If true, the homeserver should add another pusher with the
given pushkey and App ID in addition to any others with
different user IDs. Otherwise, the homeserver must remove any
other pushers with the same App ID and pushkey for different
users. The default is |
data |
PusherData |
Required if If |
device_display_name |
string |
Required if |
kind |
string|null |
Required: The kind of pusher to configure. |
lang |
string |
Required if |
profile_tag |
string |
This string determines which set of device specific rules this pusher executes. |
pushkey |
string |
Required: This is a unique identifier for this pusher. The value you should use for this is the routing or destination address information for the notification, for example, the APNS token for APNS or the Registration ID for GCM. If your notification client has no such concept, use any unique identifier. Max length, 512 bytes. If the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
format |
string |
The format to send notifications in to Push Gateways if the
|
url |
URI |
Required if |
Request body example
{
"app_display_name": "Mat Rix",
"app_id": "com.example.app.ios",
"append": false,
"data": {
"format": "event_id_only",
"url": "https://push-gateway.location.here/_matrix/push/v1/notify"
},
"device_display_name": "iPhone 9",
"kind": "http",
"lang": "en",
"profile_tag": "xxyyzz",
"pushkey": "APA91bHPRgkF3JUikC4ENAHEeMrd41Zxv3hVZjC9KtT8OvPVGJ-hQMRKRrZuJAEcl7B338qju59zJMjw2DELjzEvxwYv7hH5Ynpc1ODQ0aT4U4OFEeco8ohsN5PjL1iC2dNtk2BAokeMCg2ZXKqpc8FXKmhX94kIxQ"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The pusher was set. |
400 |
One or more of the pusher values were invalid. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_MISSING_PARAM",
"error": "Missing parameters: lang, data"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Listing Notifications
A client can retrieve a list of events that it has been notified about. This may be useful so that users can see a summary of what important messages they have received.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/notifications
This API is used to paginate through the list of events that the user has been, or would have been notified about.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
Pagination token to continue from. This should be the |
limit |
integer |
Limit on the number of events to return in this request. |
only |
string |
Allows basic filtering of events returned. Supply |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A batch of events is being returned |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_token |
string |
The token to supply in the |
notifications |
[Notification] |
Required: The list of events that triggered notifications. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[object|string] |
Required: The action(s) to perform when the conditions for this rule are met. See Push Rules: API. |
event |
Event |
Required: The Event object for the event that triggered the notification. |
profile_tag |
string |
The profile tag of the rule that matched this event. |
read |
boolean |
Required: Indicates whether the user has sent a read receipt indicating that they have read this message. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room in which the event was posted. |
ts |
integer |
Required: The unix timestamp at which the event notification was sent, in milliseconds. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEventWithoutRoomID |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"next_token": "abcdef",
"notifications": [
{
"actions": [
"notify"
],
"event": {
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
"profile_tag": "hcbvkzxhcvb",
"read": true,
"room_id": "!abcdefg:example.com",
"ts": 1475508881945
}
]
}
Receiving notifications
Servers MUST include the number of unread notifications in a client’s
/sync
stream, and MUST update it as it changes. Notifications are
determined by the push rules which apply to an event.
For encrypted events, the homeserver has limited access to the event content and properly processing push rules falls on the client. Clients should process push rules for each incoming event after decrypting them. This may result in needing to modify the number of unread notifications received from the homeserver.
Marking notifications as read
When the user updates their read receipt (either by using the API or by
sending an event), notifications prior to and including that event MUST
be marked as read. Which specific events are affected can vary depending
on whether a threaded read receipt was used.
Note that users can send both an m.read
and m.read.private
receipt,
both of which are capable of clearing notifications.
If the user has both m.read
and m.read.private
set in the room then
the receipt which is more recent/ahead must be used to determine where
the user has read up to. For example, given an oldest-first set of events A,
B, C, and D the m.read
receipt could be at event C and m.read.private
at event A - the user is considered to have read up to event C. If the
m.read.private
receipt is then updated to point to B or C, the user’s
notification state doesn’t change (the m.read
receipt is still more
ahead), however if the m.read.private
receipt were to be updated to
event D then the user has read up to D (the m.read
receipt is now
behind the m.read.private
receipt).
[Added in v1.4
] When handling threaded read receipts, the server is to
partition the notification count to each thread (with the main timeline being
its own thread). To determine if an event is part of a thread the server follows
the event relationship until it finds a
thread root via an m.thread
relation (as specified by the threading
module), however it is not recommended that the server traverse
infinitely. Instead, implementations are encouraged to do a maximum of 3 hops to
find a thread before deciding that the event does not belong to a thread. This
is primarily to ensure that future events, like m.reaction
, are correctly
considered “part of” a given thread.
Server behaviour
When receiving a new event homeservers process push rules for each of the local users in the room (excluding the sender). This may result in:
- Generating a new number of unread notifications for the user.
- Making a request to the configured push gateway.
The updated notification count from a new event MUST appear in the same /sync
response as the event itself.
Push Gateway behaviour
Recommendations for APNS
The exact format for sending APNS notifications is flexible and up to the client app and its push gateway to agree on. As APNS requires that the sender has a private key owned by the app developer, each app must have its own push gateway. It is recommended that:
- The APNS token be base64 encoded and used as the pushkey.
- A different app_id be used for apps on the production and sandbox APS environments.
- APNS push gateways do not attempt to wait for errors from the APNS gateway before returning and instead to store failures and return ‘rejected’ responses next time that pushkey is used.
Security considerations
Clients specify the Push Gateway URL to use to send event notifications to. This URL should be over HTTPS and never over HTTP.
As push notifications will pass through a Push Provider, message content shouldn’t be sent in the push itself where possible. Instead, Push Gateways should send a “sync” command to instruct the client to get new events from the homeserver directly.
Third-party invites
This module adds in support for inviting new members to a room where
their Matrix user ID is not known, instead addressing them by a third-party
identifier such as an email address. There are two flows here; one
if a Matrix user ID is known for the third-party identifier, and one if
not. Either way, the client calls /invite
with the details of the
third-party identifier.
The homeserver asks the identity server whether a Matrix user ID is known for that identifier:
- If it is, an invite is simply issued for that user.
- If it is not, the homeserver asks the identity server to record the details of the invitation, and to notify the invitee’s homeserver of this pending invitation if it gets a binding for this identifier in the future. The identity server returns a token and public key to the inviting homeserver.
When the invitee’s homeserver receives the notification of the binding,
it should insert an m.room.member
event into the room’s graph for that
user, with content.membership
= invite
, as well as a
content.third_party_invite
property which contains proof that the
invitee does indeed own that third-party identifier. See the
m.room.member schema for more information.
Events
m.room.third_party_invite
m.room.third_party_invite
Acts as an m.room.member
invite event, where there isn’t a target user_id to invite. This event contains a token and a public key whose private key must be used to sign the token. Any user who can present that signature may use this invitation to join the target room.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The token, of which a signature must be produced in order to join the room. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A user-readable string which represents the user who has been invited. This should not contain the user’s third-party ID, as otherwise when the invite is accepted it would leak the association between the matrix ID and the third-party ID. |
key_validity_url |
string |
Required: A URL which can be fetched, with querystring public_key=public_key, to validate whether the key has been revoked. The URL must return a JSON object containing a boolean property named ‘valid’. |
public_key |
string |
Required: A base64-encoded ed25519 key with which token must be signed (though a signature from any entry in public_keys is also sufficient). This exists for backwards compatibility. |
public_keys |
[PublicKeys] |
Keys with which the token may be signed. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key_validity_url |
string |
An optional URL which can be fetched, with querystring public_key=public_key, to validate whether the key has been revoked. The URL must return a JSON object containing a boolean property named ‘valid’. If this URL is absent, the key must be considered valid indefinitely. |
public_key |
string |
Required: A base-64 encoded ed25519 key with which token may be signed. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"display_name": "Alice Margatroid",
"key_validity_url": "https://magic.forest/verifykey",
"public_key": "abc123",
"public_keys": [
{
"key_validity_url": "https://magic.forest/verifykey",
"public_key": "def456"
}
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "pc98",
"type": "m.room.third_party_invite",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
A client asks a server to invite a user by their third-party identifier.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/invite
Note that there are two forms of this API, which are documented separately. This version of the API does not require that the inviter know the Matrix identifier of the invitee, and instead relies on third-party identifiers. The homeserver uses an identity server to perform the mapping from third-party identifier to a Matrix identifier. The other is documented in the joining rooms section.
This API invites a user to participate in a particular room. They do not start participating in the room until they actually join the room.
Only users currently in a particular room can invite other users to join that room.
If the identity server did know the Matrix user identifier for the
third-party identifier, the homeserver will append a m.room.member
event to the room.
If the identity server does not know a Matrix user identifier for the
passed third-party identifier, the homeserver will issue an invitation
which can be accepted upon providing proof of ownership of the third-
party identifier. This is achieved by the identity server generating a
token, which it gives to the inviting homeserver. The homeserver will
add an m.room.third_party_invite
event into the graph for the room,
containing that token.
When the invitee binds the invited third-party identifier to a Matrix user ID, the identity server will give the user a list of pending invitations, each containing:
-
The room ID to which they were invited
-
The token given to the homeserver
-
A signature of the token, signed with the identity server’s private key
-
The matrix user ID who invited them to the room
If a token is requested from the identity server, the homeserver will
append a m.room.third_party_invite
event to the room.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to which to invite the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The invitee’s third-party identifier. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The hostname+port of the identity server which should be used for third-party identifier lookups. |
medium |
string |
Required: The kind of address being passed in the address field, for example
|
Request body example
{
"address": "[email protected]",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "matrix.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been invited to join the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to invite the user to the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org is banned from the room"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
Upon receipt of an /invite
, the server is expected to look up the
third-party identifier with the provided identity server. If the lookup
yields a result for a Matrix User ID then the normal invite process can
be initiated. This process ends up looking like this:
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| | |
| POST /invite | |
|------------------------------------>| |
| | |
| | GET /lookup |
| |--------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | User ID result |
| |<---------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | Invite process for the discovered User ID |
| |------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
| |<----------------------------------------- |
| | |
| Complete the /invite request | |
|<------------------------------------| |
| | |
However, if the lookup does not yield a bound User ID, the homeserver
must store the invite on the identity server and emit a valid
m.room.third_party_invite
event to the room. This process ends up
looking like this:
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| | |
| POST /invite | |
|------------------------------------>| |
| | |
| | GET /lookup |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | "no users" result |
| |<--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | POST /store-invite |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | Information needed for the m.room.third_party_invite |
| |<--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | Emit m.room.third_party_invite to the room |
| |------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
| |<------------------------------------------ |
| | |
| Complete the /invite request | |
|<------------------------------------| |
| | |
All homeservers MUST verify the signature in the event’s
content.third_party_invite.signed
object.
The third-party user will then need to verify their identity, which
results in a call from the identity server to the homeserver that bound
the third-party identifier to a user. The homeserver then exchanges the
m.room.third_party_invite
event in the room for a complete
m.room.member
event for membership: invite
for the user that has
bound the third-party identifier.
If a homeserver is joining a room for the first time because of an
m.room.third_party_invite
, the server which is already participating
in the room (which is chosen as per the standard server-server
specification) MUST validate that the public key used for signing is
still valid, by checking key_validity_url
in the above described way.
No other homeservers may reject the joining of the room on the basis of
key_validity_url
, this is so that all homeservers have a consistent
view of the room. They may, however, indicate to their clients that a
member’s membership is questionable.
For example, given H1, H2, and H3 as homeservers, UserA as a user of H1, and an identity server IS, the full sequence for a third-party invite would look like the following. This diagram assumes H1 and H2 are residents of the room while H3 is attempting to join.
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
| UserA | | ThirdPartyUser | | H1 | | H2 | | H3 | | IS |
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
| | | | | |
| POST /invite for ThirdPartyUser | | | |
|----------------------------------->| | | |
| | | | | |
| | | GET /lookup | | |
| | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | Lookup results (empty object) |
| | |<----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | POST /store-invite | | |
| | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | Token, keys, etc for third-party invite |
| | |<----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit m.room.third_party_invite | | |
| | |----------------------------------------------->| | |
| | | | | |
| Complete /invite request | | | |
|<-----------------------------------| | | |
| | | | | |
| | Verify identity | | | |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | | POST /3pid/onbind |
| | | | |<---------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | PUT /exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId | |
| | |<-----------------------------------------------------------------| |
| | | | | |
| | | Verify the request | | |
| | |------------------- | | |
| | | | | | |
| | |<------------------ | | |
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit m.room.member for invite | | |
| | |----------------------------------------------->| | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit the m.room.member event sent to H2 | |
| | |----------------------------------------------------------------->| |
| | | | | |
| | | Complete /exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId request | |
| | |----------------------------------------------------------------->| |
| | | | | |
| | | | | Participate in the room |
| | | | |------------------------ |
| | | | | | |
| | | | |<----------------------- |
| | | | | |
Note that when H1 sends the m.room.member
event to H2 and H3 it does
not have to block on either server’s receipt of the event. Likewise, H1
may complete the /exchange_third_party_invite
request at the
same time as sending the m.room.member
event to H2 and H3.
Additionally, H3 may complete the /3pid/onbind
request it got from IS
at any time - the completion is not shown in the diagram.
H1 MUST verify the request from H3 to ensure the signed
property is
correct as well as the key_validity_url
as still being valid. This is
done by making a request to the identity server
/isvalid
endpoint, using the provided URL rather than constructing a new one. The
query string and response for the provided URL must match the Identity
Service Specification.
The reason that no other homeserver may reject the event based on
checking key_validity_url
is that we must ensure event acceptance is
deterministic. If some other participating server doesn’t have a network
path to the keyserver, or if the keyserver were to go offline, or revoke
its keys, that other server would reject the event and cause the
participating servers’ graphs to diverge. This relies on participating
servers trusting each other, but that trust is already implied by the
server-server protocol. Also, the public key signature verification must
still be performed, so the attack surface here is minimized.
Security considerations
There are a number of privacy and trust implications to this module.
It is important for user privacy that leaking the mapping between a matrix user ID and a third-party identifier is hard. In particular, being able to look up all third-party identifiers from a matrix user ID (and accordingly, being able to link each third-party identifier) should be avoided wherever possible. To this end, the third-party identifier is not put in any event, rather an opaque display name provided by the identity server is put into the events. Clients should not remember or display third-party identifiers from invites, other than for the use of the inviter themself.
Homeservers are not required to trust any particular identity server(s). It is generally a client’s responsibility to decide which identity servers it trusts, not a homeserver’s. Accordingly, this API takes identity servers as input from end users, and doesn’t have any specific trusted set. It is possible some homeservers may want to supply defaults, or reject some identity servers for its users, but no homeserver is allowed to dictate which identity servers other homeservers’ users trust.
There is some risk of denial of service attacks by flooding homeservers or identity servers with many requests, or much state to store. Defending against these is left to the implementer’s discretion.
Server Side Search
The search API allows clients to perform full text search across events in all rooms that the user has been in, including those that they have left. Only events that the user is allowed to see will be searched, e.g. it won’t include events in rooms that happened after you left.
Client behaviour
There is a single HTTP API for performing server-side search, documented below.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/search
Performs a full text search across different categories.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_batch |
string |
The point to return events from. If given, this should be a
|
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
search_categories |
Categories |
Required: Describes which categories to search in and their criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_events |
Room Events Criteria |
Mapping of category name to search criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_context |
Include Event Context |
Configures whether any context for the events returned are included in the response. |
filter |
Filter |
This takes a filter. |
groupings |
Groupings |
Requests that the server partitions the result set based on the provided list of keys. |
include_state |
boolean |
Requests the server return the current state for each room returned. |
keys |
[string] |
The keys to search. Defaults to all. |
order_by |
string |
The order in which to search for results.
By default, this is One of: |
search_term |
string |
Required: The string to search events for |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
after_limit |
integer |
How many events after the result are
returned. By default, this is |
before_limit |
integer |
How many events before the result are
returned. By default, this is |
include_profile |
boolean |
Requests that the server returns the
historic profile information for the users
that sent the events that were returned.
By default, this is |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return, must be an integer greater than 0. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A |
unread_thread_notifications |
boolean |
If Added in |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
group_by |
[Group] |
List of groups to request. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Key that defines the group. One of: |
Request body example
{
"search_categories": {
"room_events": {
"groupings": {
"group_by": [
{
"key": "room_id"
}
]
},
"keys": [
"content.body"
],
"order_by": "recent",
"search_term": "martians and men"
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Results of the search. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
search_categories |
Result Categories |
Required: Describes which categories to search in and their criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_events |
Result Room Events |
Mapping of category name to search criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
An approximate count of the total number of results found. |
groups |
{string: {string: Group Value}} |
Any groups that were requested. The outer |
highlights |
[string] |
List of words which should be highlighted, useful for stemming which may change the query terms. |
next_batch |
string |
Token that can be used to get the next batch of
results, by passing as the |
results |
[Result] |
List of results in the requested order. |
state |
{Room ID: [ClientEvent]} |
The current state for every room in the results.
This is included if the request had the
The key is the room ID for which the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_batch |
string |
Token that can be used to get the next batch
of results in the group, by passing as the
|
order |
integer |
Key that can be used to order different groups. |
results |
[string] |
Which results are in this group. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
context |
Event Context |
Context for result, if requested. |
rank |
number |
A number that describes how closely this result matches the search. Higher is closer. |
result |
Event |
The event that matched. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
end |
string |
Pagination token for the end of the chunk |
events_after |
[Event] |
Events just after the result. |
events_before |
[Event] |
Events just before the result. |
profile_info |
{User ID: User Profile} |
The historic profile information of the users that sent the events returned. The key is the user ID for which the profile belongs to. |
start |
string |
Pagination token for the start of the chunk |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
|
displayname |
string |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"search_categories": {
"room_events": {
"count": 1224,
"groups": {
"room_id": {
"!qPewotXpIctQySfjSy:localhost": {
"next_batch": "BdgFsdfHSf-dsFD",
"order": 1,
"results": [
"$144429830826TWwbB:localhost"
]
}
}
},
"highlights": [
"martians",
"men"
],
"next_batch": "5FdgFsd234dfgsdfFD",
"results": [
{
"rank": 0.00424866,
"result": {
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$144429830826TWwbB:localhost",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!qPewotXpIctQySfjSy:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
}
]
}
}
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Search Categories
The search API allows clients to search in different categories of
items. Currently the only specified category is room_events
.
room_events
This category covers all events that the user is allowed to see, including events in rooms that they have left. The search is performed on certain keys of certain event types.
The supported keys to search over are:
content.body
inm.room.message
content.name
inm.room.name
content.topic
inm.room.topic
The search will not include rooms that are end to end encrypted.
The results include a rank
key that can be used to sort the results by
relevancy. The higher the rank
the more relevant the result is.
The value of count
gives an approximation of the total number of
results. Homeservers may give an estimate rather than an exact value for
this field.
Ordering
The client can specify the ordering that the server returns results in. The two allowed orderings are:
rank
, which returns the most relevant results first.recent
, which returns the most recent results first.
The default ordering is rank
.
Groups
The client can request that the results are returned along with grouping
information, e.g. grouped by room_id
. In this case the response will
contain a group entry for each distinct value of room_id
. Each group
entry contains at least a list of the event_ids
that are in that
group, as well as potentially other metadata about the group.
The current required supported groupings are:
room_id
sender
Pagination
The server may return a next_batch
key at various places in the
response. These are used to paginate the results. To fetch more results,
the client should send the same request to the server with a
next_batch
query parameter set to that of the token.
The scope of the pagination is defined depending on where the
next_batch
token was returned. For example, using a token inside a
group will return more results from within that group.
The currently supported locations for the next_batch
token are:
search_categories.<category>.next_batch
search_categories.<category>.groups.<group_key>.<group_id>.next_batch
A server need not support pagination, even if there are more matching
results. In that case, they must not return a next_batch
token in the
response.
Security considerations
The server must only return results that the user has permission to see.
Guest Access
There are times when it is desirable for clients to be able to interact with rooms without having to fully register for an account on a homeserver or join the room. This module specifies how these clients should interact with servers in order to participate in rooms as guests.
Guest users retrieve access tokens from a homeserver using the ordinary
register
endpoint,
specifying the kind
parameter as guest
. They may then interact with
the client-server API as any other user would, but will only have access
to a subset of the API as described the Client behaviour subsection
below. Homeservers may choose not to allow this access at all to their
local users, but have no information about whether users on other
homeservers are guests or not.
Guest users can also upgrade their account by going through the ordinary
register
flow, but specifying the additional POST parameter
guest_access_token
containing the guest’s access token. They are also
required to specify the username
parameter to the value of the local
part of their username, which is otherwise optional.
This module does not fully factor in federation; it relies on individual homeservers properly adhering to the rules set out in this module, rather than allowing all homeservers to enforce the rules on each other.
Events
m.room.guest_access
m.room.guest_access
This event controls whether guest users are allowed to join rooms. If this event is absent, servers should act as if it is present and has the guest_access value “forbidden”.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
guest_access |
string |
Required: Whether guests can join the room. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"guest_access": "can_join"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.guest_access",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for retrieving events and associated media:
- GET /rooms/{roomId}/state
- GET /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
- GET /rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
- GET /rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
- GET /rooms/{roomId}/messages
- [Added in
v1.1
] GET /rooms/{roomId}/members - GET /rooms/{roomId}/initialSync
- GET /sync
- GET /events as used for room previews.
- [Added in
v1.12
] GET /media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId} - [Added in
v1.12
] GET /media/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName} - [Added in
v1.12
] GET /media/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for sending events:
-
PUT /rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}
- [Changed in
v1.2
] Guests can now send any event type rather than justm.room.message
events.
- [Changed in
-
[Added in
v1.2
] PUT /rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for their own account maintenance:
- PUT /profile/{userId}/displayname
- GET /devices
- GET /devices/{deviceId}
- PUT /devices/{deviceId}
- [Added in
v1.2
] GET /account/whoami
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for end-to-end encryption:
Server behaviour
Servers MUST only allow guest users to join rooms if the
m.room.guest_access
state event is present on the room, and has the
guest_access
value can_join
. If the m.room.guest_access
event is
changed to stop this from being the case, the server MUST set those
users’ m.room.member
state to leave
.
Security considerations
Each homeserver manages its own guest accounts itself, and whether an account is a guest account or not is not information passed from server to server. Accordingly, any server participating in a room is trusted to properly enforce the permissions outlined in this section.
Homeservers may want to enable protections such as captchas for guest registration to prevent spam, denial of service, and similar attacks.
Homeservers may want to put stricter rate limits on guest accounts, particularly for sending state events.
Room Previews
It is sometimes desirable to offer a preview of a room, where a user can “lurk” and read messages posted to the room, without joining the room. This can be particularly effective when combined with Guest Access.
Previews are implemented via the world_readable
Room History
Visibility. setting, along with a special version of the GET
/events endpoint.
Client behaviour
A client wishing to view a room without joining it should call GET /rooms/:room_id/initialSync, followed by GET /events. Clients will need to do this in parallel for each room they wish to view.
Clients can of course also call other endpoints such as GET
/rooms/:room_id/messages
and GET /search to
access events outside the /events
stream.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/events
This will listen for new events related to a particular room and return
them to the caller. This will block until an event is received, or until
the timeout
is reached.
This API is the same as the normal /events
endpoint, but can be
called by users who have not joined the room.
Note that the normal /events
endpoint has been deprecated. This
API will also be deprecated at some point, but its replacement is not
yet known.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
The token to stream from. This token is either from a previous request to this API or from the initial sync API. |
room_id |
string |
The room ID for which events should be returned. |
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for an event. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events received, which may be none. |
400 |
Bad pagination from parameter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[Event] |
An array of events. |
end |
string |
A token which correlates to the last value in |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the first value in |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!somewhere:over.the.rainbow",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"end": "s3457_9_0",
"start": "s3456_9_0"
}
Server behaviour
For clients which have not joined a room, servers are required to only
return events where the room state at the event had the
m.room.history_visibility
state event present with
history_visibility
value world_readable
.
Security considerations
Clients may wish to display to their users that rooms which are
world_readable
may be showing messages to non-joined users. There is
no way using this module to find out whether any non-joined guest users
do see events in the room, or to list or count any lurking users.
Room Tagging
Users can add tags to rooms. Tags are namespaced strings used to label rooms. A room may have multiple tags. Tags are only visible to the user that set them but are shared across all their devices.
Events
The tags on a room are received as single m.tag
event in the
account_data
section of a room. The content of the m.tag
event is a
tags
key whose value is an object mapping the name of each tag to
another object.
The JSON object associated with each tag gives information about the tag, e.g how to order the rooms with a given tag.
Ordering information is given under the order
key as a number between
0 and 1. The numbers are compared such that 0 is displayed first.
Therefore a room with an order
of 0.2
would be displayed before a
room with an order
of 0.7
. If a room has a tag without an order
key then it should appear after the rooms with that tag that have an
order
key.
The name of a tag MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.
The tag namespace is defined as follows:
- The namespace
m.*
is reserved for tags defined in the Matrix specification. Clients must ignore any tags in this namespace they don’t understand. - The namespace
u.*
is reserved for user-defined tags. The portion of the string after theu.
is defined to be the display name of this tag. No other semantics should be inferred from tags in this namespace. - A client or app willing to use special tags for advanced
functionality should namespace them similarly to state keys:
tld.name.*
- Any tag in the
tld.name.*
form but not matching the namespace of the current client should be ignored - Any tag not matching the above rules should be interpreted as a user
tag from the
u.*
namespace, as if the name had already hadu.
stripped from the start (ie. the name of the tag is used as the display name directly). These non-namespaced tags are supported for historical reasons. New tags should use one of the defined namespaces above.
Several special names are listed in the specification: The following
tags are defined in the m.*
namespace:
m.favourite
: The user’s favourite rooms. These should be shown with higher precedence than other rooms.m.lowpriority
: These should be shown with lower precedence than others.m.server_notice
: Used to identify Server Notice Rooms.
m.tag
m.tag
Informs the client of tags on a room.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
tags |
{string: Tag} |
The tags on the room and their contents. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range |
Examples
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"u.work": {
"order": 0.9
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
}
Client Behaviour
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags
List the tags set by a user on a room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to get tags for. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to get tags for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of tags for the user for the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
tags |
{string: Tag} |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range |
{
"tags": {
"m.favourite": {
"order": 0.1
},
"u.Customers": {},
"u.Work": {
"order": 0.7
}
}
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags/{tag}
Add a tag to the room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to add a tag to. |
tag |
string |
Required: The tag to add. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to add a tag for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range |
Request body example
{
"order": 0.25
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The tag was successfully added. |
200 response
{}
DELETE
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags/{tag}
Remove a tag from the room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to remove a tag from. |
tag |
string |
Required: The tag to remove. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to remove a tag for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The tag was successfully removed. |
200 response
{}
Client Config
Clients can store custom config data for their account on their homeserver. This account data will be synced between different devices and can persist across installations on a particular device. Users may only view the account data for their own account.
The account data may be either global or scoped to a particular room.
There is no inheritance mechanism here: a given type
of data missing
from a room’s account data does not fall back to the global account
data with the same type
.
Events
The client receives the account data as events in the account_data
sections of a /sync
response.
These events can also be received in a /events
response or in the
account_data
section of a room in a /sync
response. m.tag
events appearing in
/events
will have a room_id
with the room the tags are for.
Client Behaviour
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/account_data/{type}
Get some account data for the client. This config is only visible to the user that set the account data.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account data to get. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to get account data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data content for the given type. |
403 |
The access token provided is not authorized to retrieve this user’s account
data. Errcode: M_FORBIDDEN . |
404 |
No account data has been provided for this user with the given type .
Errcode: M_NOT_FOUND . |
200 response
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_config_value"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot add account data for other users."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Account data not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/account_data/{type}
Set some account data for the client. This config is only visible to the user
that set the account data. The config will be available to clients through the
top-level account_data
field in the homeserver response to
/sync.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account data to set. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to set account data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_config_value"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data was successfully added. |
400 |
The request body is not a JSON object. Errcode: M_BAD_JSON
or M_NOT_JSON . |
403 |
The access token provided is not authorized to modify this user’s account
data. Errcode: M_FORBIDDEN . |
405 |
This type of account data is controlled by the server; it cannot be
modified by clients. Errcode: M_BAD_JSON . |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_JSON",
"error": "Content must be a JSON object."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot add account data for other users."
}
405 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_BAD_JSON",
"error": "Cannot set m.fully_read through this API."
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/account_data/{type}
Get some account data for the client on a given room. This config is only visible to the user that set the account data.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to get account data for. |
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account data to get. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to get account data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data content for the given type. |
400 |
The given roomID is not a valid room ID. Errcode: M_INVALID_PARAM . |
403 |
The access token provided is not authorized to retrieve this user’s account
data. Errcode: M_FORBIDDEN . |
404 |
No account data has been provided for this user and this room with the
given type . Errcode: M_NOT_FOUND . |
200 response
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_config_value"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "@notaroomid:example.org is not a valid room ID."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot add account data for other users."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room account data not found."
}
PUT
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/account_data/{type}
Set some account data for the client on a given room. This config is only visible to the user that set the account data. The config will be delivered to clients in the per-room entries via /sync.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to set account data on. |
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account data to set. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to set account data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_account_data_value"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data was successfully added. |
400 |
The request body is not a JSON object (errcode M_BAD_JSON or
M_NOT_JSON ), or the given roomID is not a valid room ID
(errcode M_INVALID_PARAM ). |
403 |
The access token provided is not authorized to modify this user’s account
data. Errcode: M_FORBIDDEN . |
405 |
This type of account data is controlled by the server; it cannot be
modified by clients. Errcode: M_BAD_JSON . |
200 response
{}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_JSON",
"error": "Content must be a JSON object."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot add account data for other users."
}
405 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_BAD_JSON",
"error": "Cannot set m.fully_read through this API."
}
Server Behaviour
Servers MUST reject setting account data for event types
that the server manages by using a 405 error response.
Currently, this only includes m.fully_read
and m.push_rules
. This applies to
both global and room-specific account data.
[Changed in v1.10
] m.push_rules
was added to the rejection
list.
Servers must allow clients to read the above event types as normal.
Server Administration
This module adds capabilities for server administrators to inspect server state and data.
Client Behaviour
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/admin/whois/{userId}
Gets information about a particular user.
This API may be restricted to only be called by the user being looked up, or by a server admin. Server-local administrator privileges are not specified in this document.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The lookup was successful. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
devices |
{string: DeviceInfo} |
Each key is an identifier for one of the user’s devices. |
user_id |
string |
The Matrix user ID of the user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
[SessionInfo] |
A user’s sessions (i.e. what they did with an access token from one login). |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
connections |
[ConnectionInfo] |
Information particular connections in the session. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ip |
string |
Most recently seen IP address of the session. |
last_seen |
integer |
Unix timestamp that the session was last active. |
user_agent |
string |
User agent string last seen in the session. |
{
"devices": {
"teapot": {
"sessions": [
{
"connections": [
{
"ip": "127.0.0.1",
"last_seen": 1411996332123,
"user_agent": "curl/7.31.0-DEV"
},
{
"ip": "10.0.0.2",
"last_seen": 1411996332123,
"user_agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/37.0.2062.120 Safari/537.36"
}
]
}
]
}
},
"user_id": "@peter:rabbit.rocks"
}
Event Context
This API returns a number of events that happened just before and after the specified event. This allows clients to get the context surrounding an event.
Client behaviour
There is a single HTTP API for retrieving event context, documented below.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
This API returns a number of events that happened just before and after the specified event. This allows clients to get the context surrounding an event.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading of room member events. See Lazy-loading room members for more information.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event to get context around. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get events from. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
string |
A JSON See Filtering for more information. |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of context events to return. The limit applies
to the sum of the |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events and state surrounding the requested event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
end |
string |
A token that can be used to paginate forwards with. |
event |
ClientEvent |
Details of the requested event. |
events_after |
[ClientEvent] |
A list of room events that happened just after the requested event, in chronological order. |
events_before |
[ClientEvent] |
A list of room events that happened just before the requested event, in reverse-chronological order. |
start |
string |
A token that can be used to paginate backwards with. |
state |
[ClientEvent] |
The state of the room at the last event returned. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"end": "t29-57_2_0_2",
"event": {
"content": {
"body": "filename.jpg",
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$f3h4d129462ha:example.com",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
"events_after": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"events_before": [
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"start": "t27-54_2_0_2",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "11"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
]
}
Security considerations
The server must only return results that the user has permission to see.
SSO client login/authentication
Single Sign-On (SSO) is a generic term which refers to protocols which allow users to log into applications via a single web-based authentication portal. Examples include OpenID Connect, “Central Authentication Service” (CAS) and SAML.
This module allows a Matrix homeserver to delegate user authentication to an external authentication server supporting one of these protocols. In this process, there are three systems involved:
- A Matrix client, using the APIs defined in this specification, which is seeking to authenticate a user to a Matrix homeserver.
- A Matrix homeserver, implementing the APIs defined in this specification, but which is delegating user authentication to the authentication server.
- An “authentication server”, which is responsible for authenticating the user.
This specification is concerned only with communication between the Matrix client and the homeserver, and is independent of the SSO protocol used to communicate with the authentication server. Different Matrix homeserver implementations might support different SSO protocols.
Clients and homeservers implementing the SSO flow will need to consider both login and user-interactive authentication. The flow is similar in both cases, but there are slight differences.
Typically, SSO systems require a single “callback” URI to be configured at the authentication server. Once the user is authenticated, their browser is redirected to that URI. It is up to the Matrix homeserver implementation to implement a suitable endpoint. For example, for CAS authentication the homeserver should provide a means for the administrator to configure where the CAS server is and the REST endpoints which consume the ticket.
Homeservers may optionally expose multiple possible SSO options for the user to pursue, typically in the form of several “log in with $provider” buttons. These are known as “identity providers” (IdPs).
Client login via SSO
An overview of the process is as follows:
- The Matrix client calls
GET /login
to find the supported login types, and the homeserver includes a flow with"type": "m.login.sso"
in the response. - To initiate the
m.login.sso
login type, the Matrix client instructs the user’s browser to navigate to the/login/sso/redirect
endpoint on the user’s homeserver. Note that this may be the IdP-dependent version of the endpoint if the user has selected one of theidentity_providers
from the flow. - The homeserver responds with an HTTP redirect to the SSO user interface, which the browser follows.
- The authentication server and the homeserver interact to verify the user’s identity and other authentication information, potentially using a number of redirects.
- The browser is directed to the
redirectUrl
provided by the client with aloginToken
query parameter for the client to log in with. - The client exchanges the login token for an access token by calling
the
/login
endpoint with atype
ofm.login.token
.
For native applications, typically steps 1 to 4 are carried out by opening an embedded web view.
These steps are illustrated as follows:
Matrix Client Matrix Homeserver Auth Server
| | |
|-------------(0) GET /login----------->| |
|<-------------login types--------------| |
| | |
| Webview | |
| | | |
|----->| | |
| |--(1) GET /login/sso/redirect-->| |
| |<---------(2) 302---------------| |
| | | |
| |<========(3) Authentication process================>|
| | | |
| |<--(4) redirect to redirectUrl--| |
|<-----| | |
| | |
|---(5) POST /login with login token--->| |
|<-------------access token-------------| |
In the older r0.4.0
version
of this specification it was possible to authenticate via CAS when the
homeserver provides a m.login.cas
login flow. This specification
deprecates the use of m.login.cas
to instead prefer m.login.sso
,
which is the same process with the only change being which redirect
endpoint to use: for m.login.cas
, use /cas/redirect
and for
m.login.sso
use /sso/redirect
(described below). The endpoints are
otherwise the same.
m.login.sso flow schema
m.login.sso flow schema
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
identity_providers |
[IdP] |
Optional identity providers (IdPs) to present to the user. These would appear (typically) as distinct buttons for the user to interact with, and would map to the appropriate IdP-dependent redirect endpoint for that IdP. |
type |
string |
Required: The string One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
brand |
string |
Optional UI hint for what kind of common SSO provider is being described in this IdP. Matrix maintains a registry of identifiers in the matrix-spec repo to ensure clients and servers are aligned on major/common brands. Clients should prefer the Unregistered brands are permitted using the Common Namespaced Identifier Grammar,
though excluding the namespace requirements. For example, |
icon |
string |
Optional Clients SHOULD use the deprecated This may be addressed in the future with proposals like MSC4148, or removed entirely through the transition to OIDC. |
id |
string |
Required: Opaque string chosen by the homeserver, uniquely identifying the IdP from other IdPs the homeserver might support. Should use the Opaque identifier Grammar. |
name |
string |
Required: Human readable description for the IdP, intended to be shown to the user. |
Examples
{
"identity_providers": [
{
"brand": "github",
"id": "com.example.idp.github",
"name": "GitHub"
},
{
"icon": "mxc://example.com/abc123",
"id": "com.example.idp.gitlab",
"name": "GitLab"
}
],
"type": "m.login.sso"
}
Client behaviour
The client starts the process by instructing the browser to navigate to
/login/sso/redirect
(or /login/sso/redirect/{idpId}
when using one of the identity_providers
)
with an appropriate redirectUrl
. Once
authentication is successful, the browser will be redirected to that
redirectUrl
.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
Added in v1.1
A web-based Matrix client should instruct the user’s browser to navigate to this endpoint in order to log in via SSO.
The server MUST respond with an HTTP redirect to the SSO interface, or present a page which lets the user select an IdP to continue with in the event multiple are supported by the server.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
redirectUrl |
string |
Required: URI to which the user will be redirected after the homeserver has authenticated the user with SSO. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
302 |
A redirect to the SSO interface. |
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect/{idpId}
Added in v1.1
This endpoint is the same as /login/sso/redirect
, though with an
IdP ID from the original identity_providers
array to inform the
server of which IdP the client/user would like to continue with.
The server MUST respond with an HTTP redirect to the SSO interface for that IdP.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
idpId |
string |
Required: The |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
redirectUrl |
string |
Required: URI to which the user will be redirected after the homeserver has authenticated the user with SSO. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
302 |
A redirect to the SSO interface. |
404 |
The IdP ID was not recognized by the server. The server is encouraged to provide a user-friendly page explaining the error given the user will be navigated to it. |
Security considerations
-
CSRF attacks via manipulation of parameters on the
redirectUrl
Clients should validate any requests to the
redirectUrl
. In particular, it may be possible for attackers to falsify any query parameters, leading to cross-site request forgery (CSRF) attacks.For example, consider a web-based client at
https://client.example.com
, which wants to initiate SSO login on the homeserver with server nameserver.example.org
. It does this by storing the server name in a query parameter for theredirectUrl
: it redirects tohttps://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://client.example.com?hs=server.example.org
.An attacker could trick a victim into following a link to
https://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://client.example.com?hs=evil.com
, which would result in the client sending a login token for the victim’s account to the attacker-controlled siteevil.com
.To guard against this, clients MUST NOT store state (such as the address of the homeserver being logged into) anywhere it can be modified by external processes.
Instead, the state could be stored in localStorage or in a cookie.
-
For added security, clients SHOULD include a unique identifier in the
redirectUrl
and reject any callbacks that do not contain a recognised identifier, to guard against unsolicited login attempts and replay attacks.
Server behaviour
Servers should note that identity_providers
are optional, and older clients
might not interpret the value correctly. In these cases, the client will use
the generic /redirect
endpoint instead of the /redirect/{idpId}
endpoint.
Redirecting to the Authentication server
The server should handle
/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
as follows:
- It should build a suitable request for the SSO system.
- It should store enough state that the flow can be securely resumed
after the SSO process completes. One way to do this is by storing a
cookie which is stored in the user’s browser, by adding a
Set-Cookie
header to the response. - It should redirect the user’s browser to the SSO login page with the appropriate parameters.
See also the “Security considerations” below.
Handling the callback from the Authentication server
Note that there will normally be a single callback URI which is used for both login and user-interactive authentication: it is up to the homeserver implementation to distinguish which is taking place.
The homeserver should validate the response from the SSO system: this may require additional calls to the authentication server, and/or may require checking a signature on the response.
The homeserver then proceeds as follows:
- The homeserver MUST map the user details received from the authentication server to a valid Matrix user identifier. The guidance in Mapping from other character sets may be useful.
- If the generated user identifier represents a new user, it should be registered as a new user.
- The homeserver should generate a short-term login token. This is an
opaque token, suitable for use with the
m.login.token
type of the/login
API. The lifetime of this token SHOULD be limited to around five seconds. - The homeserver adds a query parameter of
loginToken
, with the value of the generated login token, to theredirectUrl
given in the/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
request. (Note:redirectURL
may or may not include existing query parameters. If it already includes one or moreloginToken
parameters, they should be removed before adding the new one.) - The homeserver redirects the user’s browser to the URI thus built.
Security considerations
-
Homeservers should ensure that login tokens are not sent to malicious clients.
For example, consider a homeserver at
server.example.org
. An attacker tricks a victim into following a link tohttps://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://evil.com
, resulting in a login token being sent to the attacker-controlled siteevil.com
. This is a form of cross-site request forgery (CSRF).To mitigate this, Homeservers SHOULD confirm with the user that they are happy to grant access to their matrix account to the site named in the
redirectUrl
. This can be done either before redirecting to the SSO login page when handling the/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
endpoint, or after login when handling the callback from the authentication server. (If the check is performed before redirecting, it is particularly important that the homeserver guards against unsolicited authentication attempts as below).It may be appropriate to whitelist a set of known-trusted client URLs in this process. In particular, the homeserver’s own login fallback implementation could be excluded.
-
For added security, homeservers SHOULD guard against unsolicited authentication attempts by tracking pending requests. One way to do this is to set a cookie when handling
/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
, which is checked and cleared when handling the callback from the authentication server.
SSO during User-Interactive Authentication
User-interactive authentication is used by client-server endpoints which require additional confirmation of the user’s identity (beyond holding an access token). Typically this means that the user must re-enter their password, but for homeservers which delegate to an SSO server, this means redirecting to the authentication server during user-interactive auth.
The implementation of this is based on the Fallback mechanism for user-interactive auth.
Client behaviour
Clients do not need to take any particular additional steps beyond
ensuring that the fallback mechanism has been implemented, and treating
the m.login.sso
authentication type the same as any other unknown type
(i.e. they should open a browser window for
/_matrix/client/v3/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web?session=<session_id>
.
Once the flow has completed, the client retries the request with the
session only.)
Server behaviour
Redirecting to the Authentication server
The server should handle
/_matrix/client/v3/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
in much the same way as
/_matrix/client/v3/login/sso/redirect
, which is to
say:
- It should build a suitable request for the SSO system.
- It should store enough state that the flow can be securely resumed
after the SSO process completes. One way to do this is by storing a
cookie which is stored in the user’s browser, by adding a
Set-Cookie
header to the response. - It should redirect the user’s browser to the SSO login page with the appropriate parameters.
See also the “Security considerations” below.
Handling the callback from the Authentication server
Note that there will normally be a single callback URI which is used for both login and user-interactive authentication: it is up to the homeserver implementation to distinguish which is taking place.
The homeserver should validate the response from the SSO system: this may require additional calls to the authentication server, and/or may require checking a signature on the response.
The homeserver then returns the user-interactive authentication fallback completion page to the user’s browser.
Security considerations
-
Confirming the operation
The homeserver SHOULD confirm that the user is happy for the operation to go ahead. The goal of the user-interactive authentication operation is to guard against a compromised
access_token
being used to take over the user’s account. Simply redirecting the user to the SSO system is insufficient, since they may not realise what is being asked of them, or the SSO system may even confirm the authentication automatically.For example, the homeserver might serve a page with words to the effect of:
A client is trying to remove a device from your account. To confirm this action, re-authenticate with single sign-on. If you did not expect this, your account may be compromised!
This confirmation could take place before redirecting to the SSO authentication page (when handling the
/_matrix/client/v3/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
endpoint), or after authentication when handling the callback from the authentication server. (If the check is performed before redirecting, it is particularly important that the homeserver guards against unsolicited authentication attempts as below). -
For added security, homeservers SHOULD guard against unsolicited authentication attempts by tracking pending requests. One way to do this is to set a cookie when handling
/_matrix/client/v3/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
, which is checked and cleared when handling the callback from the authentication server.
Direct Messaging
All communication over Matrix happens within a room. It is sometimes desirable to offer users the concept of speaking directly to one particular person. This module defines a way of marking certain rooms as ‘direct chats’ with a given person. This does not restrict the chat to being between exactly two people since this would preclude the presence of automated ‘bot’ users or even a ‘personal assistant’ who is able to answer direct messages on behalf of the user in their absence.
A room may not necessarily be considered ‘direct’ by all members of the room, but a signalling mechanism exists to propagate the information of whether a chat is ‘direct’ to an invitee.
Events
m.direct
m.direct
A map of which rooms are considered ‘direct’ rooms for specific users
is kept in account_data
in an event of type m.direct
. The
content of this event is an object where the keys are the user IDs
and values are lists of room ID strings of the ‘direct’ rooms for
that user ID.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Type | Description |
---|---|
{User ID: [string]} |
The mapping of user ID to a list of room IDs of the ‘direct’ rooms for that user ID. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"@bob:example.com": [
"!abcdefgh:example.com",
"!hgfedcba:example.com"
]
},
"type": "m.direct"
}
Client behaviour
To start a direct chat with another user, the inviting user’s client
should set the is_direct
flag to /createRoom
. The client should do this
whenever the flow the user has followed is one where their intention is
to speak directly with another person, as opposed to bringing that
person in to a shared room. For example, clicking on ‘Start Chat’ beside
a person’s profile picture would imply the is_direct
flag should be
set.
The invitee’s client may use the is_direct
flag in the
m.room.member event to automatically mark the room as a direct chat
but this is not required: it may for example, prompt the user, or ignore
the flag altogether.
Both the inviting client and the invitee’s client should record the fact
that the room is a direct chat by storing an m.direct
event in the
account data using /user/<user_id>/account_data/<type>
.
Server behaviour
When the is_direct
flag is given to /createRoom
, the home server must set the
is_direct
flag in the invite member event for any users invited in the
/createRoom
call.
Ignoring Users
With all the communication through Matrix it may be desirable to ignore a particular user for whatever reason. This module defines how clients and servers can implement the ignoring of users.
Events
m.ignored_user_list
m.ignored_user_list
A map of users which are considered ignored is kept in account_data
in an event type of m.ignored_user_list
.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ignored_users |
{User ID: object} |
Required: The map of users to ignore. This is a mapping of user ID to empty object. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"ignored_users": {
"@someone:example.org": {}
}
},
"type": "m.ignored_user_list"
}
Client behaviour
To ignore a user, effectively blocking them, the client should add the
target user to the m.ignored_user_list
event in their account data
using /user/<user_id>/account_data/<type>
. Once ignored, the client will no longer receive events sent by
that user, with the exception of state events. The client should either
hide previous content sent by the newly ignored user or perform a new
/sync
with no previous token.
Invites to new rooms by ignored users will not be sent to the client. The server may optionally reject the invite on behalf of the client.
State events will still be sent to the client, even if the user is ignored. This is to ensure parts, such as the room name, do not appear different to the user just because they ignored the sender.
To remove a user from the ignored users list, remove them from the account data event. The server will resume sending events from the previously ignored user, however it should not send events that were missed while the user was ignored. To receive the events that were sent while the user was ignored the client should perform a fresh sync. The client may also un-hide any events it previously hid due to the user becoming ignored.
Server behaviour
Following an update of the m.ignored_user_list
, the sync API for all
clients should immediately start ignoring (or un-ignoring) the user.
Clients are responsible for determining if they should hide previously
sent events or to start a new sync stream.
Servers must still send state events sent by ignored users to clients.
Servers must not send room invites from ignored users to clients. Servers may optionally decide to reject the invite, however.
Sticker Messages
This module allows users to send sticker messages in to rooms or direct messaging sessions.
Sticker messages are specialised image messages that are displayed without controls (e.g. no “download” link, or light-box view on click, as would be displayed for for m.image events).
Sticker messages are intended to provide simple “reaction” events in the message timeline. The matrix client should provide some mechanism to display the sticker “body” e.g. as a tooltip on hover, or in a modal when the sticker image is clicked.
Events
Sticker events are received as a single m.sticker
event in the
timeline
section of a room, in a /sync
.
m.sticker
m.sticker
This message represents a single sticker image.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A textual representation or associated description of the sticker image. This could be the alt text of the original image, or a message to accompany and further describe the sticker. |
info |
ImageInfo |
Required: Metadata about the image referred to in |
url |
string |
Required: The URL to the sticker image. This must be a valid |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-end encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Landing",
"info": {
"h": 200,
"mimetype": "image/png",
"size": 73602,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 200,
"mimetype": "image/png",
"size": 73602,
"w": 140
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://matrix.org/sHhqkFCvSkFwtmvtETOtKnLP",
"w": 140
},
"url": "mxc://matrix.org/sHhqkFCvSkFwtmvtETOtKnLP"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.sticker",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients supporting this message type should display the image content from the event URL directly in the timeline.
A thumbnail image should be provided in the info
object. This is
largely intended as a fallback for clients that do not fully support the
m.sticker
event type. In most cases it is fine to set the thumbnail
URL to the same URL as the main event content.
It is recommended that sticker image content should be 512x512 pixels in
size or smaller. The dimensions of the image file should be twice the
intended display size specified in the info
object in order to assist
rendering sharp images on higher DPI screens.
Reporting Content
Users may encounter content which they find inappropriate and should be able to report it to the server administrators or room moderators for review. This module defines a way for users to report content.
Client behaviour
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/report
Added in v1.13
Reports a room as inappropriate to the server, which may then notify the appropriate people. How such information is delivered is left up to implementations. The caller is not required to be joined to the room to report it.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room being reported. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the room is being reported. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "this makes me sad"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been reported successfully. |
404 |
The room was not found on the homeserver. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The room was not found."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/report/{eventId}
Changed in v1.8
: This endpoint now requires the user to be joined to the room.
Reports an event as inappropriate to the server, which may then notify the appropriate people. The caller must be joined to the room to report it.
It might be possible for clients to deduce whether an event exists by timing the response, as only a report for an event that does exist will require the homeserver to check whether a user is joined to the room. To combat this, homeserver implementations should add a random delay when generating a response.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event to report. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which the event being reported is located. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the content is being reported. |
score |
integer |
The score to rate this content as where -100 is most offensive and 0 is inoffensive. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "this makes me sad",
"score": -100
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The event has been reported successfully. |
404 |
The event was not found or you are not joined to the room where the event resides. Homeserver implementations can additionally return this error if the reported event has been redacted. |
200 response
{}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The event was not found or you are not joined to the room."
}
Server behaviour
Servers are free to handle the reported content however they desire. This may be a dedicated room to alert server administrators to the reported content or some other mechanism for notifying the appropriate people.
Particularly during waves of harmful content, users may report whole rooms instead of individual events. Server administrators and safety teams should, therefore, be cautious not to shut down rooms that might otherwise be legitimate.
[Changed in v1.8
] When processing event reports, servers MUST
verify that the reporting user is currently joined to the room the event
is in before accepting a report.
[Added in v1.13
] Contrarily, servers MUST NOT restrict room reports
based on whether or not the reporting user is joined to the room. This is
because users can be exposed to harmful content without being joined to a
room. For instance, through room directories or invites.
Third-party Networks
Application services can provide access to third-party networks via bridging. This allows Matrix users to communicate with users on other communication platforms, with messages ferried back and forth by the application service. A single application service may bridge multiple third-party networks, and many individual locations within those networks. A single third-party network location may be bridged to multiple Matrix rooms.
Third-party Lookups
A client may wish to provide a rich interface for joining third-party locations and connecting with third-party users. Information necessary for such an interface is provided by third-party lookups.
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/location
Retrieve an array of third-party network locations from a Matrix room alias.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: The Matrix room alias to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
All found third-party locations. |
404 |
The Matrix room alias was not found |
200 response
Array of Location
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: An alias for a matrix room. |
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third-party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third-party location is a part of. |
[
{
"alias": "#freenode_#matrix:matrix.org",
"fields": {
"channel": "#matrix",
"network": "freenode"
},
"protocol": "irc"
}
]
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/location/{protocol}
Requesting this endpoint with a valid protocol name results in a list of successful mapping results in a JSON array. Each result contains objects to represent the Matrix room or rooms that represent a portal to this third-party network. Each has the Matrix room alias string, an identifier for the particular third-party network protocol, and an object containing the network-specific fields that comprise this identifier. It should attempt to canonicalise the identifier as much as reasonably possible given the network type.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol used to communicate to the third-party network. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
{string: string} |
One or more custom fields to help identify the third-party location. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
At least one portal room was found. |
404 |
No portal rooms were found. |
200 response
Array of Location
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: An alias for a matrix room. |
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third-party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third-party location is a part of. |
[
{
"alias": "#freenode_#matrix:matrix.org",
"fields": {
"channel": "#matrix",
"network": "freenode"
},
"protocol": "irc"
}
]
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/protocol/{protocol}
Fetches the metadata from the homeserver about a particular third-party protocol.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The name of the protocol. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The protocol was found and metadata returned. |
404 |
The protocol is unknown. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
field_types |
{string: Field Type} |
Required: The type definitions for the fields defined in May be an empty object if no fields are defined. |
icon |
string |
Required: A content URI representing an icon for the third-party protocol. |
instances |
[Protocol Instance] |
Required: A list of objects representing independent instances of configuration. For example, multiple networks on IRC if multiple are provided by the same application service. |
location_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third-party location. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the name of a channel. |
user_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third-party user. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the nickname of a user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
placeholder |
string |
Required: A placeholder serving as a valid example of the field value. |
regexp |
string |
Required: A regular expression for validation of a field’s value. This may be relatively coarse to verify the value as the application service providing this protocol may apply additional validation or filtering. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
desc |
string |
Required: A human-readable description for the protocol, such as the name. |
fields |
object |
Required: Preset values for |
icon |
string |
An optional content URI representing the protocol. Overrides the one provided at the higher level Protocol object. |
network_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier across all instances. |
{
"field_types": {
"channel": {
"placeholder": "#foobar",
"regexp": "#[^\\s]+"
},
"network": {
"placeholder": "irc.example.org",
"regexp": "([a-z0-9]+\\.)*[a-z0-9]+"
},
"nickname": {
"placeholder": "username",
"regexp": "[^\\s#]+"
}
},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/aBcDeFgH",
"instances": [
{
"desc": "Freenode",
"fields": {
"network": "freenode"
},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/JkLmNoPq",
"network_id": "freenode"
}
],
"location_fields": [
"network",
"channel"
],
"user_fields": [
"network",
"nickname"
]
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/protocols
Fetches the overall metadata about protocols supported by the homeserver. Includes both the available protocols and all fields required for queries against each protocol.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The protocols supported by the homeserver. |
200 response
Type | Description |
---|---|
{string: Protocol} |
Dictionary of supported third-party protocols. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
field_types |
{string: Field Type} |
Required: The type definitions for the fields defined in May be an empty object if no fields are defined. |
icon |
string |
Required: A content URI representing an icon for the third-party protocol. |
instances |
[Protocol Instance] |
Required: A list of objects representing independent instances of configuration. For example, multiple networks on IRC if multiple are provided by the same application service. |
location_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third-party location. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the name of a channel. |
user_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third-party user. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the nickname of a user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
placeholder |
string |
Required: A placeholder serving as a valid example of the field value. |
regexp |
string |
Required: A regular expression for validation of a field’s value. This may be relatively coarse to verify the value as the application service providing this protocol may apply additional validation or filtering. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
desc |
string |
Required: A human-readable description for the protocol, such as the name. |
fields |
object |
Required: Preset values for |
icon |
string |
An optional content URI representing the protocol. Overrides the one provided at the higher level Protocol object. |
network_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier across all instances. |
{
"gitter": {
"field_types": {
"room": {
"placeholder": "matrix-org/matrix-doc",
"regexp": "[^\\s]+\\/[^\\s]+"
},
"username": {
"placeholder": "@username",
"regexp": "@[^\\s]+"
}
},
"instances": [
{
"desc": "Gitter",
"fields": {},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/zXyWvUt",
"network_id": "gitter"
}
],
"location_fields": [
"room"
],
"user_fields": [
"username"
]
},
"irc": {
"field_types": {
"channel": {
"placeholder": "#foobar",
"regexp": "#[^\\s]+"
},
"network": {
"placeholder": "irc.example.org",
"regexp": "([a-z0-9]+\\.)*[a-z0-9]+"
},
"nickname": {
"placeholder": "username",
"regexp": "[^\\s]+"
}
},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/aBcDeFgH",
"instances": [
{
"desc": "Freenode",
"fields": {
"network": "freenode.net"
},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/JkLmNoPq",
"network_id": "freenode"
}
],
"location_fields": [
"network",
"channel"
],
"user_fields": [
"network",
"nickname"
]
}
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/user
Retrieve an array of third-party users from a Matrix User ID.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userid |
string |
Required: The Matrix User ID to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An array of third-party users. |
404 |
The Matrix User ID was not found. |
200 response
Array of User
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third-party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third-party location is a part of. |
userid |
string |
Required: A Matrix User ID representing a third-party user. |
[
{
"fields": {
"user": "jim"
},
"protocol": "gitter",
"userid": "@_gitter_jim:matrix.org"
}
]
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET
/_matrix/client/v3/thirdparty/user/{protocol}
Retrieve a Matrix User ID linked to a user on the third-party service, given a set of user parameters.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The name of the protocol. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
{string: string} |
One or more custom fields that are passed to the AS to help identify the user. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The Matrix User IDs found with the given parameters. |
404 |
The Matrix User ID was not found. |
200 response
Array of User
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third-party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third-party location is a part of. |
userid |
string |
Required: A Matrix User ID representing a third-party user. |
[
{
"fields": {
"user": "jim"
},
"protocol": "gitter",
"userid": "@_gitter_jim:matrix.org"
}
]
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
OpenID
This module allows users to verify their identity with a third-party service. The third-party service does need to be matrix-aware in that it will need to know to resolve matrix homeservers to exchange the user’s token for identity information.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/user/{userId}/openid/request_token
Gets an OpenID token object that the requester may supply to another service to verify their identity in Matrix. The generated token is only valid for exchanging for user information from the federation API for OpenID.
The access token generated is only valid for the OpenID API. It cannot
be used to request another OpenID access token or call /sync
, for
example.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user to request an OpenID token for. Should be the user who is authenticated for the request. |
Request body
Request body example
{}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
OpenID token information. This response is nearly compatible with the
response documented in the
OpenID Connect 1.0 Specification
with the only difference being the lack of an id_token . Instead,
the Matrix homeserver’s name is provided. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
Required: An access token the consumer may use to verify the identity of
the person who generated the token. This is given to the federation
API |
expires_in |
integer |
Required: The number of seconds before this token expires and a new one must be generated. |
matrix_server_name |
string |
Required: The homeserver domain the consumer should use when attempting to verify the user’s identity. |
token_type |
string |
Required: The string |
{
"access_token": "SomeT0kenHere",
"expires_in": 3600,
"matrix_server_name": "example.com",
"token_type": "Bearer"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server Access Control Lists (ACLs) for rooms
In some scenarios room operators may wish to prevent a malicious or untrusted server from participating in their room. Sending an m.room.server_acl state event into a room is an effective way to prevent the server from participating in the room at the federation level.
Server ACLs can also be used to make rooms only federate with a limited
set of servers, or retroactively make the room no longer federate with
any other server, similar to setting the m.federate
value on the
m.room.create event.
m.room.server_acl
m.room.server_acl
An event to indicate which servers are permitted to participate in the room. Server ACLs may allow or deny groups of hosts. All servers participating in the room, including those that are denied, are expected to uphold the server ACL. Servers that do not uphold the ACLs MUST be added to the denied hosts list in order for the ACLs to remain effective.
The allow
and deny
lists are lists of glob-style patterns.
When comparing against the server ACLs, the suspect server’s port
number must not be considered. Therefore evil.com
, evil.com:8448
, and
evil.com:1234
would all match rules that apply to evil.com
, for example.
The ACLs are applied to servers when they make requests, and are applied in the following order:
- If there is no
m.room.server_acl
event in the room state, allow. - If the server name is an IP address (v4 or v6) literal, and
allow_ip_literals
is present andfalse
, deny. - If the server name matches an entry in the
deny
list, deny. - If the server name matches an entry in the
allow
list, allow. - Otherwise, deny.
Note: Server ACLs do not restrict the events relative to the room DAG via authorisation rules, but instead act purely at the network layer to determine which servers are allowed to connect and interact with a given room.
Warning:
Failing to provide an allow
rule of some kind will prevent all
servers from participating in the room, including the sender. This renders
the room unusable. A common allow rule is [ "*" ]
which would still
permit the use of the deny
list without losing the room.
Warning:
All compliant servers must implement server ACLs. However, legacy or noncompliant
servers exist which do not uphold ACLs, and these MUST be manually appended to
the denied hosts list when setting an ACL to prevent them from leaking events from
banned servers into a room. Currently, the only way to determine noncompliant hosts is
to check the prev_events
of leaked events, therefore detecting servers which
are not upholding the ACLs. Server versions can also be used to try to detect hosts that
will not uphold the ACLs, although this is not comprehensive. Server ACLs were added
in Synapse v0.32.0, although other server implementations and versions exist in the world.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow |
[string] |
The server names to allow in the room, excluding any port information. Each entry is interpreted as a glob-style pattern. This defaults to an empty list when not provided, effectively disallowing every server. |
allow_ip_literals |
boolean |
True to allow server names that are IP address literals. False to deny. Defaults to true if missing or otherwise not a boolean. This is strongly recommended to be set to |
deny |
[string] |
The server names to disallow in the room, excluding any port information. Each entry is interpreted as a glob-style pattern. This defaults to an empty list when not provided. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"allow": [
"*"
],
"allow_ip_literals": false,
"deny": [
"*.evil.com",
"evil.com"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.server_acl",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Port numbers are not supported because it is unclear to parsers whether a port number should be matched or an IP address literal. Additionally, it is unlikely that one would trust a server running on a particular domain’s port but not a different port, especially considering the server host can easily change ports.
CIDR notation is not supported for IP addresses because Matrix does not
encourage the use of IPs for identifying servers. Instead, a blanket
allow_ip_literals
is provided to cover banning them.
Client behaviour
Clients are not expected to perform any additional duties beyond sending the event. Clients should describe changes to the server ACLs to the user in the user interface, such as in the timeline.
Clients may wish to kick affected users from the room prior to denying a server access to the room to help prevent those servers from participating and to provide feedback to the users that they have been excluded from the room.
Server behaviour
Servers MUST prevent blacklisted servers from sending events or participating in the room when an m.room.server_acl event is present in the room state. Which APIs are specifically affected are described in the Server-Server API specification.
Servers should still send events to denied servers if they are still residents of the room.
Security considerations
Server ACLs are only effective if every server in the room honours them. Servers that do not honour the ACLs may still permit events sent by denied servers into the room, leaking them to other servers in the room. To effectively enforce an ACL in a room, the servers that do not honour the ACLs should be denied in the room as well.
User and room mentions
[Changed in v1.7
]
This module allows users to “mention” other users and rooms within a room event.
This is primarily used as an indicator that the recipient should receive a notification
about the event.
This is achieved by including metadata in the m.mentions
content property of
the event to reference the entity being mentioned.
m.mentions
is defined as follows:
m.mentions
m.mentions
Describes whether the event mentions other users or the room. This is contained
within the event’s content
alongside other fields for the relevant event type.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room |
boolean |
A boolean set to |
user_ids |
[string] |
A list of Matrix IDs of mentioned users. |
Examples
{
"user_ids": [
"@alice:example.org"
]
}
An event’s content will then look like this:
{
"body": "Hello Alice!",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "Hello <a href='https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org'>Alice</a>!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": ["@alice:example.org"]
}
}
Additionally, see the .m.rule.is_user_mention
and
.m.rule.is_room_mention
push rules.
Users should not add their own Matrix ID to the m.mentions
property as outgoing
messages cannot self-notify.
If an encrypted event contains an m.mentions
in its payload, it should be
encrypted as normal. To properly process mentions in encrypted rooms, events
must be decrypted first. See receiving notifications.
Note that, for backwards compatibility, push rules such as .m.rule.contains_display_name
,
.m.rule.contains_user_name
, and
.m.rule.roomnotif
continue to match if the body
of
the event contains the user’s display name or ID. To avoid unintentional notifications,
it is recommended that clients include a m.mentions
property on each event.
(If there are no mentions to include it can be an empty object.)
In previous versions of the specification, mentioning users was done by
including the user’s display name or the localpart of their Matrix ID and room
mentions were done by including the string “@room” in the plaintext body
of
the event. This was prone to confusing and buggy behaviour.
Client behaviour
Although it is possible to silently mention users, it is recommended to include a
Matrix URI in the HTML body of an m.room.message
event. This applies only to m.room.message events where the msgtype
is
m.text
, m.emote
, or m.notice
. The format
for the event must be
org.matrix.custom.html
and therefore requires a formatted_body
.
Clients should use the following guidelines when adding a Matrix URI
representing a mention to events to be sent:
- When linking to users, use the user’s potentially ambiguous display name for the anchor’s text. If the user does not have a display name, use the user’s ID.
- When linking to rooms, use the canonical alias for the room. If the room does not have a canonical alias, prefer one of the aliases listed on the room. If no alias can be found, fall back to the room ID. In all cases, use the alias/room ID being linked to as the anchor’s text.
The text component of the anchor should be used in the event’s body
where the link would normally be represented, as shown in the example
above.
Clients should display mentions differently from other elements. For example, this may be done by changing the background color of the mention to indicate that it is different from a normal link.
If the current user is mentioned in a message, the client should show that
mention differently from other mentions, such as by using a red
background color to signify to the user that they were mentioned. Note that
it is possible for a user to be mentioned without including their Matrix URI
in the event.
When clicked, the mention should navigate the user to the appropriate user or room information.
Room Upgrades
From time to time, a room may need to be upgraded to a different room version for a variety of reasons. This module defines a way for rooms to upgrade to a different room version when needed.
Events
m.room.tombstone
m.room.tombstone
A state event signifying that a room has been upgraded to a different room version, and that clients should go there.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A server-defined message. |
replacement_room |
string |
Required: The room ID of the new room the client should be visiting. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This room has been replaced",
"replacement_room": "!newroom:example.org"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.tombstone",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients which understand m.room.tombstone
events and the predecessor
field on m.room.create
events should communicate to the user that the
room was upgraded. One way of accomplishing this would be hiding the old
room from the user’s room list and showing banners linking between the
old and new room - ensuring that permalinks work when referencing the
old room. Another approach may be to virtually merge the rooms such that
the old room’s timeline seamlessly continues into the new timeline
without the user having to jump between the rooms.
POST
/_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/upgrade
Upgrades the given room to a particular room version.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to upgrade. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
new_version |
string |
Required: The new version for the room. |
Request body example
{
"new_version": "2"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room was successfully upgraded. |
400 |
The request was invalid. One way this can happen is if the room version requested is not supported by the homeserver. |
403 |
The user is not permitted to upgrade the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
replacement_room |
string |
Required: The ID of the new room. |
{
"replacement_room": "!newroom:example.org"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNSUPPORTED_ROOM_VERSION",
"error": "This server does not support that room version"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You cannot upgrade this room"
}
Server behaviour
When the client requests to upgrade a known room to a known version, the server:
-
Checks that the user has permission to send
m.room.tombstone
events in the room. -
[Changed in
v1.4
] Creates a replacement room with am.room.create
event containing apredecessor
field, the applicableroom_version
, and atype
field which is copied from thepredecessor
room. If notype
is set on the previous room, notype
is specified on the new room’s create event either. -
Replicates transferable state events to the new room. The exact details for what is transferred is left as an implementation detail, however the recommended state events to transfer are:
m.room.server_acl
m.room.encryption
m.room.name
m.room.avatar
m.room.topic
m.room.guest_access
m.room.history_visibility
m.room.join_rules
m.room.power_levels
Membership events should not be transferred to the new room due to technical limitations of servers not being able to impersonate people from other homeservers. Additionally, servers should not transfer state events which are sensitive to who sent them, such as events outside of the Matrix namespace where clients may rely on the sender to match certain criteria.
-
Moves any local aliases to the new room.
-
Sends a
m.room.tombstone
event to the old room to indicate that it is not intended to be used any further. -
If possible, the power levels in the old room should also be modified to prevent sending of events and inviting new users. For example, setting
events_default
andinvite
to the greater of50
andusers_default + 1
.
When a user joins the new room, the server should automatically transfer/replicate some of the user’s personalized settings such as notifications, tags, etc.
Server Notices
Homeserver hosts often want to send messages to users in an official capacity, or have resource limits which affect a user’s ability to use the homeserver. For example, the homeserver may be limited to a certain number of active users per month and has exceeded that limit. To communicate this failure to users, the homeserver would use the Server Notices room.
The aesthetics of the room (name, topic, avatar, etc) are left as an implementation detail. It is recommended that the homeserver decorate the room such that it looks like an official room to users.
Events
Notices are sent to the client as normal m.room.message
events with a
msgtype
of m.server_notice
in the server notices room. Events with a
m.server_notice
msgtype
outside of the server notice room must be
ignored by clients.
The specified values for server_notice_type
are:
m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached
The server has exceeded some limit which requires the server
administrator to intervene. The limit_type
describes the kind of limit
reached. The specified values for limit_type
are:
monthly_active_user
The server’s number of active users in the last 30 days has exceeded the
maximum. New connections are being refused by the server. What defines
“active” is left as an implementation detail, however servers are
encouraged to treat syncing users as “active”.
m.room.message
with msgtype: m.server_notice
m.room.message
with msgtype: m.server_notice
Represents a server notice for a user.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
admin_contact |
string |
A URI giving a contact method for the server administrator. Required if the
notice type is |
body |
string |
Required: A human-readable description of the notice. |
limit_type |
string |
The kind of usage limit the server has exceeded. Required if the notice type is
|
msgtype |
string |
Required: One of: |
server_notice_type |
string |
Required: The type of notice being represented. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"admin_contact": "mailto:[email protected]",
"body": "Human-readable message to explain the notice",
"limit_type": "monthly_active_user",
"msgtype": "m.server_notice",
"server_notice_type": "m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients can identify the server notices room by the m.server_notice
tag on the room. Active notices are represented by the pinned
events in the server notices room. Server notice
events pinned in that room should be shown to the user through special
UI and not through the normal pinned events interface in the client. For
example, clients may show warning banners or bring up dialogs to get the
user’s attention. Events which are not server notice events and are
pinned in the server notices room should be shown just like any other
pinned event in a room.
The client must not expect to be able to reject an invite to join the
server notices room. Attempting to reject the invite must result in a
M_CANNOT_LEAVE_SERVER_NOTICE_ROOM
error. Servers should not prevent
the user leaving the room after joining the server notices room, however
the same error code must be used if the server will prevent leaving the
room.
Server behaviour
Servers should manage exactly 1 server notices room per user. Servers
must identify this room to clients with the m.server_notice
tag.
Servers should invite the target user rather than automatically join
them to the server notice room.
How servers send notices to clients, and which user they use to send the events, is left as an implementation detail for the server.
Moderation policy lists
With Matrix being an open network where anyone can participate, a very wide range of content exists and it is important that users are empowered to select which content they wish to see, and which content they wish to block. By extension, room moderators and server admins should also be able to select which content they do not wish to host in their rooms and servers.
The protocol’s position on this is one of neutrality: it should not be deciding what content is undesirable for any particular entity and should instead be empowering those entities to make their own decisions. As such, a generic framework for communicating “moderation policy lists” or “moderation policy rooms” is described. Note that this module only describes the data structures and not how they should be interpreted: the entity making the decisions on filtering is best positioned to interpret the rules how it sees fit.
Moderation policy lists are stored as room state events. There are no restrictions on how the rooms can be configured (they could be public, private, encrypted, etc).
There are currently 3 kinds of entities which can be affected by rules:
user
, server
, and room
. All 3 are described with
m.policy.rule.<kind>
state events. The state_key
for a policy rule
is an arbitrary string decided by the sender of the rule.
Rules contain recommendations and reasons for the rule existing. The
reason
is a human-readable string which describes the
recommendation
. Currently only one recommendation, m.ban
, is
specified.
m.ban
recommendation
When this recommendation is used, the entities affected by the rule should be banned from participation where possible. The enforcement of this is deliberately left as an implementation detail to avoid the protocol imposing its opinion on how the policy list is to be interpreted. However, a suggestion for a simple implementation is as follows:
- Is a
user
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should be added to the subscriber’s ignore list.
- Applied to a room: The user should be banned from the room (either on sight or immediately).
- Applied to a server: The user should not be allowed to send invites to users on the server.
- Is a
room
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should leave the room and not join it (MSC2270-style ignore).
- Applied to a room: No-op because a room cannot ban itself.
- Applied to a server: The server should prevent users from joining the room and from receiving invites to it.
- Is a
server
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should not receive events or invites from the server.
- Applied to a room: The server is added as a denied server in the ACLs.
- Applied to a server: The subscriber should avoid federating with the server as much as possible by blocking invites from the server and not sending traffic unless strictly required (no outbound invites).
Subscribing to policy lists
This is deliberately left as an implementation detail. For implementations using the Client-Server API, this could be as easy as joining or peeking the room. Joining or peeking is not required, however: an implementation could poll for updates or use a different technique for receiving updates to the policy’s rules.
Events
The entity
described by the state events is interpreted as a
glob-style pattern. Note that
rules against rooms can describe a room ID or room alias - the
subscriber is responsible for resolving the alias to a room ID if
desired.
m.policy.rule.user
m.policy.rule.user
A moderation policy rule which affects users.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "@alice*:example.org",
"reason": "undesirable behaviour",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:@alice*:example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.user",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.policy.rule.room
m.policy.rule.room
A moderation policy rule which affects room IDs and room aliases.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "#*:example.org",
"reason": "undesirable content",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:#*:example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.room",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
m.policy.rule.server
m.policy.rule.server
A moderation policy rule which affects servers.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "*.example.org",
"reason": "undesirable engagement",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:*.example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.server",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
As described above, the client behaviour is deliberately left undefined.
Server behaviour
Servers have no additional requirements placed on them by this module.
Security considerations
This module could be used to build a system of shared blacklists, which may create a divide within established communities if not carefully deployed. This may well not be a suitable solution for all communities.
Depending on how implementations handle subscriptions, user IDs may be linked to policy lists and therefore expose the views of that user. For example, a client implementation which joins the user to the policy room would expose the user’s ID to observers of the policy room. In future, MSC1228 and MSC1777 (or similar) could help solve this concern.
Spaces
[Added in v1.2
]
Often used to group rooms of similar subject matter (such as a public “Official matrix.org rooms” space or personal “Work stuff” space), spaces are a way to organise rooms while being represented as rooms themselves.
A space is defined by the m.space
room type, making it known as a
“space-room”. The space’s name, topic, avatar, aliases, etc are all defined through
the existing relevant state events within the space-room.
Sending normal m.room.message
events within the space-room is
discouraged - clients are not generally expected to have a way to render the timeline
of the room. As such, space-rooms should be created with m.room.power_levels
which prohibit normal events by setting events_default
to a suitably high number.
In the default power level structure, this would be 100
. Clients might wish to
go a step further and explicitly ignore notification counts on space-rooms.
Membership of a space is defined and controlled by the existing mechanisms which
govern a room: m.room.member
, m.room.history_visibility
,
and m.room.join_rules
. Public spaces are encouraged to have
a similar setup to public rooms: world_readable
history visibility, published
canonical alias, and suitably public join_rule
. Invites, including third-party
invites, still work just as they do in normal rooms as well.
All other aspects of regular rooms are additionally carried over, such as the ability to set arbitrary state events, hold room account data, etc. Spaces are just rooms with extra functionality on top.
Managing rooms/spaces included in a space
Spaces form a hierarchy of rooms which clients can use to structure their room
list into a tree-like view. The parent/child relationship can be defined in two
ways: with m.space.child
state events in the space-room, or with
m.space.parent
state events in the child room.
In most cases, both the child and parent relationship should be defined to aid
discovery of the space and its rooms. When only a m.space.child
is used, the space
is effectively a curated list of rooms which the rooms themselves might not be aware
of. When only a m.space.parent
is used, the rooms are “secretly” added to spaces
with the effect of not being advertised directly by the space.
Considering spaces are rooms themselves, it is possible to nest spaces within spaces, and it is possible to create a loop. Though the creation of loops is explicitly disallowed, implementations might still encounter them and must be careful not to loop infinitely when this happens.
Clients and servers should additionally be aware of excessively long trees which may cause performance issues.
m.space.child
relationship
When using this approach, the state events get sent into the space-room which is the
parent to the room. The state_key
for the event is the child room’s ID.
For example, to achieve the following:
#space:example.org
#general:example.org (!abcdefg:example.org)
!private:example.org
the state of #space:example.org
would consist of:
Unimportant fields trimmed for brevity.
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!abcdefg:example.org",
"content": {
"via": ["example.org"]
}
}
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!private:example.org",
"content": {
"via": ["example.org"]
}
}
No state events in the child rooms themselves would be required (though they can also be present). This allows for users to define personal/private spaces to organise their own rooms without needing explicit permission from the room moderators/admins.
Child rooms can be removed from a space by omitting the via
key of content
on the
relevant state event, such as through redaction or otherwise clearing the content
.
m.space.child
m.space.child
Defines the relationship of a child room to a space-room. Has no effect in rooms which are not spaces.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The child room ID being described. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
string |
Optional string to define ordering among space children. These are lexicographically
compared against other children’s Must consist of ASCII characters within the range
See Ordering of children within a space for information on how the ordering works. |
suggested |
boolean |
Optional (default |
via |
[string] |
Required: A list of servers to try and join through. See also: Routing. When not present or invalid, the child room is not considered to be part of the space. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"order": "lexicographically_compare_me",
"suggested": true,
"via": [
"example.org",
"other.example.org"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "!roomid:example.org",
"type": "m.space.child",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Ordering of children within a space
When the client is displaying the children of a space, the children should be ordered using the algorithm below. In some cases, like a traditional left side room list, the client may override the ordering to provide better user experience. A theoretical space summary view would however show the children ordered.
Taking the set of space children, first order the children with a valid order
key
lexicographically by Unicode code-points such that \x20
(space) is sorted before
\x7E
(~
). Then, take the remaining children and order them by the origin_server_ts
of their m.space.child
event in ascending numeric order, placing them after the
children with a valid order
key in the resulting set.
In cases where the order
values are the same, the children are ordered by their
timestamps. If the timestamps are the same, the children are ordered lexicographically
by their room IDs (state keys) in ascending order.
Noting the careful use of ASCII spaces here, the following demonstrates a set of space children being ordered appropriately:
Unimportant fields trimmed for brevity.
[
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!b:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1640341000000,
"content": {
"order": " ",
"via": ["example.org"]
}
},
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!a:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1640141000000,
"content": {
"order": "aaaa",
"via": ["example.org"]
}
},
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!c:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1640841000000,
"content": {
"order": "first",
"via": ["example.org"]
}
},
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!e:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1640641000000,
"content": {
"via": ["example.org"]
}
},
{
"type": "m.space.child",
"state_key": "!d:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1640741000000,
"content": {
"via": ["example.org"]
}
}
]
!b:example.org
is first because\x20
is beforeaaaa
lexically.!a:example.org
is next becauseaaaa
is beforefirst
lexically.!c:example.org
is next becausefirst
is the lastorder
value.!e:example.org
is next because the event timestamp is smallest.!d:example.org
is last because the event timestamp is largest.
m.space.parent
relationships
Rooms can additionally claim to be part of a space by populating their own state
with a parent event. Similar to child events within spaces, the parent event’s
state_key
is the room ID of the parent space, and they have a similar via
list
within their content
to denote both whether or not the link is valid and which
servers might be possible to join through.
To avoid situations where a room falsely claims it is part of a given space,
m.space.parent
events should be ignored unless one of the following is true:
- A corresponding
m.space.child
event can be found in the supposed parent space. - The sender of the
m.space.parent
event has sufficient power level in the supposed parent space to sendm.space.child
state events (there doesn’t need to be a matching child event).
Clients might need to peek into a parent space to inspect the room state if they aren’t already joined. If the client is unable to peek the state, the link should be assumed to be invalid.
A consequence of the second condition is that a room admin being demoted in the
parent space, leaving the parent space, or otherwise being removed from the parent
space can mean that a previously valid m.space.parent
event becomes invalid.
m.space.parent
events can additionally include a canonical
boolean key in their
content
to denote that the parent space is the main/primary space for the room.
This can be used to, for example, have the client find other rooms by peeking into
that space and suggesting them to the user. Only one canonical parent should exist,
though this is not enforced. To tiebreak, use the lowest room ID sorted lexicographically
by Unicode code-points.
m.space.parent
m.space.parent
Defines the relationship of a room to a parent space-room.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The parent room ID. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
canonical |
boolean |
Optional (default When multiple |
via |
[string] |
Required: A list of servers to try and join through. See also: Routing. When not present or invalid, the room is not considered to be part of the parent space. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"canonical": true,
"via": [
"example.org",
"other.example.org"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "!parent_roomid:example.org",
"type": "m.space.parent",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Discovering rooms within spaces
Often the client will want to assist the user in exploring what rooms/spaces are part
of a space. This can be done with crawling m.space.child
state events
in the client and peeking into the rooms to get information like the room name, though
this is impractical for most cases.
Instead, a hierarchy API is provided to walk the space tree and discover the rooms with their aesthetic details.
The GET /hierarchy
API works in a depth-first
manner: when it encounters another space as a child it recurses into that space before
returning non-space children.
Though prohibited, it is still possible for loops to occur. Servers should gracefully break loops.
Additionally, a given child room might appear multiple times in the response as a grandchild (for example).
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/hierarchy
Added in v1.2
Paginates over the space tree in a depth-first manner to locate child rooms of a given space.
Where a child room is unknown to the local server, federation is used to fill in the details.
The servers listed in the via
array should be contacted to attempt to fill in missing rooms.
Only m.space.child
state events of the room are considered.
Invalid child rooms and parent events are not covered by this endpoint.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID of the space to get a hierarchy for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
A pagination token from a previous result. If specified, |
limit |
integer |
Optional limit for the maximum number of rooms to include per response. Must be an integer greater than zero. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
max_depth |
integer |
Optional limit for how far to go into the space. Must be a non-negative integer. When reached, no further child rooms will be returned. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
suggested_only |
boolean |
Optional (default |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A portion of the space tree, starting at the provided room ID. |
400 |
The request was invalid in some way. A meaningful
|
403 |
The user cannot view or peek on the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_batch |
string |
A token to supply to |
rooms |
[SpaceHierarchyRoomsChunk] |
Required: The rooms for the current page, with the current filters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
URI |
The URL for the room’s avatar, if one is set. |
canonical_alias |
string |
The canonical alias of the room, if any. |
children_state |
[StrippedChildStateEvent] |
Required: The If the room is not a space-room, this should be empty. |
guest_can_join |
boolean |
Required: Whether guest users may join the room and participate in it. If they can, they will be subject to ordinary power level rules like any other user. |
join_rule |
string |
The room’s join rule. When not present, the room is assumed to
be |
name |
string |
The name of the room, if any. |
num_joined_members |
integer |
Required: The number of members joined to the room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room. |
room_type |
string |
The Added in |
topic |
string |
The topic of the room, if any. |
world_readable |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room may be viewed by guest users without joining. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: The |
sender |
string |
Required: The |
state_key |
string |
Required: The |
type |
string |
Required: The |
{
"next_batch": "next_batch_token",
"rooms": [
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/abcdef",
"canonical_alias": "#general:example.org",
"children_state": [
{
"content": {
"via": [
"example.org"
]
},
"origin_server_ts": 1629413349153,
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"state_key": "!a:example.org",
"type": "m.space.child"
}
],
"guest_can_join": false,
"join_rule": "public",
"name": "The First Space",
"num_joined_members": 42,
"room_id": "!space:example.org",
"room_type": "m.space",
"topic": "No other spaces were created first, ever",
"world_readable": true
}
]
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "suggested_only and max_depth cannot change on paginated requests"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not allowed to view this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
In the case where the server does not have access to the state of a child room, it can
request the information over federation with the
GET /hierarchy
API. The
response to this endpoint should be cached for a period of time. The response might
additionally contain information about rooms the requesting user is already a member
of, or that the server is aware of - the local data should be used instead of the remote
server’s data.
Note that the response to the client endpoint is contextual based on the user. Servers are encouraged to cache the data for a period of time, though permission checks may need to be performed to ensure the response is accurate for that user.
Event replacements
[Added in v1.4
]
Event replacements, or “message edit events”, are events that use an event
relationship
with a rel_type
of m.replace
, which indicates that the original event is
intended to be replaced.
An example of a message edit event might look like this:
{
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "* Hello! My name is bar",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "Hello! My name is bar",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$some_event_id"
}
},
// ... other fields required by events
}
The content
of the replacement must contain a m.new_content
property which
defines the replacement content
. The normal content
properties (body
,
msgtype
etc.) provide a fallback for clients which do not understand
replacement events.
m.new_content
can include any properties that would normally be found in
an event’s content property, such as formatted_body
(see m.room.message
msgtypes
).
Validity of replacement events
There are a number of requirements on replacement events, which must be satisfied for the replacement to be considered valid:
-
As with all event relationships, the original event and replacement event must have the same
room_id
(i.e. you cannot send an event in one room and then an edited version in a different room). -
The original event and replacement event must have the same
sender
(i.e. you cannot edit someone else’s messages). -
The replacement and original events must have the same
type
(i.e. you cannot change the original event’s type). -
The replacement and original events must not have a
state_key
property (i.e. you cannot edit state events at all). -
The original event must not, itself, have a
rel_type
ofm.replace
(i.e. you cannot edit an edit — though you can send multiple edits for a single original event). -
The replacement event (once decrypted, if appropriate) must have an
m.new_content
property.
If any of these criteria are not satisfied, implementations should ignore the replacement event (the content of the original should not be replaced, and the edit should not be included in the server-side aggregation).
Note that the msgtype
property of replacement
m.room.message
events does not need to be the same as in the original event. For
example, it is legitimate to replace an m.text
event with an m.emote
.
Editing encrypted events
If the original event was encrypted, the replacement
should be too. In that case, m.new_content
is placed in the content of the
encrypted payload. As with all event relationships, the m.relates_to
property
must be sent in the unencrypted (cleartext) part of the event.
For example, a replacement for an encrypted event might look like this:
{
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$some_event_id"
},
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"sender_key": "<sender_curve25519_key>",
"device_id": "<sender_device_id>",
"session_id": "<outbound_group_session_id>",
"ciphertext": "<encrypted_payload_base_64>"
}
// irrelevant fields not shown
}
… and, once decrypted, the payload might look like this:
{
"type": "m.room.<event_type>",
"room_id": "!some_room_id",
"content": {
"body": "* Hello! My name is bar",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "Hello! My name is bar",
"msgtype": "m.text"
}
}
}
Note that:
- There is no
m.relates_to
property in the encrypted payload. If there was, it would be ignored. - There is no
m.new_content
property in the cleartext content of them.room.encrypted
event. As above, if there was then it would be ignored.
The payload of an encrypted replacement event must be encrypted as normal, including ratcheting any Megolm session as normal. The original Megolm ratchet entry should not be re-used.
Applying m.new_content
When applying a replacement, the content
of the original event is treated as
being overwritten entirely by m.new_content
, with the exception of m.relates_to
,
which is left unchanged. Any m.relates_to
property within m.new_content
is ignored.
For example, given a pair of events:
{
"event_id": "$original_event",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "I really like cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"formatted_body": "I really like cake",
}
}
{
"event_id": "$edit_event",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "* I really like *chocolate* cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "I really like *chocolate* cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"com.example.extension_property": "chocolate"
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$original_event_id"
}
}
}
… then the end result is an event as shown below:
{
"event_id": "$original_event",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "I really like *chocolate* cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"com.example.extension_property": "chocolate"
}
}
Note that formatted_body
is now absent, because it was absent in the
replacement event.
Server behaviour
Server-side aggregation of m.replace
relationships
[Changed in v1.7
]
Note that there can be multiple events with an m.replace
relationship to a
given event (for example, if an event is edited multiple times). These should
be aggregated by the homeserver.
The aggregation format of m.replace
relationships gives the most recent
replacement event, formatted as normal.
The most recent event is determined by comparing origin_server_ts
; if two or
more replacement events have identical origin_server_ts
, the event with the
lexicographically largest event_id
is treated as more recent.
As with any other aggregation of child events, the m.replace
aggregation is
included under the m.relations
property in unsigned
for any event that is
the target of an m.replace
relationship. For example:
{
"event_id": "$original_event_id",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "I really like cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"formatted_body": "I really like cake"
},
"unsigned": {
"m.relations": {
"m.replace": {
"event_id": "$latest_edit_event_id",
"origin_server_ts": 1649772304313,
"sender": "@editing_user:localhost"
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "* I really like *chocolate* cake",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "I really like *chocolate* cake",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$original_event_id"
}
}
}
}
}
// irrelevant fields not shown
}
If the original event is redacted, any
m.replace
relationship should not be bundled with it (whether or not any
subsequent replacements are themselves redacted). Note that this behaviour is
specific to the m.replace
relationship. See also redactions of edited
events below.
Note: the content
of the original event is left intact. In particular servers
should not replace the content with that of the replacement event.
In previous versions of the specification, servers were expected to replace the
content of an edited event whenever it was served to clients (with the
exception of the
GET /_matrix/client/v3/rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
endpoint). However, that behaviour made reliable client-side implementation
difficult, and servers should no longer make this replacement.
Client behaviour
Since the server will not replace the content of any edited events, clients should take note of any replacement events they receive, and apply the replacement whenever possible and appropriate.
Client authors are reminded to take note of the requirements for Validity of replacement events, and to ignore any invalid replacement events that are received.
Permalinks
When creating links to events (also known as permalinks), clients build links which reference the event that the creator of the permalink is viewing at that point (which might be a message edit event).
The client viewing the permalink should resolve this reference to the original event, and then display the most recent version of that event.
Redactions of edited events
When an event using a rel_type
of m.replace
is redacted, it
removes that edit revision. This has little effect if there were subsequent
edits. However, if it was the most recent edit, the event is in effect
reverted to its content before the redacted edit.
Redacting the original message in effect removes the message, including all
subsequent edits, from the visible timeline. In this situation, homeservers
will return an empty content
for the original event as with any other
redacted event, and as
above the replacement
events will not be included in the aggregation bundled with the original
event. Note that the subsequent edits are not actually redacted themselves:
they simply serve no purpose within the visible timeline.
Edits of events with mentions
When editing an event with user and room mentions the
replacement event will have two m.mentions
properties:
- One at the top-level of the
content
, which should contain mentions due to this edit revision. - One inside the
m.new_content
property, which should contain the resolved mentions for the final version of the event.
The difference between these properties ensures that users will not be notified for each edit revision of an event, but allows for new users to be mentioned (or for re-notifying if the sending client feels a large enough revision was made).
For example, if there is an event mentioning Alice:
{
"event_id": "$original_event",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"body": "Hello Alice!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": ["@alice:example.org"]
}
}
}
And an edit to also mention Bob:
{
"content": {
"body": "* Hello Alice & Bob!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": [
// Include only the newly mentioned user.
"@bob:example.org"
]
},
"m.new_content": {
"body": "Hello Alice & Bob!",
"m.mentions": {
"user_ids": [
// Include all of the mentioned users.
"@alice:example.org",
"@bob:example.org"
]
},
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$original_event"
}
},
// other fields as required by events
}
If an edit revision removes a user’s mention then that user’s Matrix ID should be
included in neither m.mentions
property.
Clients may also wish to modify the client behaviour of
determining if an event mentions the current user by checking the m.mentions
property under m.new_content
.
Edits of replies
A particular constraint applies to events which replace a reply:
in contrast to the original reply, there should be no m.in_reply_to
property
in the the m.relates_to
object, since it would be redundant (see
Applying m.new_content
above, which notes that the
original event’s m.relates_to
is preserved), as well as being contrary to the
spirit of the event relationships mechanism which expects only one “parent” per
event.
[Changed in v1.13
]
In previous versions of the specification, events which replace a reply
could include a fallback in the content
. This is no longer the case.
An example of an edit to a reply is as follows:
{
"type": "m.room.message",
// irrelevant fields not shown
"content": {
"body": "* reply",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"m.new_content": {
"body": "reply",
"msgtype": "m.text",
},
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.replace",
"event_id": "$original_reply_event"
}
}
}
Event annotations and reactions
[Added in v1.7
]
m.annotation
relationship type
Annotations are events that use an event
relationship with a rel_type
of
m.annotation
.
Annotations are normally used for “reactions”: for example, if the user wants to react to an event with a thumbs-up, then the client sends an annotation event with the corresponding emoji (👍). Another potential usage is to allow bots to send an event indicating the success or failure of a command.
Along with the normal properties event_id
and rel_type
, an m.relates_to
property with rel_type: m.annotation
should contain a key
that indicates the
annotation being applied. For example, when reacting with emojis, the key
contains the emoji being used.
An example m.annotation
relationship is shown below:
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.annotation",
"event_id": "$some_event_id",
"key": "👍"
}
Any type
of event is eligible for an annotation, including state events.
Events
m.reaction
m.reaction
Indicates a reaction to a previous event.
Has no defined content
properties of its own. Its only purpose is to hold an
m.relates_to
property.
Since they contain no content other than m.relates_to
, m.reaction
events
are normally not encrypted, as there would be no benefit in doing so.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.relates_to |
ReactionRelatesTo |
Indicates the event being reacted to, and the type of reaction. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
The event ID of the event that this is a reaction to. |
key |
string |
The reaction being made, usually an emoji. If this is an emoji, it should include the unicode emoji
presentation selector ( |
rel_type |
string |
One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"event_id": "$some_event_id",
"key": "👍",
"rel_type": "m.annotation"
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.reaction",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
Client behaviour
The intention of annotations is that they are counted up, rather than being
displayed individually. Clients must keep count of the number of annotations
with a given event type
and annotation key
they observe for each event;
these counts are typically presented alongside the event in the timeline.
When performing this count:
-
Each event
type
and annotationkey
should normally be counted separately, though whether to actually do so is an implementation decision. -
Annotation events sent by ignored users should be excluded from the count.
-
Multiple identical annotations (i.e., with the same event
type
and annotationkey
) from the same user (i.e., events with the samesender
) should be treated as a single annotation. -
Implementations should ignore any annotation event which refers to an event which itself has an
m.relates_to
withrel_type: m.annotation
orrel_type: m.replace
. In other words, it is not possible to annotate a replacement event or an annotation. Annotations should instead refer to the original event. -
When an annotation is redacted, it is removed from the count.
It is not possible to edit a reaction, since replacement events do not change
m.relates_to
(see Applying m.new_content
), and
there is no other meaningful content within m.reaction
. If a user wishes to
change their reaction, the original reaction should be redacted and a new one
sent in its place.
The key
field in m.reaction
can be any string so clients must take care to
render long reactions in a sensible manner. For example, clients can elide
overly-long reactions.
Server behaviour
Avoiding duplicate annotations
Homeservers should prevent users from sending a second annotation for a given
event with identical event type
and annotation key
(unless the first event
has been redacted).
Attempts to send such an annotation should be rejected with a 400 error and an
error code of M_DUPLICATE_ANNOTATION
.
Note that this does not guarantee that duplicate annotations will not arrive over federation. Clients are responsible for deduplicating received annotations when counting annotations.
Server-side aggregation of m.annotation
relationships
m.annotation
relationships are not
aggregated by the server. In other words,
m.annotation
is not included in the m.relations
property.
Threading
[Added in v1.4
]
Threads allow users to visually branch their conversations in a room. Typically mostly used when a room is discussing multiple topics, threads provide more organisation of communication that traditional rich replies can’t always offer.
Clients SHOULD render threads differently to regular messages or replies in the timeline, such as by providing some context to what is going on in the thread but keeping the full conversation history behind a disclosure.
Threads are established using a rel_type
of m.thread
and reference the
thread root (the main timeline event to which the thread events refer). It is not possible to create a thread from an event which itself
is the child of an event relationship (i.e., one with an m.relates_to
property with a rel_type
property - see Relationship types).
It is therefore also not possible to nest threads.
Unlike rich reply chains, all events in a thread reference the thread root instead of the most recent message.
As a worked example, the following represents a thread and how it would be formed:
{
// irrelevant fields excluded
"type": "m.room.message",
"event_id": "$alice_hello",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"content": {
"msgtype": "m.text",
"body": "Hello world! How are you?"
}
}
{
// irrelevant fields excluded
"type": "m.room.message",
"event_id": "$bob_hello",
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.thread",
"event_id": "$alice_hello"
},
"msgtype": "m.text",
"body": "I'm doing okay, thank you! How about yourself?"
}
}
{
// irrelevant fields excluded
"type": "m.room.message",
"event_id": "$alice_reply",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.thread",
"event_id": "$alice_hello" // note: always references the *thread root*
},
"msgtype": "m.text",
"body": "I'm doing great! Thanks for asking."
}
}
As shown, any event without a rel_type
can become a thread root by simply referencing it
using an m.thread
relationship.
Fallback for unthreaded clients
Clients which understand how to work with threads should simply do so, however clients which might not be aware of threads (due to age or scope) might not be able to helpfully represent the conversation history to its users.
To work around this, events sent by clients which understand threads SHOULD include rich reply metadata to attempt to form a reply chain representation of the conversation. This representation is not ideal for heavily threaded rooms, but allows for users to have context as to what is being discussed with respect to other messages in the room.
This representation is achieved by merging the two relationships and setting a new is_falling_back
flag to true
.
// within an event's content...
"m.relates_to": {
// The m.thread relationship structure
"rel_type": "m.thread",
"event_id": "$root",
// The rich reply structure
"m.in_reply_to": {
// The most recent message known to the client in the thread.
// This should be something with a high chance of being rendered by the other client,
// such as an `m.room.message` event.
"event_id": "$target"
},
// A flag to denote that this is a thread with reply fallback
"is_falling_back": true
}
Clients which are acutely aware of threads (they do not render threads, but are otherwise
aware of the feature existing in the spec) can treat rich replies to an event with a rel_type
of m.thread
as a threaded reply, for conversation continuity on the threaded client’s side.
To do this, copy the event_id
(thread root) from the event being replied to, add the
m.in_reply_to
metadata, and add is_falling_back: true
to m.relates_to
.
Replies within threads
In the fallback for unthreaded clients section, a new
is_falling_back
flag is added to m.relates_to
. This flag defaults to false
when not
provided, which also allows a threaded message to contain a reply itself.
Aside from is_falling_back
being false
(or not specified), the fallback for unthreaded
clients is used to create a reply within a thread: clients should render the event accordingly.
Server behaviour
Validation of m.thread
relationships
Servers SHOULD reject client requests which attempt to start a thread off an
event with an m.relates_to
property. If the client attempts to target an event which itself
has an m.relates_to
property, then it should receive a HTTP 400 error
response with appropriate error message, as per the standard error
response structure.
A specific error code is not currently available for this case: servers should use M_UNKNOWN
alongside the HTTP 400 status code.
Server-side aggregation of m.thread
relationships
Given threads always reference the thread root, an event can have multiple “child” events which then form the thread itself. These events should be aggregated by the server.
The aggregation for threads includes some information about the user’s participation in the thread, the approximate number of events in the thread (as known to the server), and the most recent event in the thread (topologically).
As with any other aggregation of child events, the m.thread
aggregation is
included under the m.relations
property in unsigned
for the thread root. For example:
{
"event_id": "$root_event",
// irrelevant fields not shown
"unsigned": {
"m.relations": {
"m.thread": {
"latest_event": {
// A serialized copy of the latest event in the thread.
// Some fields are not shown here for brevity.
"event_id": "$message",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"room_id": "!room:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"msgtype": "m.text",
"body": "Woo! Threads!"
},
"unsigned": {
"m.relations": {
// ...
}
}
},
"count": 7,
"current_user_participated": true
}
}
}
}
latest_event
is the most recent event (topologically to the server) in the thread sent by an
un-ignored user.
Note that, as in the example above, child events of the latest_event
should
themselves be aggregated and included under m.relations
for that event. The
server should be careful to avoid loops, though loops are not currently
possible due to m.thread
not being permitted to target an event with an
m.relates_to
property.
count
is simply the number of events using m.thread
as a rel_type
pointing to the target event.
It does not include events sent by ignored users.
current_user_participated
is true
when the authenticated user is either:
- The
sender
of the thread root event. - The
sender
of an event which references the thread root with arel_type
ofm.thread
.
Querying threads in a room
Clients looking to get all the events in a thread can use
GET /relations/{threadRootId}/m.thread
,
however getting all threads in a room is done through a dedicated API:
GET
/_matrix/client/v1/rooms/{roomId}/threads
Added in v1.4
This API is used to paginate through the list of the thread roots in a given room.
Optionally, the returned list may be filtered according to whether the requesting user has participated in the thread.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID where the thread roots are located. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
A pagination token from a previous result. When not provided, the server starts paginating from the most recent event visible to the user (as per history visibility rules; topologically). |
include |
string |
Optional (default One of: |
limit |
integer |
Optional limit for the maximum number of thread roots to include per response. Must be an integer greater than zero. Servers should apply a default value, and impose a maximum value to avoid resource exhaustion. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A portion of the available thread roots in the room, based on the filter criteria. |
400 |
The request was invalid in some way. A meaningful
|
403 |
The user cannot view or peek on the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[ClientEvent] |
Required: The thread roots, ordered by the If the thread root event was sent by an ignored user, the event is returned redacted to the caller. This is to simulate the same behaviour of a client doing aggregation locally on the thread. |
next_batch |
string |
A token to supply to |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The body of this event, as created by the client which sent it. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique identifier for this event. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Present if, and only if, this event is a state event. The key making this piece of state unique in the room. Note that it is often an empty string. State keys starting with an |
type |
string |
Required: The type of the event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
membership |
string |
The room membership of the user making the request, at the time of the event. This property is the value of the Homeservers SHOULD populate this property wherever practical, but they MAY omit it if necessary (for example, if calculating the value is expensive, servers might choose to only implement it in encrypted rooms). The property is not normally populated in events pushed to application services via the application service transaction API (where there is no clear definition of “requesting user”). Added in |
prev_content |
EventContent |
The previous Changed in |
redacted_because |
ClientEvent |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
|
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<b>This is an example text message</b>",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"membership": "join"
}
}
],
"next_batch": "next_batch_token"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Unknown pagination token"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not allowed to view this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Reference relations
[Added in v1.5
]
Generically referencing another event can be done with a rel_type
of m.reference
as a form of relationship. There is no
implied meaning behind the reference, and is usually context-dependent. One
example is the key verification framework which uses
reference relations to associate distinct events with a specific verification attempt.
Clients which wish to use threads or replies are expected to use other relationship types than references. References are typically used to associate data rather than messages.
Server behaviour
Server-side aggregation of m.reference
The aggregation format of m.reference
relations consists of a single chunk
property, which lists all the events
which m.reference
the event (the parent). Currently, only a single event_id
field is present on the events in the chunk
.
For example, given an event with the following m.reference
relationship:
{
"content": {
"m.relates_to": {
"rel_type": "m.reference",
"event_id": "$another_event"
}
// other content fields as required
}
// other fields as required by events
}
The aggregation would appear similar to the following:
{
"m.reference": {
"chunk": [
{ "event_id": "$one" },
{ "event_id": "$two" }
]
}
}